Big Book of Tapping

101 Life-Enhancing, Fear-Smashing, Mind/Body-Healing, Abundance-Attracting, And Joy-Inspiring Rounds of EFT By Brad Yates

© 2008 Brad Yates No part of this book may be copied or distributed without the author’s consent.

Special thanks to the participants of the teleclasses from which these tapping rounds came. Their courage and willingness to make positive changes in their lives made these scripts possible. Thanks also to those who transcribed the teleclasses - without their efforts these tapping rounds could not be enjoyed in this format.

To use this book, simply read the scripts (preferably aloud) while using two or three fingers of either hand to tap the points as shown below and noted in the scripts. For more information on EFT and how to do it, please visit: http://www.bradyates.net/ page8.html Emotional Freedom Technique™ Crown (Top of Head) Eyebrow Side of Eye Under Eye Under Nose Chin (Under Mouth) Collar Bone Under Breast Under Arm

Side of Hand

For the awesome experience of tapping along with the actual audios of these and many more rounds, please visit: www.bradyates.net/MagnificentTappers.htm Important note: While EFT has produced remarkable clinical results, it must still be considered to be in the experimental stage. Before starting any form of therapy, you are encouraged to consult a licensed health practitioners. If you choose to use EFT, you must take complete responsibility for your physical and emotional well-being, and you must agree to hold harmless anyone involved with EFT from any claims made by anyone whom you seek to help with EFT. EFT and Emotional Freedom Techniques™ are registered trademarks of Gary Craig. They are used here with permission. This EFT oriented book is provided as a good faith effort to expand the use of EFT in the world. It does not necessarily represent the ideas of Gary Craig or EFT. For more information, please visit: www.bradyates.net.

The Tapping Rounds 1.

I’m Afraid Of The Feedback I’ll Get

1

2.

It Has To Be Really Hard

4

3.

I’ve Got All This Tension

7

4.

I Never Meet My Expectations

11

5.

I Choose To Be Successful On My Own Terms

15

6.

I Have This Tightness In My Chest

17

7.

I Have This Unworthiness In My Upper Chest

19

8.

I’ve Swallowed Some Toxins

21

9.

I Have This Really Old Hurt

23

10.

I Think I’m Looney

25

11.

Life Can Be So Challenging

29

12.

I Need To Worry About What I’m Not Getting Done

32

13.

I Get So Angry With Myself

35

14.

I Intend To Have A Great Year

38

15.

I Lack Confidence

40

16.

I’m Not Allowing Myself Good Feelings

42

17.

I’m Depriving Myself

44

18.

I Choose To Get Started

47

19.

I’m Blocking My Abundance

49

20.

I Have Some Doubts

52

21.

I’m Told That It Will Never Work

56

22.

I’m Allowing Myself To Succeed

58

23.

I Have Some Apprehension

60

24.

I am Afraid I Can’t Take Care Of The Customers

63

25.

I Am Afraid I Can’t Attract the Right Kind of Clients

65

26.

My Mind Is Chattering

69

27.

I Think I’m Doing Fine As I Am

72

28.

It Needs To Be Hard To Make Money

75

29.

I Am Angry At Myself

80

30.

I’m Feeling Controlled By A Mass Consciousness

84

31.

It’s Got to Be Done My Way

89

32.

I Have This Constricted Breathing

92

33.

I’ve Got All This Money Discomfort

95

34.

I Have This Sadness About Not Being Good Enough

100

35.

I’m Not Ready For It To Be Easy Yet

104

36.

I Choose To Feel Great About Financial Wealth

108

37.

I Still Have These Abundance Doubts

111

38.

I Hate Taking Responsibility For My Life

116

39.

People Put Guilt Trips on Me

121

40.

I’m Afraid This Won’t Happen

124

41.

I’m Holding Myself Back From Action

128

42.

I Have All This Fear In My Stomach

131

43.

I Have This Upset

134

44.

I’m Not Totally Clear On My Intention

138

45.

I Don’t Believe I Can Achieve It

141

46.

I’ve Got This Pain In My Knee

144

47.

This Is Too Good To Be True

146

48.

That Much Responsibility Would Be Lonely

149

49.

I Am Afraid I Can’t Handle All The Abundance

152

50.

I Had This Upsetting Incident

155

51.

I’m Resisting The Work

160

52.

I Don’t Want To Succeed

164

53.

It’s Not Happening Fast Enough

168

54.

I’m afraid something’s wrong

173

55.

I’m Not Feeling Particularly Abundant

176

56.

I’m Worried There’s Not Enough

180

57.

I Am The Laziest Person In The World

184

58.

This Is Still Bringing Up Some Negative Feelings

190

59.

I Am Resisting Abundance

193

60.

I Have Some Fears About This New Year

196

61.

I Still Have These Issues With Money

201

62.

I’d Be Great If It Wasn’t For Other People

205

63.

I Have A Really Big But

209

64.

I Feel This Heaviness

212

65.

I’m Afraid I Can’t Meet All My Obligations

215

66.

I Have This Need For Chaos

217

67.

I’m Daring To Be Rich

220

68.

I Wasn’t Born Rich

222

69.

It Can’t Be Easy To Attract Wealth

226

70.

I Don’t Expect This To Happen

231

71.

I’m So Angry About What I’ve Been Told About Money

237

72.

It Seems Like Such An Effort To Make It Effortless

241

73.

Even Though I Feel Overwhelmed

245

74.

I’m Afraid I Won’t Attract Enough of the Right People

250

75.

I’ve Been Attracting Bad Things

253

76.

I Choose A Successful Week

255

77.

I Don’t Know How To Have Positive Expectations

258

78.

I’m Afraid To Take This Action

264

79.

I Might Be Told No

267

80.

The Answers Are Tough Sometimes

270

81.

Being Wealthy Means Sacrificing Things

272

82.

I’m Not A Wealthy Person

275

83.

I Don’t Have Much To Offer

278

84.

I’m Afraid of Having More

280

85.

It’s Not Socially Acceptable To Have More

282

86.

I’m Feeling Hopeless

285

87.

I Need This Drama In My Life

288

88.

I Need To Hold Myself Back

291

89.

I’m Inclined To Be Held Down

293

90.

I’m Lacking The Things I Need

295

91.

I’m Afraid of Messing Up

298

92.

I’m Still Not Good Enough Yet

301

93.

I Have These Blocks

303

94.

Successful People Suffer So Much

306

95.

I’m So Frustrated With Myself

308

96.

It’s Not Okay For Me to Be Where I’m At

311

97.

I Hate To Upset Other People

315

98.

Today I Choose To Be Me

319

99.

I’m Holding Myself Back

321

100.

It’s Not Safe To Be Magnificent

324

101.

It’s Right To Think I’m No Good

327

I’m Afraid Of The Feedback I’ll Get Side of the Hand: Even though I’m afraid of the feedback I’ll get, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m afraid of the feedback I’ll get, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m afraid of the feedback I’ll get any time I make a move, any time I take action, any time I try to put myself out there. I’m so afraid I’ll be hurt even when I truly understand that any feedback I get is a reflection of something inside. I’m just afraid to find out what that is. It’s so much easier if I just never look in the mirror. But that’s not what I’m here for. And even though I’m afraid of the feedback I’ll get, I choose to deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and all these people out there who have the nerve to reflect my feelings back to me. Eyebrow Point: All this fear of feedback. Side of the Eye: All this sadness. Under the Eye: All this fear of feedback. Under the Nose: All this sadness. Under the Mouth: And I wonder Collarbone: what exactly I’m sad about. Under the Breast: Am I sad about missed opportunities? Under the Arm: Because whenever I fear feedback Top of the Head: I hold myself back, EB: and I miss out on what’s possible. SE: So part of me is sad UE: about what I’m missing out on. UN: And maybe I’m sad UM: about past feedback, CB: past hurt. UB: All this past pain. UA: I choose to release it now. TH: Releasing it at a cellular level. EB: All this past pain from feedback. SE: All these times UE: that people said to me UN: in one way or another UM: that I wasn’t good enough, CB: that what I created wasn’t good enough, UB: which still means that I’m not good enough UA: as far as I’m concerned. TH: And I understand EB: that the outside world SE: is a reflection of what’s going on inside, UE: so each time I’ve gotten that feedback, 1

UN: that’s just me looking in a mirror UM: and saying to myself, CB: “I’m not good enough.” UB: Time to release that belief. UA: Time to release that nonsense. TH: All this fear that I’m not good enough. EB: All this sadness SE: about the belief that I’m not good enough. UE: Releasing all the past evidence. UN: All the times that I’ve done things UM: and I decided it meant I wasn’t good enough. CB: All the times I’ve done things, UB: and people said I wasn’t good enough. UA: Releasing all that past pain TH: because it’s nonsense! EB: I am more than good enough. SE: I am plenty good enough. UE: Maybe sometimes I miss the mark, UN: and what I’ve put out there UM: isn’t quite perfected. CB: But that’s not a statement on me, UB: it was just what I was capable of at that moment. UA: I’m a magnificent child of God. TH: How could I possibly not be good enough? EB: And I’ve been afraid of feedback. SE: But each morning UE: before I go out in public, UN: I look in the mirror, UM: make sure my hair looks okay, CB: make sure I don’t have bed head. UB: And I may be afraid to look in the mirror, UA: but I would rather have the mirror tell me what’s wrong TH: before I get funny looks out in public. EB: That feedback helps me. SE: Feedback helps me. UE: There is no need to fear it. UN: So if I write an e-book UM: and someone doesn’t like it, CB: I can choose to get upset UB: Or I can say, UA: “Ah, TH: there is some feedback there.” EB: It may be useful. SE: It may not. UE: Because not everything is for everyone. UN: There’s no way to please everybody. UM: No one has ever been able to please everyone. CB: No one has been immune to negative feedback. UB: I can handle it. UA: It’s just feedback. TH: There’s no such thing as failure,

2

EB: there’s only feedback. SE: And I’m clearing out all that old junk UE: that makes it so hard to hear feedback. UN: When I look in the morning UM: and see bed hair in the mirror, CB: it doesn’t devastate me. UB: But if I had a lot of baggage UA: about having bed head... TH: if I had been teased mercilessly as a child, EB: I might not be able to face the mirror in the morning. SE: So, what happened to me when I was younger UE: that makes other feedback so difficult? UN: So that rather than just dismissing it UM: or just taking it with a grain of salt CB: I let it be devastating? UB: Whatever that is, UA: I’m letting it go. TH: I don’t need to hang on to it. EB: I am magnificent. SE: I am wonderful, UE: and I don’t do everything perfectly every time. UN: And that’s no need to be upset. UM: Allowing myself to clear. CB: Clearing all these negative beliefs about myself. UB: Clearing all these doubts about myself. UA: Recognizing how wonderful I am. TH: So that if someone offers criticism, EB: it’s not a comment on who I am. SE: They can’t tear me down UE: because I’m remembering UN: how magnificent I am. UM: Releasing any remaining doubts about that. CB: Clearing them all the way back through my history UB: so I can remember my magnificence UA: with great confidence TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

3

It Has To Be Really Hard Side of the Hand: Even though it has to be really hard, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though it has to be really hard, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though it has to be really, really hard... because it’s been that way since the beginning. And that’s how it is for my family. That’s my birthright. That’s my family coat of arms. Life is a struggle and then you die. And I choose to get a new coat of arms. And even though it has to be really, really hard, I choose to deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and my family all the way back through my lineage, to the first bozo who thought it had to be hard and felt a need to teach that to their children. Eyebrow Point: It’s got to be really hard. Side of the Eye: Life is a struggle. Under the Eye: It never gets easy. Under the Nose: It’s got to be really hard. Under the Mouth: And if it isn’t hard, Collarbone: it’s not worthwhile Under the Breast: or you’re cheating Under the Arm: or something else really bad. Top of the Head: Struggle is noble. EB: It must be a struggle. SE: It must be really, really hard. UE: This gut feeling that it must be hard. UN: And since I create my reality UM: and therefore create my own rules, CB: I’m the one who’s making it really, really hard. UB: If I want to walk across the room UA: to get something, TH: there’s probably some part of my brain EB: that says, “Wait a minute, SE: this looks too easy. UE: I think I have to go around the table first UN: and then trip over something, UM: maybe bang my head on the table CB: and struggle for a few minutes UB: before I can get to the other side of the room. UA: Because if it’s not hard to get there, TH: there’s something wrong.” EB: I wonder, SE: is my unconscious mind UE: even aware UN: of the multitude of things I’m doing right now UM: without any struggle whatsoever? 4

CB: The oxygen that I breathe UB: is right there. UA: I don’t have to go down to the store TH: and buy oxygen tanks. EB: I don’t have to go some place to find it. SE: It’s right here, UE: and I’m breathing easily. UN: And maybe I shouldn’t mention that UM: because part of my mind might be saying, CB: “Oh no, he’s right! UB: We’re letting something happen easily! UA: It’s wrong, wrong, wrong! TH: Everything should be difficult!” EB: But it’s not. SE: I’ve been provided with what I need. UE: And oxygen UN: is made up of the same energy UM: as money CB: or anything else that I could want. UB: It’s all around me. UA: I’ve just been making it difficult. TH: I don’t need to beat up on myself for that. EB: It wasn’t a conscious decision. SE: I was taught that. UE: My parents told me, UN: “You can’t just walk across the room. UM: You need to trip and bonk your head. CB: It has to be a struggle. UB: It has to be really hard!” UA: And I might have said, TH: “But mom, EB: other people just have it! SE: It looks easy for them!” UE: Maybe I was told those were evil people UN: or lucky people, UM: but we weren’t that kind of people. CB: I was so convinced UB: that my life had to be a struggle, UA: that I learned this in utero. TH: I started my life out with struggle, EB: but I’m not condemned to that. SE: I’m not confined to that. UE: Okay, I’ve tried the hard way, UN: now let’s try the easy way, UM: where whatever I need CB: is all around me in abundance, UB: and I stop making it so difficult. UA: I’m allowed to do so. TH: But what would my family think? EB: Boy, would I be the black sheep of the family. SE: So what!? 5

UE: I’m supposed to honor my parents. UN: But do I really honor them UM: by making life so hard? CB: Am I honoring their real selves UB: or just their misconception about themselves? UA: They’ve been stuck in a lie, TH: stuck in a misunderstanding. EB: I don’t need to honor that. SE: I choose to honor their true higher selves. UE: Magnificent children of God. UN: Just like I’m a magnificent child of God. UM: And I’ve been provided with what I need. CB: And I choose to allow it UB: so that I can show others how to allow it. UA: Allowing abundance TH: easily and effortlessly. Take a deep breath.

6

I’ve Got All This Tension Side of the Hand: Even though I’ve got all this tension, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’ve got all this tension, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’ve got all this tension... all this pain, and it’s robbing me of the joy I could have. And even on the best days, there it is, hurting me, robbing me. Which begs the question, why am I not allowed to feel good? What happened in my life where I decided that I wasn’t allowed to feel really good? I had to have this tightness? I had to have this pain and others don’t need to know about it? They can think I’m a perfectly happy person. While I suffer my private hell. While I punish myself, or think that I’m being punished. And whatever happened, I choose to know that I have suffered long enough. I am deciding now that I’m sick and tired of being sick and tired. And I’m healing it now. And I have this magic number of 15. I think the problem started When I was 15. It was 15 years ago That the real problem started. So within the next 15 minutes or maybe even 15 seconds I choose to have it resolved. It’s up to my Higher Power, my Higher Self. And what I choose to know is that I deserve to be free of this. And even though I have all this tension, I deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who’s a pain in my neck and shoulders. Eyebrow Point: All this pain. Side of the Eye: All this pain. Under the Eye: All this pain. Under the Nose: All this pain. Under the Mouth: All this pain. 7

Collarbone: All this pain. Under the Breast: All this pain. Under the Arm: All this pain. Top of the Head: All this pain. EB: All this tension. SE: All this tension UE: that’s limiting my happiness. UN: I could feel so much better. UM: I could be so much happier CB: if it wasn’t for this pain. UB: So I have to wonder, UA: why do I need this pain? TH: Why is it there? EB: If it’s from an injury, SE: it’s healed by now. UE: There’s something inside of me UN: that hasn’t healed. UM: And maybe I can dig that up CB: and let it go. UB: Maybe I don’t even need to know what it is, UA: Maybe I can just let it go. TH: Turning to my Higher Self now EB: and opening up the choice SE: of finding out what’s going on UE: so that I can heal it UN: or simply letting it heal UM: over the next 15 minutes, CB: or the next 15 seconds. UB: 15 years is too long. UA: It’s been too long. TH: I’m sick of tired, EB: of being sick and tired. SE: Why do I need this? UE: What part of me UN: thinks it needs to be so tense? UM: What part of me CB: thinks I need to suffer? UB: This need to suffer. UA: This need to suffer. TH: This need to suffer. EB: I just don’t need to suffer. SE: Who is it benefiting? UE: Who is it helping? UN: Whose life is better UM: because I’m in pain? CB: Because if it isn’t making someone’s life better, UB: then what’s the point? UA: I can understand TH: putting myself out sometimes, EB: maybe working myself a little hard SE: if I’m being of service. 8

UE: Not all the time UN: because taking care of myself UM: is the most important thing. CB: Because if I run myself down, UB: I can’t be of service to other people. UA: I have to make a deposit in my own health account TH: before I write any checks. EB: But I can understand SE: sometimes pushing myself UE: when I feel really good UN: about being of service. UM: But this pain, CB: this tension, UB: it doesn’t serve anyone. UA: If I hurt someone in the past, TH: and I felt I needed to be punished, EB: this isn’t helping them. SE: I’m not making amends to someone UE: by suffering. UN: My suffering doesn’t help anyone. UM: It certainly isn’t helping me. CB: If I felt better, UB: I’d be of more service UA: to myself and others. TH: That makes more sense. EB: I choose to understand this SE: in every fiber of my being, UE: especially through my neck and shoulders. UN: What weight am I carrying UM: on my shoulders, CB: that I can let down now? UB: Do I have to keep carrying this? UA: On some level TH: I clearly know EB: that the answer is no. SE: I don’t have to carry this pain. UE: I don’t have to shoulder this weight. UN: I can be healed. UM: I deserve to be healed. CB: Whatever decision I made UB: consciously or unconsciously, UA: physically or spiritually. TH: Whatever decision I made, EB: I made with limited information. SE: I choose to know now UE: that I deserve to feel good, UN: and the world deserves to have me feel good. UM: Because I can more fully show up. CB: A lot of people think I am showing up, UB: but I know differently. UA: And as long as I know differently, TH: I’m not fully showing up. 9

EB: I don’t want to feel like I’m fooling them. SE: I want them to know that I’m showing up UE: because I know that I’m showing up. UN: Fully, UM: completely, CB: and joyfully UB: letting go of my reasons for the pain. UA: Letting go of the pain. TH: Joyfully and gratefully feeling better. Take a deep breath.

10

I Never Meet My Expectations Side of the Hand: Even though I never meet my expectations, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I never meet my expectations, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I never meet my expectations... I always seem to let myself down. I always seem to come up short. And so I get the feeling, why bother starting? The sooner I start, the sooner I’m going to be disappointed, So I stay stuck. And even though I never meet my expectations, I choose to deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who taught me to be this way. Eyebrow Point: I never meet my expectations. Side of the Eye: I never meet my expectations. Under the Eye: All this nervousness. Under the Nose: All this sadness. Under the Mouth: All this shame. Collarbone: All this heaviness Under the Breast: about not meeting my expectations. Under the Arm: It really bums me out, Top of the Head: and it makes it hard to even get started. EB: Part of my mind says, SE: “Why bother? UE: We’re just going to be disappointed. UN: It’s not going to be persuasive. UM: It’s not going to be good enough.” CB: And of course part of my mind UB: believes that nothing’s going to be good enough UA: unless it’s absolutely perfect... TH: Until I can write a sales page EB: that makes everyone buy SE: without reservation, UE: it’s going to come short of my expectations. UN: And I’m really setting myself up here. UM: And where did I learn this? CB: Who told me I had to be perfect? UB: Who told me I had to start out perfectly? UA: Because there isn’t anyone writing copy TH: who wrote the perfect sales letter at the beginning. EB: And I’m not sure SE: that anyone UE: has written a perfect sales page. UN: I put so much pressure on myself. UM: All this pressure on myself CB: which just sets me up for failure... UB: Because if I’m afraid 11

UA: of not writing the best sales page, TH: I won’t write one at all. EB: And yet it seems to make sense SE: that even a pretty lousy sales page UE: is better than none at all. UN: So if I’m afraid UM: of not meeting my expectations, CB: doing nothing at all UB: is way below my expectations. UA: I choose to get moving. TH: I choose to start. EB: Whatever I create SE: will be better than nothing. UE: Anything I put together UN: will be better than what I’ve got right now, UM: which is nothing, CB: which persuades nobody. UB: No one is persuaded UA: by a nonexistent sales pitch. TH: I choose to give myself room EB: for improvement. SE: When Thomas Edison UE: was figuring out the electric light bulb, UN: he didn’t get it right the first time, UM: or the second time, CB: or the 200th time, UB: or the 700th time. UA: And yet we consider Thomas Edison TH: to be a very successful person. EB: How many attempts do I get at it? SE: How many tries will I allow myself UE: before I throw up my hands UN: and say I just can’t meet my expectations? UM: I choose to give myself room for improvement. CB: And I choose to know UB: that it’s safe to be imperfect. UA: Who told me it wasn’t? TH: If I write a sales page EB: and it doesn’t persuade everyone who reads it, SE: what is the negative consequence? UE: Is someone going to hurt me? UN: Is someone going to shun me? UM: What is the threat to myself? CB: And given my expectations, UB: are those what I’m trying to live up to UA: or is it someone else’s? TH: Who has imposed these expectations on me? EB: Whose expectations am I trying to live up to? SE: Who told me UE: that the first time I attempt the high jump UN: the bar needs to be set at 8 feet 12

UM: such that I stand there, CB: saying, “Nope, nope, nope, not going to do it.”? UB: All this fear of failure. UA: I’m clearing that out now. TH: And all the times in the past EB: that I came short of my expectations SE: or anyone else’s, UE: I’m clearing that from my energy. UN: I’m clearing it from every fiber of my being. UM: Clearing it at a cellular level. CB: It’s safe to try. UB: It’s safe to take action. UA: And each time I take action, TH: I get better and better. EB: I can only imagine SE: if when I was a baby UE: and I was learning to walk, UN: I had told myself, UM: “If I fall down, CB: I’ll be short of my expectations. UB: So it’s not even worth trying.” UA: I didn’t do that. TH: I did the best I could. EB: I choose to do the best I can, SE: which is better than doing nothing. UE: And I choose to know UN: that I have the capacity UM: to get better and better. CB: And each attempt that I try UB: I get better and better. UA: The only way TH: to become a real master of writing sales copy EB: is to start writing. SE: I’m starting to write. UE: I’m getting to it. UN: I’m starting today. UM: I’m putting stuff together today. CB: Because there are people out there UB: waiting for what I’m offering. UA: Some of them TH: are so anxious for it, EB: it doesn’t matter what I write. SE: They’ve already persuaded themselves. UE: They just need the opportunity. UN: They just need the link to click. UM: And I’m providing it CB: because I’m excited UB: about the opportunity UA: to connect people with these products. TH: It’s a good thing, EB: so I’m getting out of my way. 13

SE: Releasing these old fears. UE: Releasing this nervousness. UN: Releasing all this baggage UM: about expectations CB: so that I can get moving, UB: so I can get busy. UA: Setting myself free TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

14

I Choose To Be Successful On My Own Terms Side of the Hand: I choose to be successful on my own terms, and I love and accept myself. I choose to be successful on my own terms, and I love and forgive myself. I choose to be successful on my own terms... I get to pick what I want to do, and I’m giving myself the freedom to do so. And I choose to be successful on my own terms, and I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all these other people who have their own ideas about what success looks like. Eyebrow Point: I’m choosing success on my own terms, Side of the Eye: and I am excited about it. Under the Eye: and I’m clearing out any fear Under the Nose: that would hold me back. Under the Mouth: I’m giving myself Collarbone: the real freedom to choose. Under the Breast: If I go to a restaurant Under the Arm: and I look at the menu, Top of the Head: I don’t want anyone telling me EB: what I have to order. SE: At the same time, UE: I choose to have the freedom UN: to order whatever I want. UM: Letting go of the fear CB: that this item is too expensive UB: or that item won’t go with the wine we chose. UA: Letting go of all these fears TH: that tell me that there’s anything on the menu EB: that I can’t have. SE: I choose to know UE: I have the freedom UN: to order whatever I want. UM: Here in God’s universe CB: it’s a pretty extensive menu, UB: and I choose to choose UA: based on desire, TH: based on what excites me... EB: based on what gives me a feeling of enthusiasm. SE: Letting go of fears. UE: Letting go of doubts UN: that tell me why I can’t have this UM: or why I shouldn’t have that. CB: Letting go of the need UB: to make decisions in my life UA: based on fear, TH: based on avoiding things, EB: based on old ideas 15

SE: about what is safe. UE: Releasing these fears UN: at a cellular level. UM: Allowing myself to be excited. CB: Feeling the freedom UB: to choose whatever I want. UA: Joyfully and gratefully setting myself free TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

16

I Have This Tightness In My Chest Side of the Hand: Even though I have this tightness in my chest, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I have this tightness in my chest, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I have this tightness in my chest... Because the clients aren’t showing up, and I’m having trouble marketing myself. And in all kinds of ways I’m blocking my abundance. And I get this fear in my chest. And even though I have this tightness in my chest, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributes to this tightness. Eyebrow Point: All this tightness in my chest. Side of the Eye: All this tightness in my chest. Under the Eye: All this tightness in my chest. Under the Nose: I choose to release it. Under the Mouth: I choose to clear it. Collarbone: Letting it go. Under the Breast: Letting go of this fear. Under the Arm: I choose to know Top of the Head: I have what it takes to be successful. EB: Releasing the doubts about that. SE: And I have a few doubts about that UE: based on my past. UN: On the other hand, UM: I’ve had many successes too. CB: I might not acknowledge them very much, UB: but right at this moment UA: I’m successfully breathing. TH: I’m successfully speaking. EB: There are all kinds of things I’m doing right now. SE: My heart is successfully beating. UE: I discount my successes too often. UN: Although they’re quite crucial, UM: I choose to acknowledge my successes. CB: I choose to know UB: that this success UA: can take place in other areas of my life as well. TH: So why do I block that? EB: Why do I hide from success? SE: It’s up to me. UE: I create my reality. UN: I create my success. UM: Why have I held back? CB: Why have I blocked that? UB: Is this tightness in my chest UA: fear about a lack of success, TH: or is it some other kind of fear 17

EB: that’s blocking me from success? SE: Maybe it’s a fear of success. UE: So what am I so afraid of? UN: I do good work. UM: I have a lot to offer people. CB: I have many gifts and talents UB: that can really benefit people. UA: What would be so wrong with doing so? TH: What would be so wrong EB: with having a lot of people show up SE: that I can be of service to? UE: What would be so wrong UN: with me being of benefit UM: To a lot of people? CB: And is there a belief UB: that I can’t do so? UA: Releasing any self doubt. TH: Releasing any doubts EB: bout whether I’m talented or skilled. SE: I have a lot to offer, UE: and I’m getting better all the time. UN: And I choose to know UM: that right where I am today CB: I am worthy and deserving of success. UB: I am worthy and deserving UA: of being of service TH: to a lot of people. EB: Releasing the blocks about that. SE: Releasing the doubts. UE: Releasing the tightness in my chest. UN: It’s safe to breathe easily. UM: It’s safe to breathe easily. CB: Removing all this stuff from my chest UB: that tightens up UA: and holds me back. TH: Releasing this fear. EB: Releasing it at a cellular level. SE: It’s safe to release it now. UE: It’s safe to release it. UN: Letting it go. UM: Letting it go. CB: Letting it go from every fiber of my being. UB: Breathing easily UA: and setting myself free TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

18

I Have This Unworthiness In My Upper Chest Side of the Hand: Even though I have this unworthiness in my upper chest, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I have this unworthiness in my upper chest, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I have this unworthiness in my upper chest... All this sadness. All this fear. All this tightness about not being good enough, about not being worthy, about just being a silly beetle; although the Beatles were quite successful. And even though I have this unworthiness in my upper chest, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and this friend who was doing the best she could from where she was at. Eyebrow Point: All this unworthiness. Side of the Eye: This feeling of unworthiness. Under the Eye: This unworthiness in my upper chest. Under the Nose: All this unworthiness in my upper chest. Under the Mouth: And I’m releasing it now. Collarbone: This painful memory Under the Breast: of trying to catch the bus, Under the Arm: and my friend making fun of me. Top of the Head: And that moment EB: kind of epitomizes my success SE: or the lack thereof. UE: I’m trying to do something. UN: I’m trying to achieve something UM: but I look like a bug just scuttling along CB: just not making it, UB: just not good enough. UA: And who was this friend of mine TH: to proclaim who I am EB: such that I should believe her? SE: All this sadness. UE: All this anger. UN: She had a lot of nerve UM: saying that to me. CB: And maybe she didn’t even realize UB: what a jerk she was being. UA: She was just being amused TH: in her own little way. EB: And I let it mean something. SE: A silly comment that a friend made years ago, UE: and I’m letting it hold me back. UN: I forgive myself for that UM: I’m doing the best I can, CB: or at least the best I could do. 19

UB: And I’m getting better now. UA: I can release this memory. TH: Releasing the sadness from it. EB: Maybe if I’d been in her place SE: it might have looked kind of comical. UE: And this could be a funny memory UN: instead of a painful memory. UM: I choose to be amused. CB: Releasing the pain. UB: Releasing the sadness UA: from this memory TH: and any other memory EB: that holds me back, SE: that brings me down UE: when I try to accomplish something. UN: In the past UM: I felt sadness, CB: I felt tightness, UB: remembering a time that I was trying to achieve something UA: and I wasn’t quite so successful. TH: And I’m releasing that now, EB: because that was just one event. SE: No matter how many events are in my mind UE: each of them was just one event. UN: And is no proof about what I can or can’t do. UM: I am powerful beyond measure. CB: I am successful. UB: I have what it takes. UA: And I’m releasing the tightness. TH: Releasing all this tightness. EB: Releasing any remaining sadness. SE: Releasing any remaining anger or resentment. UE: Releasing them from my upper chest. UN: Releasing them at a cellular level. UM: Allowing myself to know CB: that I’m not defined by anyone else’s comments. UB: I’m defined by what I say, UA: and I am a magnificent child of God TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

20

I’ve Swallowed Some Toxins Side of the Hand: Even though I’ve swallowed some toxins, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’ve swallowed some things that were unhealthy for me, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’ve swallowed this anger... and over the years there have been numerous things I’ve swallowed because I wasn’t supposed to be angry or I wasn’t supposed to be this way or that way. And I wasn’t allowed to express my feelings. And I wasn’t really sure how to process them. So they kind of got caught in my upper chest. And it’s time to clear it out. And even though I swallowed my anger, I choose to love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else involved in this. Eyebrow Point: All this anger that I swallowed. Side of the Eye: All this anger that I swallowed. Under the Eye: All this anger that I swallowed. Under the Nose: It’s caught in my throat, Under the Mouth: and that’s not where it belongs. Collarbone: This stuff is toxic. Under the Breast: It should not be swallowed. Under the Arm: So I’m getting it out now. Top of the Head: Releasing it. EB: Part of me has actually thought SE: that was really rotten what she did. UE: And if I hang onto this anger long enough, UN: it will really teach her a lesson. UM: I wonder if she even remembers that incident, CB: and I’m healing now. UB: Healing for both of us. UA: Releasing this anger. TH: I can talk about it if I want to. EB: I can find healthy ways to deal with it. SE: But at that time UE: this was the best I could do UN: Because of my beliefs. UM: Because of things I’ve been taught CB: I felt I had to swallow it. UB: I couldn’t say to her, UA: “What a jerk you are!” TH: I couldn’t just get the anger out. EB: But I can get it out now. SE: It’s never too late to heal. UE: In fact, now is the perfect time. UN: I wish I’d done it earlier, UM: but I only have right now. CB: So I have a choice. UB: Let it out now UA: or keep doing this for a little while longer. 21

TH: Hm, tough choice. EB: I’m releasing it already. SE: Getting it out. UE: Part of me doesn’t want to. UN: Part of me refuses to get over this. UM: Part of me feels a need to hang onto this. CB: Part of me really wants to hang onto this UB: as though it’s protecting me somehow. UA: So that when I try to achieve something, TH: I remember how ridiculous I looked. EB: Part of me is trying to say, SE: “Oh, don’t try something, UE: We’ll just look silly.” UN: Except that I seem to have forgotten UM: that I got on the bus. CB: I achieved what I was going after. UB: Who cares what I looked like? UA: Releasing all that stuff. TH: Letting go of the need to hang onto this. EB: I have refused to let this go. SE: I am now refusing to hang onto it. UE: I can’t make myself hang onto this. UN: I am letting this go. UM: And maybe I did look funny. CB: And so what! UB: So what! UA: It doesn’t matter how I looked. TH: I achieved what I was going after. EB: I succeeded. SE: I’m releasing the remaining anger. UE: I’m releasing it at a cellular level. UN: I’m spitting it out UM: and releasing it. CB: Giving myself permission to feel good UB: in ever fiber of my being UA: as I completely set myself free TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

22

I Have This Really Old Hurt Side of the Hand: Even though I have this really old hurt, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I have this really old hurt, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I have this really old hurt... Something happened a long time ago. I can’t consciously remember it, but there’s sadness. There’s pain. There’s anger, and it got stuck in me. And I choose to release it now. And even though I have this old hurt around my eyes, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who might have been involved in this because I choose to be free now. Eyebrow Point: This old hurt around my eyes. Side of the Eye: This really old hurt around my eyes. Under the Eye: Whatever it might be, Under the Nose: I’m allowing myself to move through it now. Under the Mouth: Allowing myself to process it. Collarbone: Some emotion came up Under the Breast: and got stuck, Under the Arm: and I’m letting it move now. Top of the Head: If I need to know what happened, EB: I choose to know. SE: Allowing myself to know UE: if it’s for my highest good. UN: And if not, UM: I choose to let it go. CB: Releasing it from my energy. UB: Releasing all this old hurt from my energy. UA: Releasing all this old pain. TH: Releasing all this old sadness. EB: And releasing all this old anger. SE: Releasing all this anger and resentment. UE: Releasing it at a cellular level. UN: Giving myself permission UM: to be free from this now. CB: I acknowledge my unconscious mind UB: for trying to protect me, UA: for thinking that I needed this TH: to somehow protect me. EB: But I made that decision SE: at a very young age. UE: I’m allowing myself to see now UN: that it is safe to heal. UM: It’s safe to release this. CB: Releasing it at a cellular level. UB: Whatever happened back then, 23

UA: I survived it. TH: The human body EB: is constantly regenerating. SE: New cells are being grown all the time. UE: And the entire human body UN: from head to toe UM: is completely replaced CB: at a cellular level UB: every 7 years or so. UA: So there isn’t even a cell in my body TH: that was there when that hurt occurred. EB: There isn’t even one cell in my current body SE: that looked ridiculous chasing after the bus. UE: Allowing the energy to be healed now. UN: I can heal. UM: I’m giving myself permission to heal. CB: Giving myself permission UB: to remember that I am whole and complete, UA: lacking nothing. TH: I’m a magnificent child of God EB: with great gifts and talents, SE: and I’m worthy and deserving UE: of great success and love. UN: And I’m setting myself free, UM: allowing myself to feel good CB: at a cellular level, UB: in every fiber of my being. UA: Allowing myself to feel whole and healed TH: at a cellular level. Take a deep breath.

24

I Think I’m Looney Side of the Hand: Even though I think I’m looney, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I think I’m looney, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I think I’m looney, and what I’m up to is just crazy. So as excited as I am about it, as right as I think it might be... I have a lot of doubts about it. And those are probably holding me back, especially if I’m embarrassed about what I do. So even though I think I’m looney, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has suggested that I’m looney, because what do they know? Eyebrow Point: This fear that I’m looney. Side of the Eye: This fear that I’m looney. Under the Eye: All this fear that I’m looney. Under the Nose: All this fear that I’m crazy... Under the Mouth: And my colleagues, Collarbone: they understand crazy. Under the Breast: They would see it in me in a heartbeat. Under the Arm: They would feel qualified to label me, Top of the Head: and they would label me without hesitation. EB: This fear that they’ll think I’m looney. SE: All this fear UE: that they’ll think I’m looney. UN: And since the outside world UM: is a reflection CB: of what’s going on inside. UB: If I’m afraid they’ll think I’m looney, UA: that must mean TH: that some part of me EB: thinks that I’m looney. SE: All these doubts about what I’m up to. UE: All these doubts about what I’m up to. UN: All these fears UM: that there’s something not right. CB: And who is it UB: in my head UA: that’s telling me there’s something wrong with this? TH: Why is this so looney? EB: Because the person SE: defining what I’m doing as looney UE: is in my head. UN: What are the reasons? UM: What are the doubts? CB: What’s going on inside of me 25

UB: that’s embarrassed UA: about what I’m up to? TH: That has doubts about what I’m up to? EB: All these fears about what I’m up to. SE: All these fears UE: that I can’t tell people about it, UN: that I have to do it in secret UM: until I’ve proven myself. CB: But it’s kind of hard to be successful UB: in a vacuum. UA: I’ve got to tell somebody about what I’m doing TH: if I want money to come in. EB: I can’t just sell it to myself, SE: so I’ve got to find my market, UE: and I can’t do that in secret. UN: Letting go of this embarrassment. UM: Letting go of this fear. CB: There are a lot of people out there UB: who’ve been very successful UA: because they’ve risked looking foolish. TH: They put themselves out there, EB: and they’ve been ridiculed. SE: They’ve been laughed at. UE: They’ve been called looney. UN: But they’re laughing all the way to the bank. UM: So I need to decide for myself, CB: what am I here for? UB: To be successful? UA: Or to maintain appearances? TH: What’s more important to me, EB: making the difference I that know I can make, SE: or looking good? UE: All this need to look good. UN: All this need for approval. UM: It’s possible CB: that I could have a lot more success, UB: if I was more public about what I’m doing. UA: But then I might look foolish, TH: and people wouldn’t approve of me. EB: All this need for their approval. SE: All this need for their approval. UE: And for all I know, UN: some of these people that I’m hiding myself from UM: could provide some of the best leads for me. CB: They could be some big supporters. UB: They might really like what I’m up to, UA: but I better not risk that. TH: All this fear of looking foolish. EB: All this fear of what they would say. SE: All this fear of losing their approval. UE: But do I want conditional approval 26

UN: where people are approving of me UM: as long as I stay within the lines? CB: When in my life UB: did I have such conditional approval? UA: All this need to do it right. TH: All this need to color inside the lines. EB: All this need to be acceptable. SE: All this need to be acceptable. UE: And all this fear UN: that I’m not. UM: This fear that I’m not acceptable. CB: All this shame about not being acceptable. UB: All this embarrassment about not being acceptable. UA: All this low self-esteem. TH: All this feeling that I’m not acceptable. EB: All this sadness that I’m not acceptable. SE: All this anger and resentment about not being accepted. UE: And so I hold myself back UN: so I don’t take any risks. UM: I can’t risk losing acceptance, CB: and I choose to clear this out now, UB: because I have something inside of me UA: that wants to come out. TH: There are things that I want to do. EB: And I wonder, SE: how successful could I be UE: if I wasn’t embarrassed? UN: If I wasn’t afraid? UM: If I could just say, CB: “Here’s who I am. UB: Here’s what I do. UA: Love me anyway.” TH: Releasing the fear. EB: Releasing the shame. SE: Releasing all these ideas UE: that I’m looney. UN: Releasing the looniness. UM: And if I am looney, CB: so what! UB: There are many people UA: making a lot of money TH: being looney. EB: I’m embracing the looniness. SE: And something inside of me says UE: that’s not safe. UN: But if it wasn’t safe, UM: why did God put this desire in me? CB: I choose to trust UB: that God wouldn’t ask me to do anything UA: that I shouldn’t be doing. TH: I choose to trust

27

EB: that what I wish to do, SE: these wishes, are divinely inspired UE: which means they’re okay. UN: And not everybody is going to get it. UM: And that’s okay. CB: Where did I get the idea UB: that they were right? UA: When they first made talking motion pictures, TH: some people called them crazy. EB: It was just a fad. SE: It would never last. UE: What if they had listened to those people? UN: Popular opinion UM: is often mistaken. CB: Letting go of my need for approval. UB: Letting go of my need for acceptance UA: and recognizing TH: that who God wants me to be EB: is the most acceptable version of me there is. SE: Being true to myself UE: is loving myself UN: and will attract love. UM: I’m worthy and deserving of love and respect CB: being exactly who I am, UB: doing exactly what I feel drawn to do. UA: And I’m setting myself free TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

28

Life Can Be So Challenging Side of the Hand: Even though life can be so challenging, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though life can be so challenging, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though life can be so challenging... Because there are many things that I want, but they seem to require things that I don’t have. I don’t have the time. I don’t have the energy. I don’t have the wherewithal to make the things happen that I want, and I’d like to think there’s another way. But I’m trapped in some old thinking, and even though life is so challenging, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who convinced me that it had to be so hard. Eyebrow Point: Life can be so hard. Side of the Eye: Life can be so hard. Under the Eye: There seems to be so much lack. Under the Nose: There’s not enough money. Under the Mouth: There’s not enough time. Collarbone: There aren’t enough buyers. Under the Breast: There’s not enough of what I need. Under the Arm: I need more time. Top of the Head: I need to work harder. EB: That’s what I’ve been told. SE: In order to succeed in this life, UE: I need to be working more than 24 hours a day. UN: And then if I’m lucky, I can have abundance. UM: But I get nothing for less than that. CB: All this need to work. UB: All this need to work hard. UA: All this need for it to be really hard. TH: And who taught me that? EB: Probably started long ago. SE: And I got the message UE: that for me to have what I wanted, UN: I had to work really hard. UM: And on top of that, CB: I got the idea UB: that work was going to be terrible. UA: Not only would I have to do a lot of it, TH: but I wouldn’t enjoy it at all. EB: Because if I really enjoyed it, SE: it wouldn’t be half bad doing it. UE: I wouldn’t be trying to escape work. UN: I’d enjoy doing it. UM: But something tells me CB: that it’s supposed to be painful. UB: It’s supposed to be hard. 29

UA: And it’s supposed to take more time than I have. TH: If I have more time at the end of my work, EB: I’m just not working hard enough. SE: The only way to really validate myself UE: is to always have more work than I have time. UN: There always has to be more to be done, UM: and that’s how I know I’m doing it right, CB: that I can’t even enjoy doing it right UB: because there’s still this obligation UA: to feel badly that there’s still work to be done. TH: I have to feel badly if I don’t get it all done. EB: But if I do get it all done, SE: I have to feel badly that I’m not doing enough. UE: I’ve really set it up UN: to make it really challenging UM: to really feel good. CB: I’m damned if I do, damned if I don’t, UB: and I choose to throw that all away UA: and just feel good. TH: And I joyfully allow EB: the work that is right for me to do. SE: Because I am here for a reason. UE: I have gifts and talents to share. UN: I can call sharing those gifts work. UM: A lot of people call it that. CB: And I’m here to do a certain amount of that. UB: And I’m not going to shirk that duty. UA: But who said it has to be so hard? TH: Releasing this need for it to be so hard. EB: There are so many people SE: telling me what my reality should look like. UE: It’s true in so many areas. UN: The media says things, UM: people say things, CB: and I listen to them. UB: And I create my reality UA: based on what I hear. TH: Like the housing market, EB: they say no one’s buying houses, SE: so my house doesn’t get sold. UE: I’m listening UN: to all the naysayers, UM: but I create my reality. CB: I create my reality. UB: My reality UA: does not need to be controlled TH: by what’s going on for anyone else. EB: Some people are experiencing difficulty SE: and other people are thriving. UE: I choose to thrive. UN: I choose to have the right things happen for me. 30

UM: I choose to have the best things happen for me. CB: Releasing all my fears. UB: Releasing them at a cellular level. UA: The fears about how hard I have to work. TH: The fears about there not being enough time. EB: The fears about not getting things done. SE: The fears about the economy. UE: I’m releasing these fears. UN: From God’s perspective, UM: everything is just fine. CB: There’s still an unlimited abundance of energy. UB: Everything is here UA: for me to have everything I want. TH: Everything is here EB: for me to have everything that I want. SE: And that sounds crazy, UE: but it makes sense UN: from a spiritual point of view. UM: And from a quantum physics point of view CB: everything is energy. UB: There is pure potential all around me, UA: and it’s attracted to me TH: according to my vibration. EB: So, I’m turning my vibration up SE: so I find work that I enjoy UE: in an amount that feels right UN: according to the time that I have. UM: I’m attracting buyers. CB: I’m attracting clients. UB: I’m attracting whatever I need UA: and whomever I need. TH: And I’m releasing all those blocks. EB: All those things I’ve believed SE: about why this couldn’t happen, UE: about why it should be so hard, UN: about why I should always be behind, UM: about why it should be so difficult, CB: about why it should be so painful. UB: Letting go of that. UA: It isn’t necessary. TH: It isn’t necessary for it to be painful. EB: Setting myself free SE: to find what feels right UE: for me to move forward in life. UN: Being of service UM: in the best way possible. CB: Releasing the fears that block me. UB: Releasing them at a cellular level. UA: Setting myself joyfully and gratefully free TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath. 31

I Need To Worry About What I’m Not Getting Done Side of the Hand: Even though I need to worry about what I’m not getting done, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I need to worry about what I’m not getting done, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I need to worry about what I’m not getting done... Because when I look at what I have to do and I look at the clock, and I look at the calendar, and I look at the heavens, and scream, “It’s not possible.” And I’ve got to feel badly about that. And even though I have to feel badly about what I’m not getting done, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who taught me to get so upset about this. Eyebrow Point: I have to feel bad about what I’m not getting done. Side of the Eye: Because if I feel badly enough, Under the Eye: that’ll finally get me motivated. Under the Nose: Because what I really want to do Under the Mouth: is just sit around and watch television. Collarbone: And that’s what I would do Under the Breast: if I didn’t feel badly enough Under the Arm: and if I didn’t feel the time pressure. Top of the Head: I’ve sort of set it up for myself EB: where I feel all this pressure to get things done, SE: and it’s painful. UE: And I can ease a little bit of that pressure UN: with each thing I get done. UM: That’s the carrot on the stick for me, CB: a little bit of relief from all this time pressure. UB: My goal UA: is to get enough done TH: to feel a little bit less badly. EB: Who helped me create this system? SE: Because this stinks. UE: It’s a lose-lose situation. UN: It makes it so hard to enjoy anything. UM: Even if I really love what I do, CB: I don’t have time to love it. UB: There’s this constant pressure. UA: And so I’ve got to wonder, TH: what’s the real threat? EB: What’s really going to happen to me, SE: if I don’t get it all done? UE: Will there be an angry mob UN: with torches and pitchforks UM: storming my house? CB: Will they do me bodily harm? 32

UB: What is going to happen to me? UA: What is the worst-case scenario? TH: Because the reality is EB: there are certain things that I can get done SE: in a certain amount of time, UE: And certain things UN: that I’m not going to be able to get done. UM: And if I have clients waiting CB: or anyone waiting on anything, UB: either I’m going to get it done UA: or I’m not. TH: And how does it serve me EB: to feel all this pressure? SE: I can’t feel enough pressure UE: to do more than is humanly possible. UN: And it doesn’t really serve my clients UM: or anyone else CB: for me to go back to them and say, UB: “You know what? UA: I missed the deadline. TH: I don’t have the project done for you, EB: but what I do have for you SE: is a log of how much I have suffered, UE: how high my blood pressure is, UN: how much sleep I’ve lost, UM: and all the other suffering that I’ve done, CB: and I hope that satisfies you.” UB: I don’t think it’s going to do much for them. UA: Clients never say, TH: “Hey, I really recommend this person. EB: They don’t always get the work done, SE: but they really suffer if they don’t. UE: And that’s what I call integrity.” UN: So where did I learn this? UM: Who did I learn this from? CB: That if I can’t get something done UB: it’s okay as long as I feel badly about it? UA: And it may not be okay, TH: but it’s somehow more forgivable. EB: If I suffer enough, SE: if I’m pathetic enough, UE: I’m more forgivable. UN: Instead of just saying, UM: “I’m going to get done what I get done.” CB: And the funny thing is, UB: the better I feel, UA: the more I get done TH: and the better it’s done. EB: This stress isn’t working for me. SE: It’s not working for my clients. UE: It’s not working for anyone else. 33

UN: I’m going to get done what I get done. UM: Thank you God CB: for helping me get done as much as possible UB: in the best way possible. UA: I’m going to do my best TH: And let God do the rest. EB: Because my suffering doesn’t serve anyone. SE: My getting upset doesn’t benefit anyone. UE: I can’t suffer enough UN: to make the world slow down UM: and give me more than 24 hours in the day. CB: And there’s a part of me that thinks UB: that if I suffer enough, UA: if I make it really apparent TH: that there just isn’t enough time for all the things that have to get done, EB: God will change the time structure SE: so that I get more than 24 hours. UE: Chances are, UN: there isn’t anything that I’m doing UM: that is going to be that important CB: to change the 24 hours that have worked so well for so long. UB: I’m going to get done what I get done, UA: and what I don’t get done in a certain amount of time TH: is not going to end the world. EB: Giving myself a break now. SE: Releasing this tension. UE: Releasing this old need to get uptight. UN: That was somebody else’s baggage. UM: I don’t need to carry that on. CB: I’m releasing it. UB: Releasing it at a cellular level. UA: Allowing myself to feel good TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

34

I Get So Angry With Myself Side of the Hand: Even though I get so angry with myself, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I get so angry with myself, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I get so angry with myself... Because I’m willing to take responsibility for creating my life. Because I know that’s how I become powerful, but that also means taking responsibility for the things that are uncomfortable. And I get so mad at myself for doing that. And even though I get so angry with myself, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributed to things being this way. Eyebrow Point: I get so angry with myself. Side of the Eye: All this anger at myself. Under the Eye: All this anger Under the Nose: about my current situation. Under the Mouth: I create my reality. Collarbone: And I look at some of the things Under the Breast: in my current circumstances, Under the Arm: and I ask myself, Top of the Head: “How could I do this to myself? EB: What was I thinking? SE: Why did I do this to myself?” UE: I’m so mad at myself. UN: I am so mad at myself UM: for creating things this way. CB: For putting myself UB: in this tough situation. UA: For making things so hard on me. TH: Why don’t I treat myself better? EB: Why don’t I make it easier for myself? SE: And there are a lot of people UE: that I could get angry with UN: about the way things are. UM: But eventually, CB: the buck comes back to me, UB: and I get angry with myself. UA: The problem with that is TH: the more I’m angry with myself, EB: the more I want to punish myself, SE: which just gives me more things UE: to be angry at myself for. UN: So I choose to release this anger. UM: Releasing it at a cellular level. CB: Releasing all this anger UB: because I’ve always been doing the best I could UA: in each and every moment 35

TH: based on what I knew, EB: based on what I believed, SE: based on the circumstances UE: in each and every moment. UN: Every choice that I’ve made... UM: it was the best choice I could make at that time CB: given the way my mind was working. UB: Releasing this anger UA: for all these choices I’ve made. TH: I could look at things in my life EB: and say, “Why did I do this? SE: Why did I take on all this work? UE: Why did I ever buy this house in the first place? UN: Why did I make these decisions?” UM: But that’s just going to lead me to earlier decisions. CB: And I can ask myself why I made those decisions UB: all the way back to my childhood. UA: And if I’m going to question every decision I’ve made TH: all the way back to my childhood, EB: that’s going to take up a lot of my valuable time. SE: I am where I am. UE: I don’t need to beat myself up for it. UN: It’s not a question of how I got here. UM: I don’t need to be angry with myself CB: for getting myself here. UB: If I fell into quicksand, UA: one of the least effective things I could do TH: is beat myself up for falling into it. EB: Getting angry isn’t working. SE: Depriving myself of love is not working. UE: Loving myself will work. UN: Loving myself does work. UM: I choose to love myself CB: enough to forgive myself. UB: I forgive myself for the choices I’ve made. UA: And in the big picture, TH: I may very well find EB: that I’m very grateful to myself SE: for making the choices that I made, UE: for what that makes of me, UN: for what it causes me to become, UM: because I’m growing stronger. CB: I’m growing wiser. UB: Mistakes help me do that. UA: I’m forgiving myself. TH: Releasing this anger. EB: Releasing it at a cellular level. SE: Releasing it from every fiber of my being. UE: Just letting it go UN: as an act of love for myself. UM: I did the best I could getting here. 36

CB: And the more I love myself, UB: the better I make things. UA: So I’m setting myself free TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

37

I Intend To Have A Great Year Side of the Hand: I intend to have a great year, and I really love and accept myself. I intend to have a really great year, and I choose to love and accept myself. I intend to have a really great year whether last year was really great or really crappy. I choose to know that either way I have the opportunity to make this new year fantastic because I create my reality. And deep down inside I have everything I need to make this the best year ever. And I intend to have a really great new year. And I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself. Eyebrow Point: I intend to have a great year. Side of the Eye: This year is going to be so awesome. Under the Eye: It’s going to be the best year yet. Under the Nose: And I get to decide that. Under the Mouth: I’m not at the mercy of other people. Collarbone: And sometimes I feel Under the Arm: that I say I want a great year, Top of the Head: but it’s up to other people. EB: These people might screw the year up for me. SE: It might be my family. UE: It might be the people at work, UN: all my customers UM: or the seeming lack of customers. CB: But I’m in charge. UA: I create my reality. TH: What shows up outside EB: is just a reflection SE: of what’s going on inside. UE: So if I want the outside to look fantastic, UN: I choose to clear out UM: whatever might be inside CB: that is less than fantastic. UA: Letting that stuff go. TH: Allowing myself to heal. EB: Healing upsets from the past year SE: that I might have brought with me into the new year. UE: I choose to let those go. UN: I don’t need to hang onto them. UM: There may be things I choose to make right, CB: but I don’t need to hang onto the upset. UA: That doesn’t serve anyone. TH: Certainly not me.

38

EB: That doesn’t put me in a great vibrational energy SE: to create the kind of year I choose to create. UE: So I’m letting that stuff go. UN: Letting it go at a cellular level. UM: Allowing myself to be free CB: to really be in my power UA: and to really feel magnificent TH: as I powerfully create EB: an amazing new year. SE: Allowing wonderful things to happen. UE: Some of the things I’ll plan UN: both personally and professionally. UM: And I choose to feel so good CB: that wonderful surprises show up too. UA: And I’m making myself ready for this TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

39

I Lack Confidence Side of the Hand: Even though I lack confidence, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I lack confidence, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I lack confidence because throughout my life I’ve been bombarded with negativity. My head has been filled with all kinds of nonsense. And part of me knows it’s nonsense. And part of me is not quite so confident. And I choose to let that stuff go. And to reveal to myself as the magnificent child of God that I truly am, such that I have absolute faith in what I can do. And even though I’ve been lacking confidence, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else, including the negative people in my family. They were doing the best they could. Eyebrow Point: All this lack of confidence. Side of the Eye: All this lack of confidence. Under the Eye: All this self doubt. Under the Nose: I want to attract clients, Under the Mouth: but I’m putting out some energy Collarbone: that I’m not sure that I can do this, Under the Arm: and darned if people don’t pick up on that. Top of the Head: The people that see through it EB: are very happy with my services, SE: as well they should be. UE: Universal energy flows through me, UN: and I can do miraculous things UM: except for all this self doubt. CB: Oh, me of little faith. UA: Oh, me of little faith. TH: And I choose to clear that self doubt now. EB: Just releasing it. SE: Letting it go at a cellular level. UE: I can do wonderful things. UN: I have what it takes. UM: I am really good, CB: and God is really good at what I do. UA: I can do magnificent things. TH: I choose to know that. EB: I choose to know it so much, SE: that people I haven’t even met yet UE: are being drawn to me right now. UN: Because there are so many people out there UM: who are waiting for what I have to offer. 40

CB: And how long am I going to keep them waiting? UA: Umm, I think I’m about done! TH: Here I am folks! EB: I’m the one you’ve been looking for. SE: I have what you’re looking for. UE: Releasing any remaining self doubt. UN: And all that past negativity, UM: that was other people’s baggage. CB: And some of it was a reflection of my own stuff, UA: and I’m clearing that stuff out. TH: I’m clearing that stuff out. EB: For some time now SE: I’ve been otherwise occupied. UE: My energies UN: have gone in a different direction. UM: And now it is time to move on. CB: And I’m questioning whether I can do that. UA: I’m so used to doing one thing, TH: I wonder if I can do anything else. EB: I choose to know SE: I absolutely can! UE: I was created UN: whole and complete, UM: lacking nothing. CB: I have what it takes. UA: If I wasn’t meant to do something else, TH: I would have gone away with that old job. EB: But I’m still here SE: which means it’s time for something new. UE: And the best way to honor the people of the past UN: is to allow myself to flourish, UM: allow myself to thrive. CB: And I know there are people cheering me on, UA: and they are so excited for the success I am achieving. TH: I’m allowing myself to heal. EB: Releasing any remaining self doubt. SE: Recognizing the truth about myself. UE: I am a magnificent child of God, UN: blessed with amazing gifts and talents, UM: worthy of love and success. CB: And I’m just the person to allow that. UA: And attracting all kinds of wonderful things to me TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

41

I’m Not Allowing Myself Good Feelings Side of the Hand: Even though I’m not allowing myself good feelings, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m not allowing myself more abundance, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m not allowing myself to love myself... Because I have all kinds of reasons About why I shouldn’t. Things I’ve picked up from the past, decisions I’ve made based on experiences, and it all leads me to the conclusion that I don’t have a right to feel good. I don’t have a right to have more success. And even though I’m not allowing myself more, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributes to this feeling. Eyebrow Point: All this lack of self love. Side of the Eye: All this lack of self love. Under the Eye: And all these reasons Under the Nose: why I can’t love myself more. Under the Mouth: All these reasons Collarbone: why I shouldn’t love myself more. Under the Breast: All these reasons Under the Arm: why I deprive myself Top of the Head: of health, wealth, and/or happiness. EB: And I choose to know SE: I am worthy and deserving. UE: Releasing the fears about that. UN: Releasing the doubts about that. UM: I am worthy and deserving of the best there is. CB: I am worthy and deserving of success. UB: I am worthy and deserving of abundance. UA: I am worthy and deserving of happiness. TH: At the very root of me EB: I know this. SE: I know it at a core level. UE: I am connected to God. UN: And part of me knows that. UM: And knowing that, CB: I know that I am worthy and deserving UB: of all good things. UA: But sometimes I forget. TH: Sometimes I get distracted. EB: Sometimes I pick up false evidence SE: that tells me I shouldn’t be quite so confident, UE: that tells me I shouldn’t love myself quite so much. UN: And that’s false evidence UM: appearing real, CB: also known as fear. UB: And I choose to release this fear. 42

UA: I choose to release this fear, TH: this fear that I’m not worthy, EB: this fear that I’m not deserving. SE: Clearing that out. UE: Releasing it at a cellular level. UN: Releasing all the fear UM: that stops me from taking action. CB: There are things that I could do, UB: but I don’t seem to do it. UA: I find myself blocked. TH: Sometimes I feel overwhelmed... EB: Too much information. SE: I have all this information coming in, UE: and I can use that as a reason UN: to keep myself stuck. UM: Not consciously... CB: Not deliberately... UB: Except on the part of my unconscious UA: that wants to keep me stuck. TH: Even when all the information is good, EB: part of me still says SE: this is a reason to get stuck. UE: And I’m clearing that misinformation out. UN: It’s safe to take action. UM: It’s even safe to make mistakes. CB: I can take positive action, UB: and if it’s not exactly what I wanted to do, UA: I can change. TH: I can make changes. EB: The best thing to do SE: is make a choice and get started. UE: It doesn’t have to be the perfect choice. UN: I’m making it a likely choice. UM: Something that seems likely to bring what I want. CB: Something that seems likely to let me share my gifts and talents UB: because I have gifts and talents to share, UA: and the world is worthy and deserving of my gifts and talents. TH: Allowing myself to release these blocks. EB: Allowing myself to release these doubts. SE: Allowing myself to release these fears. UE: Releasing them at a cellular level. UN: Clearing them out UM: from every fiber of my being CB: so that I easily remember UB: how worthy and deserving I am UA: as I set myself free TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

43

I’m Depriving Myself Side of the Hand: Even though I’m depriving myself, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m depriving myself, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m depriving myself... Because I know there’s more abundance out there, I’ve seen it. But I’m not allowing it at the moment, at least not to the extent that I would like. And if I create my reality, it must be me depriving me. And even though I’m doing that, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who’s involved in this. Eyebrow Point: All this self deprivation. Side of the Eye: All this need to deprive myself. Under the Eye: Because I can look around the world Under the Nose: and there are still people with plenty of money, Under the Mouth: So God hasn’t stopped allowing it. Collarbone: There’s still abundance flowing, Under the Breast: and I’ve just kind of stepped out of that river. Under the Arm: I don’t want to blame myself. Top of the Head: I don’t want to put myself at fault, EB: But I do choose to take responsibility SE: for getting myself back into the flow. UE: The flow is there. UN: It’s there for me as much as anyone else, UM: so what holds me back? CB: Why do I stop myself? UB: Why do I deprive myself? UA: What thoughts are going on in my head TH: telling me why I shouldn’t be in the flow? EB: Telling me why I couldn’t be in the flow? SE: What kinds of memories are there? UE: Events that took place long ago UN: that convinced me UM: that there’s a good reason CB: for me not to be in the flow? UB: I choose to know UA: that that was a misunderstanding. TH: There may be reasons for depriving myself, EB: but no good reasons. SE: So I’m clearing these reasons out. UE: Releasing them at a cellular level. UN: Allowing myself to know UM: that I’m worthy and deserving of being in the flow. CB: I choose to be in the flow. UB: I’m stepping back in. UA: I am releasing the fears and doubts that hold me back, 44

TH: whatever they might be. EB: Any fears of why I am not deserving. SE: Any fears about not being lovable. UE: Any fears about not being good enough. UN: I’m releasing these, UM: releasing them at a cellular level. CB: Clearing them out UB: so I find it so much easier UA: to step back into the flow. TH: And maybe I’ve stepped quite a ways away, EB: and I might have a bit of a journey SE: to get back to that river of abundance. UE: Maybe I feel UN: that that river of abundance UM: is strange territory for me, CB: and I’m not sure of the way. UB: And I choose to know UA: that as I release fear, TH: as I release stress, EB: as I release worry SE: and I allow myself UE: to feel more love, UN: to feel more gratitude, UM: to feel more joy, CB: I am naturally drawn to that river. UB: It’s coming home. UA: I am coming home to the river of abundance TH: from whence I came. EB: Abundance is my birthright. SE: It is my true nature. UE: Even if I have this false evidence UN: that all my life UM: I’ve never really known it, CB: my true nature is abundance. UB: I choose to love that about myself. UA: And I know it deep inside. TH: Releasing any reasons EB: for not loving myself. SE: I’m a magnificent child of God UE: made up 100 percent UN: of God’s loving energy. UM: What is not to love? CB: I choose to love myself. UB: I choose to really love myself. UA: I really am worthy and deserving of that. TH: And given that I love myself so much, EB: why would I deny myself SE: all the things that I desire? UE: Why would I deprive myself UN: of health, wealth or happiness? UM: I choose to let these flow into my life. 45

CB: Maybe I have a fear UB: that I shouldn’t have these things, UA: that they’re not safe for me, TH: that there’s something wrong with them. EB: Even when I acknowledge SE: that I’m worthy and deserving of abundance, UE: part of me might feel UN: that it’s not safe for me to have it. UM: Or maybe it’s not safe for someone else, CB: and I need to deprive myself UB: for someone else’s benefit. UA: But given that there’s unlimited abundance, TH: my abundance can’t take away from anyone else. EB: So depriving myself SE: doesn’t serve anyone else. UE: And when I allow myself more abundance, UN: I have more to share. UM: I’m also an example CB: of receiving abundance, UB: and people can afford to see more of that. UA: It’s good for people to see that. TH: I choose to show them that. EB: People are worthy and deserving of seeing that. SE: So I choose to love myself UE: and the rest of the world UN: so much UM: that I’m allowing myself CB: to be a shining example UB: of allowing abundance UA: as I set myself free TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

46

I Choose To Get Started Side of the Hand: I choose to get started, and I choose to love and accept myself. I choose to get started, and I choose to love and forgive myself. I choose to just get started with what I can do right where I am. Whether it’s the perfect thing to do or not, I’m getting things done. And I choose to get started. And I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone in my life who may have helped me get stuck. Eyebrow Point: I’m getting started. Side of the Eye: I’m getting things done. Under the Eye: Today is as good a day as any Under the Nose: to get going on things. Under the Mouth: In fact, it’s the only day I can. Collarbone: Today’s the only day in which I can take action, Under the Breast: So I intend to get going. Under the Arm: I don’t have to get it right. Top of the Head: I just have to get it started EB: and then adjust along the way. SE: I can adjust along the way. UE: So many times UN: I wait until I can get it just right. UM: I don’t want to make a move CB: until I know it’s the perfect move. UB: But perfectionism UA: leads to procrastination TH: which leads to paralysis, EB: and I’m sick of being paralyzed. SE: Is there really a difference UE: between the person who can’t move UN: and the person who simply doesn’t move? UM: I’ve been paralyzed in so many ways, CB: and I’m allowing energy to flow through my body now, UB: waking up parts of me UA: that I might not have even remembered I had. TH: And I’m getting going. EB: I’m getting moving. SE: I’m getting things done. UE: I’m achieving things today UN: in different areas of my life. UM: And even if I don’t finish the projects CB: by the time it’s time to go to bed, UB: I’ll be a whole lot further along UA: than if I’d stood around waiting. TH: I’ve done that more than a few times,

47

EB: and I forgive myself for that. SE: Clearing any anger at myself UE: for time that I think I’ve wasted. UN: Clearing any anger at myself UM: for the past procrastination, CB: for the past paralysis. UB: I was doing the best I could at that time, UA: but I’m setting myself free now TH: to do a whole lot more. EB: Clearing out those things SE: that have held me back. UE: Releasing those fears UN: that have gotten in my way. UM: Clearing them out at a cellular level. CB: Releasing them from every fiber of my being. UB: Throwing the door wide open now UA: as I move powerfully forward TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

48

I’m Blocking My Abundance Side of the Hand: Even though I’m blocking my abundance, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m blocking my abundance, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m blocking my abundance... So I keep manifesting people who can’t add to my abundance, or at least are under the impression that they can’t add to my abundance. And I’m willing to take responsibility for creating that scenario. And I’m taking responsibility for letting go of the need to do so. And even though I’ve been blocking my abundance, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has contributed to this block. Eyebrow Point: I’ve been blocking my abundance. Side of the Eye: Because all of my abundance Under the Eye: comes from source, Under the Nose: and I have the power Under the Mouth: to manifest channels Collarbone: for that abundance to flow to me. Under the Breast: But what I keep manifesting Under the Arm: are doors Top of the Head: that can’t open. EB: I keep drawing to me SE: people who say they can’t afford it. UE: Now why do I want to do that? UN: Why am I finding these kinds of people? UM: Because on a planet with over 6 billion people, CB: there are more than enough people UB: with more than enough money UA: to contribute to my abundance. TH: So why am I attracting these folks EB: who can’t pay for what I have to offer? SE: Maybe there is something inside of me UE: that says I need to be of service to these people. UN: But I can’t be of a whole lot of service UM: if I can’t take care of my own needs. CB: It’s all right to allow abundance. UB: It’s all right to find prospects UA: who are legitimate prospects. TH: It’s all right for me to find people EB: who have the money. SE: And maybe some of these people who are showing up UE: really do have the money UN: and are just using this as an excuse, UM: because the old line CB: of I don’t have the money 49

UB: is an old excuse. UA: It’s very convenient for a lot of people. TH: A lot of people EB: just don’t want to say, SE: “I’m not interested.” UE: Or “this doesn’t feel right to me.” UN: Or “I’m afraid to do this.” UM: But they’re not going to admit that, CB: so they say they can’t afford it. UB: So why am I attracting these people UA: who either can’t afford it TH: or are just using that as an excuse? EB: What I choose to attract SE: are the people who want what I have to offer, UE: and who are willing to pay for it, UN: and who are able to pay for it. UM: And those people are out there. CB: Why am I not attracting them? UB: What is it inside UA: that says that’s not okay? TH: What am I afraid of? EB: What am I afraid of? SE: Why am I afraid UE: to find people who can and will pay for this? UN: Why am I afraid to have that success? UM: Why am I afraid to allow that abundance? CB: What part of me UB: feels relieved UA: when someone says they can’t afford it? TH: Because I get to feel EB: like I have done my due diligence. SE: I’ve been out there working. UE: I’m doing my footwork, UN: but I still can’t allow the money to come in. UM: Part of me feels that’s very safe. CB: I choose to release the fears UB: that block me from finding really good candidates. UA: Releasing this need TH: to disqualify my prospects. EB: Releasing this part of me SE: that expects that people can’t afford it. UE: All this expectation UN: that they can’t afford it, UM: Even though I might also expect CB: that these same people UB: throw away money on a daily basis UA: on things that aren’t as good as what I’m offering. TH: I’m expecting they won’t see the value I’m offering. EB: I’m expecting they won’t value it. SE: So what is it inside of me UE: that doubts that people will value what I have to offer? 50

UN: Am I doubting my own value? UM: Is it something inside of me, CB: that doubts that this is worth the money? UB: And I choose to clear those fears UA: I choose to clear those doubts. TH: I choose to know EB: that what I’m offering SE: is a bargain UE: for what little I’m asking, UN: no matter how much I’m asking, UM: they’re getting so much more. CB: I choose to know that. UB: Releasing my doubts. UA: Releasing them at a cellular level TH: so that I am very clear EB: in every fiber of my being SE: that what I’m offering is worth it, UE: and that I deserve success. UN: And it’s certainly okay UM: for me to draw to myself CB: the people who can appreciate the value, UB: the people who can afford it, UA: as I move powerfully forward TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

51

I Have Some Doubts Side of the Hand: Even though I have some doubts, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I have some doubts, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I have some doubts about the value of this program. And I’m afraid those will get in my way as I try to communicate the value, so I choose to release those doubts. I choose to be so clear about why this is a winning proposition that I can’t help but share the benefits in the most enrolling way. So, even though I’ve had some doubts, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else throughout my personal history who has ever said anything that could lead to any doubts. Eyebrow Point: All these old doubts. Side of the Eye: All these old fears Under the Eye: that would hold me back Under the Nose: from really enrolling people. Under the Mouth: All these fears Collarbone: that would limit my ability to inspire people. Under the Breast: I choose to release these. Under the Arm: I choose to allow people Top of the Head: to see through me, EB: through my words, SE: and through my actions, UE: how this could be a winning proposition. UN: I choose to be inspiring UM: because I know how good it can be for them. CB: And maybe I have some doubts about that UB: or maybe just some doubts UA: that they will be able to see that. TH: Maybe the doubts I have EB: are about my ability to communicate. SE: Maybe I could go see a movie UE: that I think is absolutely wonderful, UN: but I doubt my ability UM: to communicate that to others. CB: Same with this opportunity, UB: as great as I think it is, UA: I’m not sure I can communicate that. TH: I’m afraid I won’t be clear. EB: I’m afraid I’ll have negativity. SE: All these fears, UE: and I choose to release them now. UN: Why would I hang onto these? 52

UM: What have I been told in the past CB: that suggests that these fears benefit me? UB: Why do I feel a need UA: to hang onto this negativity? TH: What am I afraid EB: will be the negative consequence SE: of me getting these people to sign on? UE: What would be the negative consequence of that? UN: How would that harm me? UM: How would it harm them? CB: All these fears UB: that there might be some negative consequence, UA: And all this need to take responsibility for that. TH: What if I enroll these people EB: and they don’t do what it takes, SE: and so it doesn’t benefit them? UE: I may be totally clear UN: about how beneficial this opportunity can be, UM: but it won’t happen without people doing something. CB: So while the program may be sound, UB: maybe not everyone can do it, UA: or maybe not everyone is willing to do it TH: because of their own blocks to success. EB: And what if I enroll these people SE: and they have these blocks to success, UE: and then they just feel disappointed? UN: Will I have to feel responsible for them? UM: Will it be my fault? CB: Will they be mad at me? UB: All these negative consequences UA: that get stuck in my throat TH: making it hard to inspire the folks, EB: making it hard to communicate the benefits. SE: And I choose to release those blocks UE: because I know UN: that what I’m talking about UM: is a really great benefit, CB: just like talking about a great movie. UB: And people can go to the film UA: and fall asleep TH: or close their eyes EB: or otherwise miss out, SE: and that’s not my fault. UE: And it’s not the fault of the movie. UN: Because the move is great, UM: and I was just sharing that information CB: in order to do a good thing. UB: And I choose to feel good about that. UA: The same with sharing this opportunity. TH: It’s great to tell them how great it is EB: and what’s possible for them, 53

SE: because I have an opportunity UE: to inspire people UN: to experience a level of success UM: that they may not have allowed themselves before. CB: It’s just like what I’m doing right now. UB: I’m giving myself the opportunity UA: to experience a greater level of success. TH: I want to offer that to other people EB: because it’s been said, SE: “You get what you want, UE: if you help enough other people UN: get what they want. UM: And that’s what I’m doing. CB: I’m giving people an opportunity UB: to move beyond their limitations, UA: to move beyond what they thought was possible. TH: I’m really providing a benefit here. EB: And if they don’t make use of it, SE: they’re no worse off than they were before. UE: But I’m really committed UN: to this being a win-win situation UM: and I have all kinds of ways CB: to make it so. UB: I’m offering something really great. UA: I’m offering a piece of myself, TH: and I’m a magnificent child of God. EB: I’m offering some pretty amazing value. SE: In fact, UE: I owe it to these people UN: to communicate the value UM: because I’ll be doing them such a favor. CB: I refuse to be stingy. UB: I refuse to hold back. UA: I refuse to give in TH: to old limiting beliefs EB: that I learned from people who didn’t know any better. SE: The limiting beliefs that I have, UE: I learned from people UN: who didn’t know any better. UM: People who deprived themselves, CB: people who allowed themselves to miss out. UB: And there are people right now UA: who are trying to get a hold of me TH: to find out what I have to offer, EB: and I won’t hold out on them. SE: Releasing anything UE: that would slow me down. UN: Releasing anything UM: that would block me. CB: Releasing anything UB: that would limit me. UA: I am opening the floodgates 54

TH: to share the benefits with these people EB: and many more who come after them. SE: Releasing any remaining doubts. UE: Releasing anything that blocks my clarity. UN: Allowing myself UM: to be really clear about the benefits. CB: Being clear at a cellular level, UB: allowing myself to feel that enthusiasm. UA: Allowing myself to share it TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

55

I’m Told That It Will Never Work Side of the Hand: Even though I’m told that it will never work, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m told it will never work, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m told it will never work... And part of me wants to believe that because it feels it will benefit somebody. And even though I’ve been told it will never work, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all the people in my life who said that these things won’t work. Eyebrow Point: I’m told it will never work. Side of the Eye: I’ve been told it will never work. Under the Eye: That’s the kind of encouragement I’ve been looking for, Under the Nose: so I choose to clear that negativity. Under the Mouth: Because there have been so many things in life Collarbone: that people said would never work. Under the Breast: In fact, Under the Arm: about 99% of the technology we now use Top of the Head: was doubted by somebody at one point. EB: Just because someone says it’s not going to happen SE: doesn’t mean they’re right. UE: And yet there may be part of me UN: that wants to prove them right. UM: What would happen CB: if I proved them wrong? UB: How would my partner feel UA: if I proved them wrong? TH: Ha, ha! EB: You said it wouldn’t work! SE: I’ve got a bunch of money here that says it does, UE: and I’m not even going to share it with you! UN: I’m going to take a luxury vacation without you UM: because you didn’t have faith in me! CB: That doesn’t seem like a recipe for happiness. UB: It seems so much more dutiful UA: to prove them right. TH: Yes dear, EB: You were right. SE: You always are. UE: Thank you for letting me know my place. UN: And as horrible as that sounds, UM: I’ve probably had lots of training CB: to tell me I should be that way. UB: I’m dumping that now UA: because I am a powerful individual, TH: and I will not be held down. EB: I will not be held back. SE: This stuff does work. UE: There are people out there UN: proving that it works. 56

UM: So is he saying it can’t work? CB: Well, he’s wrong about that. UB: Is he saying it can’t work for me? UA: Well he’s definitely wrong about that. TH: But then I start questioning that. EB: There have been lots of things in the past SE: where I got to prove him right. UE: I think I’ve done that enough. UN: Been there, done that. UM: For any of the people in my life CB: who have doubted my ability to succeed, UB: I’ve got a message for them. UA: (raspberry!) TH: I have it in me EB: to succeed. SE: Success is my birthright, UE: And I’m not doing anyone any favors UN: by proving them right UM: when they’re all wrong. CB: They’re not right. UB: This can work, UA: and I can make it work. TH: I am making it work. EB: And it doesn’t really benefit anyone SE: for me to not let it work. UE: It doesn’t do them any favors UN: To prove them right, UM: because that self-satisfied grin CB: doesn’t come from their higher self. UB: It comes from their own limiting beliefs. UA: And I will not honor those. TH: I will not honor anyone’s limiting beliefs. EB: Not my partner’s, SE: Not my parents’, UE: Not nobody, not nohow! UN: I will not honor limiting beliefs. UM: I am a magnificent child of God. CB: I can do amazing things, UB: things beyond belief. UA: So I’m moving past other people’s limiting beliefs TH: because that’s good for everyone. EB: I’m moving past my own limiting beliefs, SE: no matter where they came from, UE: no matter how authoritative the person was who gave them to me. UN: Limiting beliefs are limiting beliefs, UM: and I won’t tolerate them any more. CB: I’m breaking through to success UB: for the highest good of all concerned. UA: Setting myself free TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath. 57

I’m Allowing Myself To Succeed Side of the Hand: I’m allowing myself to succeed, and I choose to love and accept myself. I’m allowing myself to succeed, and I choose to love and forgive myself. I’m allowing myself to succeed because I think that would be really good. And if I really open myself up to look at the big picture, it’s good for everyone. My success benefits everyone I come in contact with, especially those people I enroll in this. So I choose to really allow success, and I deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who might be involved. Eyebrow Point: I am really allowing success. Side of the Eye: I am really giving myself that gift. Under the Eye: I’m also giving myself the gift Under the Nose: to allow myself to see Under the Mouth: how my success Collarbone: really does benefit so many others. Under the Breast: It really is a win-win situation. Under the Arm: My success doesn’t take away from anyone. Top of the Head: Even if it takes away EB: their ability to say, “I told you so,” SE: I’m actually doing them a favor UE: by robbing them of that opportunity. UN: I’m willing to do that for them. UM: I choose to love people so much CB: that I’m willing to prove them wrong UB: in a way that benefits us all. UA: I choose to know TH: that at some point EB: they are benefiting from my success, SE: And they’ll be happy that I’ve proved them wrong. UE: They’ll say, “Thank you for proving me wrong.” UN: I am allowing success. UM: I am sharing that CB: with so many people, UB: In so many ways. UA: Releasing my resistance. TH: Releasing any old blocks. EB: Releasing any old reasons SE: for not allowing more success. UE: Clearing those blocks out UN: at a cellular level UM: so all I’m left with CB: is power, 58

UB: excitement, UA: enthusiasm, TH: clarity, EB: so that when I speak to people SE: that’s what gets communicated UE: even before I say a word. UN: They can feel it in my energy. UM: They can sense that I’m a winner. CB: They want to be involved. UB: Releasing any doubts that I may have had UA: about whether I’m a winner, TH: even though there have been times in the past EB: where it didn’t feel like I was winning. SE: That doesn’t prove that I’m not a winner, UE: it just meant that I was still in my way. UN: I still had old reasons UM: for blocking my success, CB: And I’ve always been a winner. UB: I’m allowing myself to win now. UA: Allowing myself to succeed TH: in body, mind and spirit. Take a deep breath.

59

I Have Some Apprehension Side of the Hand: Even though I have some apprehension, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I have some apprehension, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I have some apprehension... I’ve got some questions. I’ve got some concerns. There are some things That I’m not sure about. Even though I have these apprehensions, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who may contribute to this apprehension. Eyebrow Point: All these apprehensions. Side of the Eye: All these apprehensions. Under the Eye: All this nervousness. Under the Nose: All this anxiety. Under the Mouth: A lot of it’s excitement. Collarbone: I really want to do the artist way. Under the Breast: Maybe I’ve wanted to do it for years. Under the Arm: Here I am. Top of the Head: Oh boy. EB: And now I’m wondering, SE: “Why haven’t I done it before?” UE: Maybe I’m feeling a lot of anxiety UN: and recognizing why I haven’t done it before. UM: and kind of wishing CB: that I hadn’t signed up for this. UB: What was I thinking? UA: What was I thinking? TH: I choose to clear that. EB: All this fear. SE: All this fear. UE: All this fear. UN: Just releasing it. UM: Releasing it from wherever it might be. CB: Releasing all this fear UB: from where ever it might be. UA: I’ve lived my life in fear TH: for far to long. EB: I’ve allowed fear SE: to rob me of so much. UE: And I choose to look at all my excuses UN: and look them right in the eye UM: and say, “I know what you’re up to. CB: You’re just fear UB: masquerading as logic. UA: You’re telling me TH: you don’t have time for this. EB: You’re not really an artist, 60

SE: what are you thinking?” UE: What I’m really thinking UN: is the truth. UM: But I am a creator. CB: I’m creating my reality. UB: I choose to create it UA: in ever more expansive ways TH: so all those excuses EB: and the fear behind them SE: can just take a hike. UE: “Hit the road Jack UN: and don’t you come back UM: No more, no more, no more.” CB: Because I’m moving through this. UB: Moving past it UA: because I am so darned excited TH: about what’s possible EB: as I go through this program of creative recovery. SE: I’ve been creating my reality UE: all my life, UN: As I give myself more creative freedom, UM: what’s possible? CB: Some of that is so exciting. UB: Some of it may make me want to run and hide. UA: If I create even more, TH: there might me more demands on me. EB: There might me more expectations. SE: There might be more responsibilities. UE: What am I doing here? UN: Clearing that fear. UM: Clearing that fear. CB: I can do this. UB: I have what it takes. UA: And there will be some time involved. TH: I can make that time. EB: In His infinite wisdom, SE: God make 24 hours enough time. UE: I choose to know that I’m worthy of the time. UN: My artistic recovery UM: is worthy of this time. CB: I’m setting myself free. UB: I deserve this gift to myself, UA: and the world deserves it. TH: Because I can look at so many artists, EB: whether it’s visual art, SE: performing art, UE: or maybe art UN: that isn’t precisely art. UM: Maybe it’s just the way that they act in the world. CB: Maybe the way the run their business. UB: And I’m grateful for a lot of these people. UA: And the world is waiting for my gifts and talents... 61

TH: My gifts and talents. EB: My gift and talents are a gift from God, SE: however I define God. UE: Good Orderly Direction, UN: The Universe, UM: The Creator, CB: whatever It might be. UB: Creativity is the Creator’s gift to me. UA: Using my creativity TH: is my gift back to the creator. EB: I have gifts and talents. SE: I have them for a reason. UN: They’re not meant to be hidden under a bushel, UM: they’re meant to be shared. CB: What I am doing UB: in taking this course UA: is a noble gesture, TH: a noble effort. EB: And I’m just the person to do it. SE: Darn it, UE: I’m worthy and deserving UM: of taking the time UN: and the effort CB: to go through this course UB: and find out UA: how much greater TH: a creator I can be. Take a deep breath.

62

I am Afraid I Can’t Take Care Of The Customers Side of the Hand: Even though I am afraid I can’t take care of the customers, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I am afraid I can’t take care of the customers, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I am afraid I can’t take care of the customers... I have doubts about myself. I have doubts about my abilities. And the more customers that show up, the more I doubt myself. So in a way, a lack of customers is kind of convenient. I don’t have to deal with my self doubt, but I do have to deal with bills. and since I can’t tap away the bills, I might as well tap away the self doubt. Even though I’m afraid I can’t take care of the customers, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all these potential customers who I choose to create an opening to. Eyebrow Point: This fear that I can’t take care of the customers. Side of the Eye: This fear that I can’t take care of my customers. Under the Eye: This fear that I can’t take care of my customers. Under the Nose: This fear that I can’t take care of my customers. Under the Mouth: This fear that I’m not good enough. Collarbone: This fear that I don’t have the expertise. Under the Breast: This fear that I don’t have what I need. Under the Arm: This fear that I don’t have what it takes. Top of the Head: This fear that I don’t have what it takes. EB: And the more customers that show up, SE: the more afraid I am, UE: because then not only don’t I have the expertise, UN: I don’t have enough time. UM: I didn’t have time to take care of the people I had before. CB: Now there’s more people I can’t take care of. UB: “God, please don’t send me people.” UA: That’s what I’ve been saying. TH: On some level, EB: I’ve been telling The Universe to not send me people. SE: I want to help people. UE: I want to provide service, UN: but I think I can only handle a little. UM: And the truth is, CB: I’m far more powerful than I know. UB: I’m far more talented than I know. UA: I’m far more capable than I know. TH: I have a lot more time than I know. EB: I’ve a lot more ability than I know. SE: I can take care of these people. UE: I can provide great service. 63

UN: The Universe won’t send me more than I can handle, UM: and if it does, CB: I can refer people out UB: and make my colleagues happy. UA: I can do that. TH: I can handle a lot more business. EB: I can handle a lot more business. SE: I can take good care of my customers, UE: and if I find I’m running out of time, UN: I can refer them to colleagues. UM: Taking care of both my customers CB: and my colleagues. UB: There’s more than enough, UA: and I happily allow it. TH: There are more than enough customers. EB: There’s more than enough business. SE: There’s more than enough abundance. UE: I’m letting go my fears. UN: Letting go of my doubts. UM: I deserve these customers. CB: I deserve these opportunities to provide service. UB: I’m excited about these possibilities. UA: I know that they’re out there. TH: Joyfully and gratefully allowing more and more customers. Take a deep breath.

64

I Am Afraid I Can’t Attract the Right Kind of Clients Side of the Hand: Even though I am afraid I can’t attract the right kind of clients, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I am afraid I can’t attract the right kind of clients, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I am afraid I can’t attract the right kind of clients... The ones with a lot of money, the ones that will allow me to do what I want to do in life, because part of me believes it can’t be that easy. I have this old belief that it just can’t be that easy, that for some reason The Universe doesn’t want me to have what I want and doesn’t have the ability to provide it. I can go around in the world and see all kinds of abundance. And I can see a lot of people who are making a lot of money and not working very many hours, but for some reason I don’t think I get to be part of that club. And the more I think about that, the more it hurts my back. I’m destined to be in pain and having to struggle and being denied all the things I want to do. I’ve stayed in that place for a long time, and it is true to the extent that I make it so. And it’s also true that it can be another way. Even though I believe that I can’t attract the kind of clients I want, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has contributed to these concerns. Eyebrow Point: This belief that I can’t have what I want. Side of the Eye: This belief that I can’t have what I want. Under the Eye: I can’t have what I want. Under the Nose: I’m not allowed to have what I want. Under the Mouth: I don’t deserve to have what I want. Collarbone: I don’t deserve to have it easy. Under the Breast: I don’t deserve to be free of pain. Under the Arm: I don’t deserve to have it be fun. Top of the Head: I don’t deserve to have it be easy. EB: I don’t deserve the high paying clients, SE: I just can’t seem to bring them into my life. UE: I am destined to have the low paying clients, UN: the ones that hurt my back. UM: The ones I have to struggle with. CB: My life has to be hard. UB: My life has to be hard. 65

UA: My life has to be hard. TH: My life has to be hard. EB: Who told me that? SE: Who sold me on that? UE: And how dare they? UN: It may have been their reality, UM: a reality they created for themselves CB: over and over and over. UB: It’s the only way of life they knew. UA: They passed it on to me, TH: “You may as well prepare yourself. EB: It’s going to be hard. SE: You must break your back UE: To eke out a living.” UN: Even though it may have been true for them, UM: it’s not the truth. CB: There are people out there UB: making wonderful money UA: and living balanced lives TH: with plenty of time to do what they really want. EB: Attracting high paying clients SE: doing the work they want. UE: Having the fun they want. UN: And these people UM: are no more deserving than I am. CB: I deserve that kind of life too. UB: I deserve to have it be easy. UA: I have wonderful gifts and talents TH: that I joyfully share, EB: and I allow myself to be rewarded for those. SE: And I deserve to feel good while sharing those talents. UE: I deserve to have my back feel better. UN: I deserve to feel good. UM: I deserve to feel really good. CB: Why have I made it so hard for myself? UB: Letting go of these old ideas. UA: I’ve been holding them for a long time. TH: And because I’m a human being, EB: I love to be right. SE: I’ve had this belief UE: that life had to be painful. UN: And sure enough, UM: I’ve proven myself right over and over. CB: Each time my back hurts, UB: “Yeah. I’m right.” UA: Maybe it’s time to be wrong, TH: and maybe I’ve been wrong all along. EB: Maybe I’ve been wrong all along. SE: But every time I made it hard, UE: not only was it hard, UN: but I was wrong. 66

UM: I thought I was right, CB: but I wasn’t. UB: There are plenty of people out there UA: living in such a way TH: to show that I was mistaken. EB: So I was not happy. SE: Not only was I not happy, UE: I also wasn’t getting to be right. UN: I let all that go now. UM: Cleansing out my system. CB: Cleansing these old ideas out UB: from body, mind and spirit. UA: I don’t need to carry that belief any more. TH: I don’t owe it to anyone. EB: I don’t owe it to my parents. SE: I don’t owe it to my teachers. UE: I don’t owe it to anyone who taught me these ideas. UN: I don’t owe it to anyone to continue to struggle. UM: I don’t owe anyone any suffering. CB: I don’t owe anyone any lack. UB: I don’t owe it to anyone to struggle. UA: I don’t owe it to anyone to be in pain. TH: I don’t owe it to anyone to carry these beliefs. EB: It might feel like I’m dishonoring people. SE: It’s not okay for me to make more money than my parents. UE: It’s not okay for it to be easier for me, UN: but I don’t owe suffering to anyone. UM: Sharing my gifts and talents CB: to the greatest extent possible, UB: and enjoying God’s abundance UA: to the greatest extent possible TH: is the greatest way to honor the people who brought me into this world. EB: The greatest way to honor the people who brought me into this world SE: is to become the most full human being I can be. UE: The most abundant person. UN: The most joyful person. UM: The most healthy person CB: in body, mind and spirit. UB: I don’t honor anyone by playing small. UA: I don’t honor anyone by playing small. TH: I’m not doing anyone any favors. EB: I’m not doing anyone any favors. SE: I really want to honor people. UE: I will share my gifts and talents to the greatest extent possible, UN: and I’m free to share them with whoever I choose. UM: There are all kinds of people out there, CB: and it’s okay for me to share my gifts and talents with rich people. UB: They need them too, UA: and I have plenty of colleagues TH: who can take the business I don’t want. EB: There are people who’ll gratefully take that business. 67

SE: There’s more than enough business. UE: There are more than enough people to fill those needs, UN: I can fit in right where I want UM: and allow myself to enjoy what I want to enjoy, CB: and live my life to the fullest. UB: Pain free, UA: joyfully, TH: and that’s how I honor The Universe and everyone else. Take a deep breath.

68

My Mind Is Chattering Side of the Hand: Even though my mind is chattering, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though my mind is chattering, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though my mind is chattering... A constant flow of information. A constant flow of noise. Some of the information might even be good, but who can tell? There’s so much coming at me, my mind won’t let me focus on things I want to do, things I need to do. I need to focus and commit, but all this chatter is so distracting. I choose to focus, and even before I can focus I choose to let go of this upset. I choose to no longer be bothered at the times that my mind chatters. I can acknowledge it, say, “There goes my mind again,” and get back to what I want to do. Even if my mind chatters, I am a magnificent child of God. I don’t know why it’s chattering. It may be to protect me from the success it fears. It may be a number of reasons. I choose to keep focusing more and more and be happy with myself no matter how it plays out. And even though my mind is chattering, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who lends their voices to this chattering. Eyebrow Point: All this chattering. Side of the Eye: All this chattering. Under the Eye: All this chattering. Under the Nose: All this chatter. Under the Mouth: All this chatter. Collarbone: All this chatter. Under the Breast: All this chatter. Under the Arm: All this chatter. Top of the Head: All this chatter. EB: The noise, noise, noise. SE: I feel like the Grinch, UE: fearing Christmas morning UN: because of all the noise, noise, noise. UM: Why don’t they just shut up? CB: Why don’t they just shut up? UB: I can’t concentrate. UA: I can’t focus. TH: I can’t get anything done. 69

EB: The voices just won’t shut up. SE: It’s making me so angry. UE: I am so angry about this chatter. UN: All this anger. UM: All this anger. CB: All this anger. UB: All this anger. UA: All this anger. TH: I’m letting these voices control me. EB: Letting this chatter control me, SE: controlling my emotions. UE: I am a victim of chatter. UN: I am a victim of chatter. UM: My emotions are victims of chatter. CB: I can’t choose how I want to feel. UB: I’m too distracted by the chatter. UA: Maybe I can make a choice TH: to be happy no matter what! EB: The chatter can’t take that away. SE: The chatter can’t take that away. UE: I choose to be happy. UN: I choose to focus more and more. UM: And even if the chatter comes up, CB: I choose to be happy. UB: Clearing it out. UA: What are these voices saying? TH: Why are they there? EB: Are they afraid? SE: Are they afraid of success? UE: Trying to distract me? UN: Trying to keep me safe? UM: I don’t need that! CB: I don’t want it! UB: I don’t need it! UA: I don’t need the chatter. TH: All this fear. EB: All this fear. SE: All this fear behind the chatter. UE: All this fear behind the chatter. UN: All this fear behind the chatter. UM: Like chattering teeth CB: in a Scooby Doo cartoon UB: when Shaggy’s really scared UA: and his teeth are chattering. TH: That’s what that chattering is. EB: It’s just fear. SE: I don’t need that. UE: It’s safe to let it go. UN: Who’s teeth are chattering? UM: Is it mine? CB: Is it my parents? 70

UB: Is it someone else from my past? UA: Lots of people from my past? TH: All these people with their chattering teeth, EB: they can go chatter somewhere else. SE: Banish, banish, banish them! UE: I don’t need this chattering. UN: I’m safe without it. UM: I deserve to be free of it, CB: and as I become more and more free of it, UB: I feel better and better. UA: I am grateful I am letting it go. TH: And while there’s still some remaining, EB: if there’s still some remaining, SE: I can still feel happy. UE: I can still feel joyful. UN: I can still feel grateful. UM: I can still allow abundance. CB: This chattering cannot stop my abundance. UB: Abundance is my birthright. UA: I gratefully allow it. TH: Joyfully and gratefully letting go of the chatter. Take a deep breath.

71

I Think I’m Doing Fine As I Am Side of the Hand: Even though I think I’m doing fine as I am, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I think I’m doing fine as I am, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I think I’m doing fine as I am... Things are going on. I’m not going to jail. I’m paying some of my bills. Life is okay. My health is okay. I’m not in a hospital bed, so that’s reason enough to not go to extreme efforts. I don’t have to do anything. I don’t have to make changes in my life. I don’t have to get out of bed in the morning. And since I don’t have to, I just want to stay in my comfort zone, and once a week I’ll tap and fantasize about a better life that I don’t have to have. And even though I’m doing fine as I am, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who’s doing fine as they are and doesn’t want me to do any better, Eyebrow Point: I’m doing fine. Side of the Eye: I am doing just fine. Under the Eye: I don’t need to change. Under the Nose: I don’t have to. Under the Mouth: I don’t have to do anything. Collarbone: I’m getting by, Under the Breast: And do I really need to do more than that? Under the Arm: If doing more than that Top of the Head: is going to require any effort, EB: do I really need to bother? SE: Aren’t I doing okay? UE: Isn’t this good enough? UN: I look around me. UM: I’ve got stuff. CB: Isn’t this enough? UB: Do I really have to do more? UA: Do I have to? TH: What would I really benefit? EB: What good would it do me? SE: Is there really a need? UE: Do I need to get better? UN: Do I need to have more in my life? UM: Do I need to do more? CB: Do I need to share my talents more? 72

UB: Sure, there are a lot of people I could benefit. UA: But do I need to? TH: Aren’t they doing fine too? EB: They don’t need me. SE: No one needs me. UE: So I don’t need to do any more. UN: It’s fun to fantasize about, UM: but I’m not sure it could really happen. CB: I might go to all that effort UB: and still have what I have now, UA: and what I’ve got is fine. TH: I don’t need to do anymore. EB: I can continue to deprive myself, SE: and I can continue to deprive other people, UE: and that’s just fine. UN: If I ever get to a point UM: where this way of being CB: becomes painful enough, UB: maybe then I’ll change UA: and maybe not. TH: Maybe I’ll be just fine then. EB: I’m going to keep letting it get more painful, SE: and hopefully I won’t last long enough UE: for it to become excruciating, UN: such that I have to make a change. UM: I don’t need to do anything. CB: I don’t need to do anything. UB: I don’t even need to tap right now. UA: No one can make me. TH: I don’t have to do it. EB: I don’t have to do anything, SE: Because I’m doing just fine. UE: And part of me just doesn’t buy that. UN: Because if I did, UM: I wouldn’t have bothered to read this today. CB: There’s a part of me inside UB: that’s saying, UA: “You need to change! TH: You need to make some changes.” EB: I must change. SE: I’ve got something inside of me UE: that must be expressed, UN: and it’s killing me not expressing it. UM: The pain hasn’t become tangible enough CB: for me to make all the changes I could make, UB: so I’m still kidding myself UA: that I don’t need to change. TH: But something inside EB: says I must change. SE: I choose to clear the way UE: for that voice to be loud and clear, 73

UN: for that voice to be loud and clear in the morning UM: when I just want to lie in bed, CB: and there are lots of things I could be doing UB: that would benefit me UA: and would benefit countless others. TH: If I really did all I could do, EB: there’s no way SE: that I could ever know UE: how many people will benefit from it. UN: That’s a kind of cool idea. UM: It’s kind of motivating. CB: I choose to be motivated. UB: I choose to let go... UA: That I’m doing okay. TH: Not that I feel badly about how I’m doing, EB: I am doing okay, SE: but it’s not nearly what I could do. UE: I owe it to myself, UN: and I choose to owe it to others, UM: to be my most magnificent self. CB: That’s what I was created for. UB: I was created to be magnificent. UA: I must be magnificent, TH: and I gratefully clear anything that’s holding me back. Take a deep breath.

74

It Needs To Be Hard To Make Money Side of the Hand: Even though it needs to be hard to make money, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though it needs to be hard to make money, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though it needs to be hard to make money... It sure seems to be my experience. Any money I’ve made has come at a price. Even when I’ve enjoyed the work, I’ve had to do too much of it to get enough money. There are always complications. It can just never seem to be easy. And I have this belief that if it was easy, I wouldn’t have earned it. I wouldn’t have deserved it. Any money I get has to come at a price, has to come with some discomfort. What I choose to know instead is that abundance just is. The Universe has unlimited abundance. As a child of this Universe, I am naturally deserving of it. And even though money takes a lot of hard work, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has contributed to this belief. Eyebrow Point: It takes hard work to make money. Side of the Eye: It takes a lot of hard work to make money. Under the Eye: It takes so much hard work to make money. Under the Nose: And if I want more money, Under the Mouth: I must have to work harder. Collarbone: To get more money, Under the Breast: I need to work harder. Under the Arm: This need to work harder. Top of the Head: This need to work harder. EB: This need to work harder. SE: It’s the only way to get more money. UE: It’s the only way to get more money. UN: This is an old belief. UM: I probably heard it since I was a baby: CB: To make a lot of money, UB: You need to work really hard. UA: But what did they mean by that? TH: Because when I think of working hard, EB: I think of pushing my body. SE: The more hard work UE: to make more money UN: means physical labor, 75

UM: pushing myself to exhaustion. CB: It may be true with some athletes. UB: They wear themselves out on the playing field, UA: and they make lots of money. TH: But they don’t do it for that many hours. EB: The people who work the hardest SE: are the laborers UE: digging ditches, UN: working in the fields, UM: building walls. CB: Now that’s hard work. UB: So it should follow UA: that these are the richest people in the world. TH: They’ve got millions of dollars, EB: but they love getting up and working, SE: working long hours, UE: doing backbreaking work, UN: and then going home to their mansions. UM: I’m sure that must be the truth. CB: Based on the beliefs I was given, UB: those people UA: who have time to spend a month in a luxury resort, TH: that I can’t understand. EB: How could they have that money SE: and yet have time to vacation UE: but not be working very hard? UN: Maybe because it’s because they’re working smart. UM: Ted Turner CB: sets an annual goal UB: of $15 billion dollars. UA: He’s done by the end of January. TH: How could he work that hard in one month? EB: He must not sleep at all. SE: His muscles must be so sore UE: from all the physical labor he’s doing. UN: Clearing out all these old ideas UM: that great wealth CB: equals excessive labor. UB: However, it is true UA: that I need to push myself TH: past my limits, EB: but it’s not my physical limits. SE: It’s not a matter of staying up later. UE: It’s pushing past my emotional limits. UN: It’s pushing past my beliefs. UM: Pushing past my rules. CB: Pushing past this belief UB: That I don’t deserve it to be easy. UA: Pushing past this belief TH: That I have to work harder to become more deserving. EB: I have to work harder to be more deserving. 76

SE: This old idea UE: that I have to work harder UN: to be more deserving. UM: And if I look at people CB: like Bill Gates or Donald Trump UB: or Ted Turner, UA: I figure they’re better than me. TH: They’re smarter than I am. EB: They’re more deserving. SE: They’re luckier than I am. UE: Truth is, UN: there are people out there UM: making a ton of money CB: that don’t nearly have my IQ. UB: It’s not just a matter of smarts either. UA: What these people have TH: that I don’t have EB: is an understanding SE: that they deserve it. UE: That’s just in my energy system, UN: and I’m just releasing it. UM: Releasing these old beliefs CB: that I don’t deserve it. UB: Releasing these old beliefs UA: that I need to prove myself worthy. TH: Releasing all this resistance EB: to the abundance all around me. SE: It’s all there. UE: God wants me to have it. UN: That’s why He put it there. UM: That’s why He put me here. CB: Everything is energy. UB: I am connected to it all. UA: Any separation TH: is an illusion that I am creating. EB: I need to knock that off. SE: Releasing this resistance. UE: Releasing this resistance. UN: It takes a lot of internal work UM: to resist this abundance, CB: so it’s not a matter of needing to work harder. UB: I’m working too hard. UA: I am building a wall, TH: and these stones are heavy. EB: I’m saying, “You, abundance, stay out. SE: I’m building a wall between you and me.” UE: And when I’ve worked hard enough on this wall, UN: maybe then I’ll deserve the abundance. UM: Of course, by then, CB: I’ve got a really high wall. UB: Tearing down the wall. UA: It might not be easy. 77

TH: Letting it go. EB: There are things I need to do, SE: actions I need to take. UE: Because I have gifts and talents UN: that I choose to share. UM: If I wanted to make a meal, CB: I wouldn’t just open the recipe book UB: and stare at the recipe UA: and expect it to magically appear. TH: I need to have the ingredients. EB: I need to mix them together. SE: I need to preheat the oven. UE: It’s not going to preheat itself. UN: But it’s not hard to do that. UM: I can tell myself it is. CB: I can sit there in my kitchen, UB: saying how hard it is to make a meal UA: or I can acknowledge that it’s simple. TH: Letting it be easy. EB: Letting it be easy. SE: And the more I acknowledge UE: how deserving I am, UN: and the more willing I am UM: to allow abundance, CB: the more clear the recipe is. UB: A recipe tells me what to do. UA: As soon as I decide to make a meal, TH: I know which recipe to look at, EB: and it tells me what to do. SE: Now if I don’t know what to eat, UE: a recipe book’s not going to help much, UN: because I’ll be flipping back and forth between the pages UM: until I know what I want. CB: I won’t know what the first step is. UB: Is the first step to preheat the oven to 350? UA: For some recipes, TH: But not if I’m going to make a smoothie. EB: I need to know what I want. SE: As I get more clear on that, UE: steps become clear. UN: The Universe shows me what to do. UM: Opportunities show up. CB: People show up. UB: And it’s up to me to take those steps. UA: And it doesn’t have to be hard TH: and it doesn’t have to be in working long hours. EB: Some of us SE: have made less money UE: working all night long. UN: It doesn’t need to be hard. UM: I do need to take action. 78

CB: But the hardest physical labor UB: does not necessarily mean UA: the greatest financial reward. TH: Completely releasing this old belief. EB: Accepting the truth SE: that abundance just is. UE: It’s right there for me. UN: Allowing it to Flow to me easily. UM: Releasing any resistance to that. CB: Releasing any belief that I don’t deserve it UB: from every cell in my body. UA: Completely knowing that I do deserve it. TH: Gratefully and joyfully allowing more abundance. Take a deep breath.

79

I Am Angry At Myself Side of the Hand: Even though I am angry at myself, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I am angry at myself, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I am angry at myself.. because I should know better. That’s what I tell myself. If it’s true that I have free will and my abundance is up to me and I am depriving myself of that, then I see an awfully good reason for a lot of self hatred, As if that was ever going to work for me. As if being angry at myself could ever be the path to riches. So I choose to let go of that too, because I’ve been doing the best I could. There are many things I’ve learned in my life. And a lot of them were right. Two plus two does equal four. And I have this idea that I can’t unlearn two plus two equals four, that it could possibly equal something else. So it’s pretty natural for me to look at a lot of what I’ve learned as things that are true. It’s hard to turn those things over, mostly because we don’t usually think of turning them over. Once I’ve accepted something as the truth, I figure I’m good to go and there’s no point in changing that. Life would be really challenging if I kept questioning everything I ever learned. Imagine getting up in the morning and questioning gravity and wondering if I’m going to touch the ground or float to the ceiling. So it’s perfectly natural to accept what I’ve been taught. And I forgive myself, and I am now willing to unlearn those things that were wrong. And even though I am so angry at myself, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributed to this incorrect knowledge. We were all doing the best we could. Eyebrow Point: All this anger at myself. Side of the Eye: All this anger at myself. Under the Eye: All this anger at myself. Under the Nose: All this anger at myself. Under the Mouth: Why didn’t I question what I was taught? 80

Collarbone: Because God knows Under the Breast: when I was a child Under the Arm: my parents encouraged me questioning them. Top of the Head: Yeah right! EB: What they said was law SE: and in their house UE: they needed it to be that way. UN: They had things to do. UM: They were doing the best they could. CB: And a lot of what they knew UB: was woefully wrong. UA: But they didn’t know that, TH: because they didn’t question it. EB: They weren’t allowed to question what they learned SE: so they passed on their misinformation. UE: And I was not encouraged UN: to question what my parents told me, UM: to question what my teachers taught me, CB: to question the preacher UB: or any other adult. UA: It would’ve gotten me in a lot of trouble TH: every time someone told me something EB: if I replied, SE: “Are you sure about that?” UE: When they said money was the root of all evil, UN: it wouldn’t have gone over well UM: if I had said, “I’m not sure about that.” CB: Mine was not to question why. UB: Mine was just to take it and shut up, UA: and that’s how I was trained. TH: It was the best I could do, EB: and now I’m going to beat up on myself for that. SE: I was just following orders UE: and I didn’t know any better. UN: I didn’t know I was hurting anybody. UM: If they were telling me things CB: that required me to hurt somebody, UB: I might have taken issue with it. UA: But I didn’t see that anyone was getting hurt. TH: Except that now, EB: I see that I’ve been hurting myself. SE: Um, time to question it. UE: Now it’s time to question their authority. UN: But I didn’t know that before. UM: I wasn’t aware CB: of this connection. UB: There’s no reason to beat up on myself. UA: I’m doing the best I can. TH: I’m releasing as fast as I can, EB: to the extent to which I am releasing SE: is to the extent of how much stuff I need to release, 81

UE: there’s no point in getting mad at myself UN: for having more stuff to release than other people. UM: There’s no point in getting mad at others, CB: because I put them here. UB: I create my reality. UA: Many years ago TH: it was discovered EB: that the earth was round. SE: For generations, UE: for centuries, UN: everyone had been taught UM: that the earth was flat. CB: When they found that the earth was round, UB: I don’t think people spent a lot of time UA: being angry at themselves, TH: beating up on themselves EB: for believing that the earth was flat. SE: They didn’t know any better. UE: Well here I am now, UN: learning that the earth is round UM: and I can get upset at myself CB: for not knowing that the earth was round beforehand UB: when my parents told me the earth was flat. UA: I didn’t question them. TH: It wasn’t my job to question them then. EB: I’ve got the information I’ve got, SE: and now I’m in a position UE: to turn it around. UN: If I was an Olympic competitor UM: doing the high jump, CB: and I set the bar pretty high, UB: how foolish would it be UA: to get angry at myself for that. TH: I just need to look at it EB: and see what I need to do. SE: And I can do it. UE: The bar has not been set too high for me, UN: and just because I haven’t reached it yet UM: doesn’t mean I can’t reach it. CB: A high jumper UB: doesn’t get mad at himself UA: for not clearing the bar the first time. TH: He just keeps going for it EB: and when he clears that bar, SE: he sets it even higher. UE: What I am capable of today UN: is beyond what I was capable of yesterday, UM: and there’s really no point CB: in getting angry at myself UB: for setting the bar higher. UA: I choose to be grateful to myself. TH: I choose to forgive myself. 82

EB: I choose to forgive myself. SE: I can’t get angry enough UE: to make it easier. UN: I can’t get angry enough UM: to attract more abundance CB: I can get clear enough though. UB: I can forgive myself. UA: I am forgiving myself. TH: I am forgiving myself. EB: In fact, SE: I’m loving myself. UE: I’m sending myself a lot of love UN: to heal all those places UM: in every cell of my body CB: where I’ve hurt myself UB: with anger and self hatred. UA: I’m healing that now. TH: Joyfully and gratefully loving myself. Take a deep breath.

83

I’m Feeling Controlled By A Mass Consciousness Side of the Hand: Even though I’m feeling controlled by a mass consciousness, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m feeling controlled by a mass consciousness, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m feeling controlled by a mass consciousness... I see so many images in the media. I hear so many things people talk about it, and the majority of it doesn’t feel good to my Higher Self. People talk about financial lack. They talk about failing health. There’s all this criticism. There’s all this negative energy. And all these “shoulds” about what my life should be like, about what my body should be like, about how I should look, about how I should have wrinkles because I’m getting old, but I shouldn’t have wrinkles because it doesn’t look good. I’m told it’s natural to wrinkle as I get older, and I’m told to buy products to make it look like I’m not. All these “shoulds” about what my life should be like, and a lot of it doesn’t feel right. The truth is I’m open to a lot more possibilities. How I age or don’t age is up to me and God. It’s about me being in alignment with myself. The same with my finances, the same with my relationships. How I relate to anyone else, including myself, doesn’t need to be based on what anyone else tells me. Because all of the books that have been written and all the other sources of media, none of them are the absolute truth. I choose to find my own truth, the truth that fits with my Higher Self. And even though I’ve been given in to mass consciousness, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who chooses to listen to mass consciousness. I choose to let them have their own way, just as I’m finding my own. Eyebrow Point: All these societal “shoulds.” Side of the Eye: All these societal “shoulds.” Under the Eye: All these “shoulds.” Under the Nose: I’m told what I should feel. Under the Mouth: I’m told what I should look like. Collarbone: I’m told that I’m bad if I don’t. 84

Under the Breast: There’s something wrong with me if I don’t look this way. Under the Arm: There’s something wrong with me if I don’t have this or that. Top of the Head: Most of the beliefs I have EB: were created unconsciously. SE: That’s the problem with modern society, UE: I’m exposed to so much advertising UN: and that advertising creates a lot of beliefs UM: which I then live into. CB: So many of my beliefs UB: were created UA: by people who want my money. TH: They say it’s natural for me to wrinkle. EB: They also say there’s something wrong with that. SE: They could tell me UE: I don’t have to wrinkle, UN: but what good would that do them UM: because they want to sell me wrinkle cream. CB: They want to create two beliefs. UB: One, that it’s natural to wrinkle, UA: two, that I shouldn’t wrinkle. TH: But they’re creating those beliefs EB: so that they can get my money. SE: I could create a belief UE: that I just don’t need to wrinkle. UN: I could also have a belief UM: that there’s nothing wrong with wrinkling. CB: There’s nothing wrong with me at all. UB: Right now, UA: I’m looking at my life. TH: I’m pointing out a lot of aspects of it EB: and saying there’s something wrong. SE: There’s something wrong with this part of my life. UE: There’s something wrong with that part of my life. UN: I’m aging poorly. UM: I’m not making enough money. CB: I don’t have the right relationships in my life, UB: and I’m telling myself UA: there’s something wrong there. TH: How does that serve me? EB: Chances are, SE: I’m not going to get upset enough about it UE: for it to change, UN: because I attract good things UM: by feeling good. CB: The better I feel, UB: the better the things that I attract into my life. UA: I choose to feel good, TH: even if I am aging. EB: The chances are, SE: the better I feel, UE: the more the aging process slows down. 85

UN: Chances are, UM: I could feel so good CB: I could reverse the aging process. UB: Who knows? UA: There are arguments on both sides. TH: What I choose to know EB: is that there may not be an absolute truth. SE: I choose to find what’s right for me. UE: If it’s in my Higher Interest UN: to reverse the aging process, UM: I’m open to that. CB: If I wanted to stop wrinkling, UB: if I want to reverse the wrinkling process UA: because society tells me it doesn’t look good, TH: what am I up to? EB: Am I reversing the wrinkling process SE: for my highest good UE: or to give in to someone else’s ideal? UN: Is that emotional freedom? UM: Is it emotional freedom CB: to try to look the way others say I should look? UB: I choose to find what’s right for me. UA: I don’t need to live my life TH: according to other peoples ideals. EB: I don’t need to look a certain way SE: because other people say I should. UE: What I choose to know UN: is that I’m beautiful right now. UM: I am beautiful right now, CB: and I’m becoming more beautiful. UB: And who knows what that will look like. UA: Chances are TH: it has nothing to do with my physical appearance. EB: My beauty is inside. SE: It’s quite natural UE: for beauty to manifest outwards, UN: but I don’t need to judge myself UM: based on what society says I should look like. CB: Because if I look through history, UB: society is pretty fickle. UA: In the 60’s, TH: Twiggy was the “it” girl. EB: Now they criticize Lindsay Lohan SE: and Callista Flockhart UE: and all these other skinny women. UN: Many years ago UM: there was a great painter named Ruben CB: who painted very heavy set women, UB: and that was the sexy norm. UA: Who knows what the truth is TH: and who cares?

86

EB: I choose to know SE: that I am beautiful. UE: I’m good enough for God. UN: And if I’m good enough for God, UM: I choose to be good enough for myself. CB: And if there’s anyone out there UB: for whom I’m not good enough UA: that’s their issue. TH: And as I said in the first round of tapping, EB: I’m not taking on other people’s issues. SE: Releasing other people’s issues. UE: Releasing other people’s ideals. UN: Releasing other people’s values. UM: My parents values. CB: My family’s values. UB: Society’s values. UA: If they don’t serve my highest good, TH: I don’t need them. EB: My Highest Self knows what to value: SE: Treating others the way you want to be treated, UE: Treating myself with love, UN: Being of service to God and others, UM: Choosing to be happy, CB: Choosing not to hurt others, UB: Making the world a better place UA: Starting with inside me. TH: I know what feels right. EB: I know what feels right as far as my appearance. SE: If it’s in the interest of my highest good UE: to not age, UN: to live forever, UM: I can allow myself to do that. CB: If I continue to age, UB: maybe that’s in my highest interest, UA: maybe that’s what I’m here to do. TH: I don’t need to make a decision. EB: I need to be in harmony with my highest good. SE: I don’t even need to do that. UE: It’s a choice. UN: I choose to find the right way for me. UM: I choose to find what feels right. CB: I choose to find what feels right for me UB: including in my relationships. UA: My relationships with other people, TH: those don’t need to be determined by the other person. EB: No matter how the other person reacts towards me, SE: I can choose how I relate to them. UE: I am a magnificent Child of God UN: and so is everyone else. UM: That’s how I choose to relate to them CB: regardless of how they behave, 87

UB: regardless of what they look like, UA: regardless of what they say. TH: If I don’t like what they say, EB: I can go elsewhere. SE: But I choose to still recognize UE: that they are a magnificent Child of God. UN: They’re just confused UM: and I can forgive them for that, CB: just as I’m forgiving myself. UB: I’m forgiving myself for these past issues. UA: Forgiving myself for all these “shoulds,” TH: and joyfully and gratefully setting myself free. Take a deep breath.

88

It’s Got to Be Done My Way Side of the Hand: Even though it’s got to be done my way, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though it’s got to be done my way, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though it’s got to be done my way... I have these beliefs about what I need to do. And it may be true that these beliefs are based on things that I was taught. And some of those things I’ve been taught may be completely wrong. But still, they’re my beliefs. It’s my story and I’m sticking to it. Even if it keeps me from having what I want, I’m going to take my eyes off the goal and put them on the next step in front of me. And even though it’s got to be my way, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and everyone in my life who taught me how it should be, even though they may have been wrong. Eyebrow Point: It’s got to be done my way. Side of the Eye: It’s got to be done my way. Under the Eye: It’s got to be done my way. Under the Nose: It’s got to be done my way. Under the Mouth: Even if that way’s not working, Collarbone: it’s got to be done my way. Under the Breast: It’s kind of like I’m a quarterback Under the Arm: and I’m insisting Top of the Head: that we move up the field EB: just three yards at a time. SE: Every play we make UE: is designed for a three yard gain. UN: Every one we make UM: is designed for a three yard gain. CB: That’s just enough UB: to get me ten yards UA: every four downs. TH: So that’ll get me down the field, EB: but not in a very fast way. SE: I’m really slowing the team down UE: by insisting on every three yards. UN: I have this idea UM: about how things have to be CB: based on what I’ve been taught, UB: and those beliefs are strong. UA: The thing is, TH: the ultimate goal that I have, 89

EB: this goal of my own business... SE: it’s a gift from God. UE: God has given me this gift, UN: but I’m telling Him how He has to give it to me. UM: It’s self will run rampant. CB: All this self will run rampant. UB: All my insistence UA: that I know how it should be done. TH: I wonder if when I was a kid, EB: I wrote letters to Santa, SE: and I didn’t just write down what I wanted, UE: I told him what store to get it at. UN: I gave him all the details. UM: It’s got to be done my way. CB: When I want a gift, UB: it’s got to come from a specific place UA: in a specific way. TH: I’m focusing too much on the details, EB: what’s called the “cursed hows.” SE: I’m focusing on the “cursed hows.” UE: Focusing on how to do it, UN: and how to do it UM: is none of my damn business. CB: That’s God’s business. UB: My job is to figure out the “what.” UA: And it helps if I know the “why.” TH: But the “how” is none of my business. EB: To a great extent, SE: even the “who” isn’t my business. UE: My job is to focus on what I want. UN: And the more clear I am on that, UM: and the more I feed that with positive energy, CB: the more I positively feel the outcome. UB: The more quickly it happens. UA: I’m open to quantum leaps. TH: If I get clear on my intention, EB: something could happen tomorrow SE: that I had my own business. UE: And what resistance came up when I said that? UN: Oh no, UM: It’s too fast. CB: It’s too much. UB: I can’t handle it. UA: I can’t handle it that fast. TH: Maybe that’s why I’m insisting. EB: I’m going letter by letter SE: from A to Z. UE: This fear that I can’t take it faster. UN: I need time to adjust. UM: God can do it quicker, CB: but I can’t go that fast. 90

UB: Slow down, UA: I need time. TH: All this fear. EB: This fear that I can’t take it quicker. SE: This fear that I need it to slow down. UE: This fear that I can’t handle the abundance. UN: This fear that I’m not ready for what I really want. UM: This fear that I’m not really ready for what I want. CB: This fear that I’m not ready for what I really want. UB: This fear. UA: I wonder how old it is. TH: No matter how old it is, EB: it’s too old. SE: Time for it to retire. UE: I’m retiring this fear. UN: I’m leaving it up to God UM: as to how fast it shows up, CB: because God knows best. UB: If God gives it to me tomorrow, UA: it’s because God knows I can handle it tomorrow. TH: I’m done imposing my self will. EB: That just comes from fear, SE: from lack of faith. UE: And I’m letting that go. UN: Releasing this lack of faith. UM: Releasing this fear. CB: The only reason I have this desire UB: is because it’s okay with God. UA: I wouldn’t have it TH: if it wasn’t all right. EB: It’s a win-win situation. SE: I can see how it benefits me. UE: I can see how it benefits other people. UN: I can’t imagine anyone being hurt by it. UM: It’s a good thing. CB: Of course, God wants me to have it, UB: so I need to get out of the way. UA: Releasing my fears. TH: Joyfully and gratefully open to however it happens. Take a deep breath.

91

I Have This Constricted Breathing Side of the Hand: Even though I have this constricted breathing, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I have this constricted breathing, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I have this constricted breathing... There are things going on that are limiting my breathing. Some of it’s physical discomfort. Some of it’s emotional. Some of it’s probably spiritual. But what I choose to know is that I deserve to breath at a 10. I deserve to take it all in. I deserve to allow a full breath in. Allowing in all the oxygen, and in a broader sense, allowing in all the abundance. How much air I allow in might be a great analogy for how much abundance I’m allowing in. I’m limiting my breath. I’m limiting my abundance. And I just don’t need to do that, so I choose to clear whatever is holding me back. Physical, emotional or spiritual, I choose to heal it. I deserve healing. And even though I have this constricted breathing, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has contributed to this constricted breathing. Eyebrow Point: This constricted breathing. Side of the Eye: This constricted breathing. Under the Eye: This constricted breathing. Under the Nose: This constricted breathing. Under the Mouth: This constricted breathing. Collarbone: All this constricted breathing. Under the Breast: All this limitation. Under the Arm: All this blocking abundance. Top of the Head: How much air I allow in EB: is a nice analogy SE: to how much abundance I’m allowing in. UE: If I’m limiting one, UN: I’m probably limiting the other. UM: And I just don’t need to do that. CB: I choose to knock that off. UB: I deserve abundance. UA: I deserve abundance. TH: I have a lot of old issues EB: About deserving money. 92

SE: But I know I deserve air, UE: don’t I? UN: Do I have some old reason UM: about why I’m not allowed CB: to take in a full breath? UB: As though there’s only just so much oxygen, UA: And I only deserve so much. TH: Why can’t I breathe at a 10? EB: Why can’t I breathe at a 10? SE: Would it be so wrong UE: for me to take in a full breath? UN: Am I afraid I’d be depriving someone else? UM: I’m only going to breathe in so much oxygen CB: and leave the rest for someone else, UB: For the starving children in Asia. UA: They can have the rest of the breath I’m not using. TH: There’s plenty of oxygen for everyone. Take a deep breath. EB: I hear a lot about world hunger crisis, SE: but I don’t hear much on the news UE: about oxygen crisis. UN: People in Third World countries UM: who aren’t getting enough air. CB: I know there’s plenty of air. UB: There’s an abundance of it. UA: There’s plenty for everyone. TH: But do I think that’s only true EB: if I only take a little bit. SE: I want to make sure there’s never a world oxygen crisis, UE: even a little. UN: I’m only breathing in a little. UM: I’m only breathing in a little. CB: I choose to know UB: there’s plenty where that came from. UA: And I’ll give myself excuses, TH: reasons why I can’t breathe more. EB: This stitch in my side SE: or other physical issues. UE: I choose to release those. UN: I choose to release those from every cell in my body. UM: I choose to breathe fully. CB: I choose to breathe deeply. UB: I choose to breathe in all the good the world has to offer, UA: because oxygen TH: is simply a manifestation of energy. EB: It has a molecular structure SE: like anything else. UE: Energy can manifest as oxygen UN: and it can manifest as anything else. UM: If there’s no shortage of oxygen CB: and everything else is the same, 93

UB: there’s no shortage of money. UA: It’s just the same. TH: Part of me thinks it’s different. EB: Years ago, SE: someone told me it’s different. UE: But it’s not. UN: There’s plenty more where that came from. UM: I can breathe fully. CB: I don’t need to limit my allowance. UB: I’m allowing in an abundance, UA: as much as I want. TH: I’m not taking away from anyone. EB: Releasing my need to limit myself, SE: whether it’s physical, emotional or spiritual. UE: Releasing any reason for feeling pain. UN: Releasing any physical discomfort right now UM: from every cell in my body. CB: I don’t want it to move just from one place to another. UB: I don’t want the headache to go to my back. UA: I don’t want the stitch to go to my arm. TH: I choose to release it. EB: I deserve an abundance of health. SE: I deserve an abundance of wealth. UE: I deserve an abundance of happiness. UN: I’m breathing more deeply UM: in every sense of the word. CB: I’m allowing more abundance into my life, UB: and I’m letting it feel good. UA: And I deserve to feel that good. TH: And there’s plenty of that for everyone. Take a deep breath.

94

I’ve Got All This Money Discomfort Side of the Hand: Even though I’ve got all this money discomfort, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’ve got all this money discomfort, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’ve got all this money discomfort... When I think about money, there are all kinds of issues that come up. I really like the idea that there’s unlimited abundance, but I can’t believe it completely. I’d like to go fishing, and I’m pretty sure the fish are out there, but I’m not sure I expect them to bite. Maybe I believe in abundance, I just don’t expect it for myself. And I have many reasons for that, a lot of fear about that. I have a lot of fears that abundance might not be that great for me, that I can’t handle it. I have a lot of fears that it’s not there for me because I’m a woman or any other excuse I have. And these are based on past incidents. I didn’t come up with these ideas on my own. Someone else gave them to me and I bought them as the truth. And the truth is, these things aren’t true. I am just as welcome to abundance as the next person, and I can expect it. And the more I clear myself, the more I allow it, and the more I can expect it. And even though I’ve got this money discomfort, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all the people in my life who’ve helped to make money uncomfortable. Eyebrow Point: All this money discomfort. Side of the Eye: All this money discomfort. Under the Eye: All this money discomfort. Under the Nose: All this money discomfort. Under the Mouth: All this money discomfort. Collarbone: I’m just not comfortable with it. Under the Breast: I’m not fully comfortable with the subject. Under the Arm: I just don’t expect it. Top of the Head: Part of me believes in abundance. EB: I think I know it’s out there, SE: an unlimited amount. UE: I’m okay with that idea. 95

UN: I just don’t expect it for myself. UM: I can’t expect for myself. CB: It’s not safe to expect it UB: because when I expect something, UA: I set myself up for disappointment. TH: I don’t want to get my hopes up. EB: I don’t want to get my hopes up. SE: I don’t want to get my hopes up around money. UE: My fear about doing this tapping UN: is I’ll get all excited UM: about the possibility of attracting lots of money, CB: and I’ll be setting myself up UB: for a huge disappointment. UA: I don’t want to be disappointed. TH: My history shows EB: that a lot of money doesn’t come my way. SE: Given my experience, UE: why would I expect abundance? UN: Why would I expect abundance UM: even if I know there’s a lot out there? CB: I don’t expect it for myself. UB: I expect it for Donald Trump. UA: I expect it for Bill Gates. TH: I just don’t expect it for myself EB: based on my history. SE: I haven’t attracted it before, UE: neither did my mom UN: or anyone else I choose to look at UM: who didn’t allow abundance, CB: at least not in comparison with someone else. UB: I can look at my parents UA: and see that one made more than the other. TH: Is it necessary EB: for me to identify SE: with the one who made less UE: just because we’re the same gender? UN: I can identify with either. UM: I can choose CB: to identify with anyone I like. UB: In many ways UA: I may want to identify TH: with Bill Gates. EB: And if I did that, SE: I could expect an abundance of money. UE: I could choose UN: to identify with Jesus UM: and expect to manifest a multitude. CB: I mean, why not? UB: I can do these things. UA: And if things don’t show up right away, TH: I have a tool to deal with disappointment.

96

EB: I have a tool to deal with disappointment. SE: I don’t need to be disappointed. UE: God’s delays UN: are not God’s denials. UM: So how long should I wait? CB: If it’s not there in five minutes, UB: am I allowed to be disappointed? UA: If the Lottery Department TH: doesn’t call me EB: ten minutes after this call ends, SE: am I justified in being disappointed? UE: And once again deciding UN: I have no business expecting wealth UM: because that’s a decision I made a long time ago. CB: I can’t expect wealth. UB: But I love to be right, UA: so I’ve proven myself right many times. TH: Abundance doesn’t show up. EB: At least not the way I want it to SE: or in the time frame I want it to. UE: And I get to be right. UN: See, UM: I just can’t expect abundance. CB: I don’t know why I bother. UB: I don’t know why I bother. UA: I don’t know why I bother. TH: Abundance just isn’t in the cards for me. EB: Abundance just isn’t in the cards for me. SE: Because of my gender UE: or my age, UN: where I live CB: or any other reason I choose to come up with. UB: And I can come up with lots of reasons UA: to prove that I am right. TH: God, I love to be right! EB: Even if it leaves me miserable, SE: I find miserable joy in being right. UE: Maybe I could let that go. UN: Maybe I’m mistaken. UM: Maybe it’s true CB: that I have as much right UB: to attract and allow abundance UA: as anyone else, TH: no matter what they do. EB: No matter if their gender is different. SE: No matter what the differences are. UE: There’s one thing that’s the same. UN: We’re both Children of The Universe. UM: We’re both Children of The Universe. CB: We’re both made up of energy UB: in the same way. 97

UA: We’re both connected TH: to universal abundance EB: in the same way. SE: Anyone who has made more money than me UE: or who has made it quicker than I have UN: has the same attachment, UM: the same connection CB: that I do. UB: Everything is energy. UA: I am energy. TH: These other people are energy. EB: Money is energy. SE: Everything is energy. UE: As far as The Universe is concerned, UN: there’s no difference. UM: The only difference CB: is in my mind. UB: I choose to change my mind. UA: It’s safe to change my mind. TH: It’s safe to change my mind. EB: And as I change my mind, SE: the discomfort relaxes UE: I become more comfortable. UN: I’m comfortable with the idea of money. UM: And why not? CB: There are lots of things in this world UB: that I am absolutely comfortable with, UA: and they’re just energy, TH: just like I am energy, EB: just like money is energy. SE: From The Universe’s perspective UE: there’s no difference. UN: So if I’m comfortable with one thing, UM: I can be comfortable with money. CB: If The Universe doesn’t know the difference, UB: I choose to not know the difference. UA: I choose to be comfortable with it all. TH: And there’s plenty of things in my life EB: that I expect. SE: I expect it on a daily basis, UE: and those things that I expect UN: are just energy, UM: like money. CB: So why not expect that too? UB: I choose to expect abundance. UA: It’s also true, TH: that upsets EB: are when expectations aren’t met. SE: So I can also let go of my expectations. UE: Maybe if I let go of the expectations, UN: I can let go of all the discomfort. 98

UM: Maybe it’s not that I don’t expect money, CB: but rather that I expect lack. UB: And the upset there UA: comes from an expectation being met. TH: I choose to let go of the expectation. EB: I choose to just be comfortable. SE: I choose to know that abundance is all around me, UE: and The Universe doesn’t care UN: Whether I have it UM: vversus someone else having it. CB: Bill Gates UB: doesn’t have any more of an “in” UA: with The Universe TH: than I do. EB: He just doesn’t have this discomfort about money. SE: I’m letting go of mine. UE: Letting go of my reasons. UN: Letting go of my excuses UM: about why I can’t expect money, CB: about why I expect I won’t have it, UB: so that I can ease this discomfort UA: and be completely comfortable with the idea of money. TH: Joyfully and gratefully being comfortable about money. Take a deep breath.

99

I Have This Sadness About Not Being Good Enough Side of the Hand: Even though I have this sadness about not being good enough, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I have this sadness about not being good enough, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I have this sadness about not being good enough... All these messages I got when I was young and impressionable and didn’t know any better. And I was told that I just wasn’t good enough. If I wanted more, they said to me, “Who do you think you are?” So I’m left with that question, “Who do I think I am?” Do I think I’m someone who doesn’t deserve abundance? Do I think I’m someone who doesn’t deserve happiness? Apparently so, because if I’m feeling sadness right now, I’m the one who’s doing that to myself. So basically I’m telling myself I deserve sadness more than I deserve happiness. Maybe it’s about time I realize that’s incorrect, and I recognize that I’m deserving of an abundance of happiness. And once I get that, I don’t need to carry the sadness anymore. And even though I have this sadness about not being good enough, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself, my parents and anyone else, who suggested I wasn’t good enough. Eyebrow Point: All this sadness. Side of the Eye: All this sadness. Under the Eye: All this sadness. Under the Nose: All this sadness. Under the Mouth: All this sadness. Collarbone: All this sadness. Under the Breast: All this sadness. Under the Arm: Just letting it drain out Top of the Head: as though there was a faucet. EB: Just opening the tap, SE: pulling the plug, UE: and letting it all drain out. UN: Letting it all drain out. UM: Releasing the sadness CB: from every cell in my body, UB: and replacing it with love. UA: Replacing it with joy. TH: Replacing it with good feelings.

100

EB: Because the truth is SE: I deserve good feelings. UE: I was created by God. UN: And these people said to me, UM: “Who do you think you are?” CB: I wish I could’ve answered them, UB: “A magnificent child of God.” UA: And that would’ve been true. TH: It is true. EB: I am God’s handiwork. SE: Who did they think they were UE: to look at me, UN: A creation of God, UM: And say that I’m not good enough? CB: They might have looked towards heaven, UB: and said to God, UA: “You blew it with this one. TH: What shoddy workmanship. EB: This one’s not good enough.” SE: Because that’s basically what they were doing, UE: To look at me, UN: a child of God, UM: certified and sealed, CB: stamped on my butt UB: “Checked by angel No. 36,” UA: signed, sealed and delivered TH: And then say I’m not good enough. EB: Does that say something about me SE: or does it say something about them? UE: What was going on with them UN: that they couldn’t see me UM: as the child of God that I am? CB: But they were the authority figures, UB: so I believed them. UA: So today, TH: I still see myself through their eyes, EB: not through God’s eyes. SE: When I look in a mirror, UE: I see my parents opinion of me. UN: I choose to see God’s opinion of me. UM: I choose to see God’s perfection in me. CB: Who do I think I am? UB: I don’t just think, UA: I know TH: that I’m a magnificent child of God. EB: Thank you very much. SE: That’s who I am. UE: So when I ask the question, UN: “Do I deserve abundance?” UM: It’s an easy answer. CB: “Of course I do.” 101

UB: Who am I to deserve an abundance? UA: I’m a Child of God. TH: And God created all this abundance. EB: Could it really be possible SE: that God created it more for someone else UE: than for me? UN: If I had two children UM: and I served them dinner, CB: would I give more to one UB: saying the other one didn’t deserve as much? UA: And if the other one complained TH: and asked for more, EB: would I say, “Who do you think you are? SE: You’re less than this other one.” UE: Can any of us really be less? UN: Does God really think I’m less than anyone else? UM: And if anyone ever thought that I was less, CB: do I really think they were right? UB: Or were they just mistaken UA: based on the crap they’d been taught? TH: I’m the victim of a long line of crap. EB: The crap stops here. SE: Any idea UE: that I am less than UN: and less deserving UM: and shouldn’t think of myself as a child of God CB: is nonsense. UB: I’m releasing it now. UA: Releasing it from every cell in my body. TH: There are many things my parents said EB: that I know were not true. SE: This was the biggest lie of all. UE: To look at a child of God UN: and say, “You’re not good enough,” UM: is the biggest mistake they’ve ever made. CB: And they were doing the best they could. UB: They didn’t know EFT. UA: They didn’t know any better. TH: They were operating from their limitations. EB: It’s like someone who only speaks one language. SE: They can only speak in that language. UE: It’s not the only language there is, UN: but it’s the only language they know. UM: I forgive them for not knowing more. CB: That was their mistake. UB: It doesn’t have to be mine. UA: When I look in the mirror now, TH: I don’t have to see myself with their eyes. EB: I choose to see myself with God’s eyes, SE: and at the same time UE: I choose to see my parents with God’s eyes. 102

UN: So I can see them with love. UM: I can see them with compassion. CB: For all their limitations, UB: they too are children of God, UA: And I love them for that. TH: And I look in the mirror now, EB: and I see myself with God’s eyes, SE: And I look good. UE: I am plenty good enough. UN: I wouldn’t be here UM: if I wasn’t good enough for God. CB: And if I’m good enough for God, UB: who could I not be good enough for? UA: If I’m good enough for God, TH: I should at least be good enough for myself. EB: Letting go of this whole upset. SE: Letting go of the sadness. UE: No more need to be sad, UN: because I know that I’m more than good enough. UM: The more that I recognize that, CB: the more I replace the sorrow with joy. UB: Grateful for the gift that I am. UA: Grateful for the opportunity to share that with others, TH: And grateful for the opportunity to share in the abundance. Take a deep breath.

103

I’m Not Ready For It To Be Easy Yet Side of the Hand: Even though I’m not ready for it to be easy yet, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m not ready for it to be easy yet, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m not ready for it to be easy yet... I don’t have the evidence. I’m not sure it can happen. I'm not convinced it can happen, and it’s not the way I’ve lived. I have no experience of it being easy. And until I have some idea of what that’s like, I’m not ready to take that on as my way of being. And it’s really difficult. It’s been difficult for so long. I have struggled for so long. There is all this struggle, all this chaos, all this difficulty, and I’ve had it for so long. And I choose now to make a critical change in my life. So whatever it is that has made me believe that I need for it to be difficult, I choose to bring it up now. I choose to feel it very clearly. Whether it's a belief that chaos is just my way of being because it's been that way so long, if it's a rebellion against the order that was in my childhood. Whatever part of me thinks I need this chaos in order to feel alive, in order to feel real, in order to somehow feel safe, I'm bringing it up now. Bringing it into my body. And I refuse to let it resist. It’s here now, and it’s going away now. And even though I’m not ready for it to be easy, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else in my past who has contributed to this chaos. They were doing the best they could, but how they created their lives is not how I have to create my life. Eyebrow Point: I’m not ready for it to be easy. Side of the Eye: I’m not ready for it to be easy. Under the Eye: I’m not ready for it to be easy. Under the Nose: I’m not ready for it to be easy. 104

Under the Mouth: I’m not ready for it to be easy. Collarbone: I’m not ready for it to be easy, Under the Breast: at least I haven’t been ready. Under the Arm: There have been things I’ve needed first. Top of the Head: Conditions that I need, EB: rules that I have SE: about when it can be easy. UE: It can be easy when I figure things out. UN: It can be easy when I get smarter. UM: It can be easy when I understand what I am doing. CB: It can be easy when I understand what it’s like for it to be easy. UB: I’m in a catch-22, UA: I can’t let it be easy TH: until I know what it’s like for it to be easy. EB: And how can I know what it’s like for it to be easy SE: until I’ve let it be easy? UE: It’s madness. UN: All this madness. UM: I understand CB: that I create my reality. UB: And my reality is chaos. UA: I’m creating my reality. TH: My reality is chaos. EB: I have free will. SE: I have free will. UE: I have free will. UN: I choose to use it. UM: It doesn’t have to be chaos. CB: It doesn’t have to be so hard. UB: The only reason it’s so hard UA: Is because I’m making it that way. TH: Why the hell am I doing that? EB: Why do I keep doing this? SE: Why do I keep making it so hard? UE: I am creating my reality. UN: I’m willing to take responsibility for that. UM: I am willing to take responsibility for that. CB: I am not a victim. UB: Part of me wants to think I am. UA: It’s an easy way out. TH: Part of me thinks EB: that the way for it to be easy SE: is to relieve myself of blame, UE: to absolve myself of all blame. UN: It may not be easy, UM: but it feels easier CB: if it’s not my fault. UB: I’m letting go of that. UA: I won’t be a victim anymore. TH: I will not be a victim anymore. EB: It’s not the world’s fault. 105

SE: It’s not God’s fault. UE: It isn’t anyone’s fault. UN: It’s not even my fault. UM: It doesn’t matter anymore. CB: I have the responsibility. UB: I have the power. UA: I am at cause in my life, TH: and I don’t like what I am causing now. EB: I don’t need to keep causing it. SE: I don’t need to keep causing it. UE: I don’t need to keep causing it, UN: but I don’t know another way. UM: I’ve gotten really good at this, CB: and I love being good. UB: I may not like the chaos, UA: but I’m so good at doing it. TH: I’ve had years of practice. EB: Why should I give up what I’m so good at? SE: Why should I give up what I’m so good at? UE: I am a master at creating chaos, UN: and it feels good to be a master of something. UM: I choose to let go of this mastery. CB: I am a master at creating. UB: I choose to create ease. UA: I choose to create abundance. TH: I choose to create abundance. EB: I choose to create abundance. SE: I choose to create ease. UE: I choose to create ease. UN: I choose to start now. UM: Whatever age I’m at right now, CB: This is the age I turn it around. UB: This is the moment I turn it around. UA: This is the moment I turn it around. TH: And saying that out loud EB: scares the bejeebers out of me. SE: I’m terrified of saying that. UE: It’s like stepping over the edge, UN: but I’ve been on the edge for a long time. UM: I’m a creator on the edge. CB: I’m a creator on the edge. UB: I’m not just a person on the edge, UA: I’m a creator on the edge. TH: And I’m crossing over EB: into freedom, SE: into ease, UE: into abundance, UN: into joy, UM: because I deserve that. CB: I don’t care what my past experience is, UB: I deserve it now. UA: I don’t care what I’ve known in the past, 106

TH: because a lot of what I’ve known EB: is complete crap. SE: I don’t owe it to anyone UE: to keep the crap going. UN: It doesn’t serve me in any way, shape or form. UM: I don’t need to be comfortable in my misery. CB: It may be my misery. UB: It may be what I’ve known, UA: but I don’t need it anymore. TH: I’m setting myself free now. EB: I’m setting myself free right now. SE: I’m setting myself free right now. UE: Turning over a new leaf, UN: starting a new chapter. UM: Whatever cliché I choose, CB: I’m closing the door on the past UB: and stepping into a brighter future UA: because I deserve it. TH: And if stuff still shows up EB: that seems chaotic, SE: I don’t have to get mad at myself. UE: I can simply say, UN: “Hmm, UM: That’s interesting, CB: I’m still creating some chaos. UB: I choose to let that go. UA: I choose to sharpen my creation skills.” TH: And I’m getting better and better at it. EB: It’s getting easier and easier. SE: From this moment on, UE: it’s getting easier and easier. UN: From this moment on, UM: it’s getting easier and easier. CB: In quantum leaps and bounds, UB: it’s getting easier and easier. UA: And I deserved that. TH: And I deserved that. Take a deep breath.

107

I Choose To Feel Great About Financial Wealth Side of the Hand: I choose to feel great about financial wealth, And I deeply and completely love and accept myself. I choose to feel wonderful about financial wealth, And I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. I choose to feel magnificent about financial wealth and financial health. I have financial wealth. I have financial health, and I feel just dandy about that. And there are parts of me that haven’t always felt dandy. And maybe there are still some parts of me that aren’t fully embracing that financial health and wealth because of old beliefs and old fears. And it’s about time that I retire those, because financial abundance is mine. There’s plenty of money out there, and I have a fair share of that. And it’s far more than I’ve ever had. And a lot of me has been resisting that. And I don’t need to do that anymore because I deserve to feel just great about money. In fact, I deserve to feel great about a lot of it. I feel great about my own financial wealth. I feel great about other people’s financial wealth. There’s plenty of it. They’re welcome to it, too. And I feel great about financial wealth. And I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and everybody else. Eyebrow Point: I feel great about financial wealth. Side of the Eye: I feel great about financial wealth. Under the Eye: I am enjoying it. Under the Nose: I am embracing it. Under the Mouth: And I am releasing Collarbone: Any doubts that are coming up, Under the Breast: Any fears that are coming up. Under the Arm: I love having lots of money. Top of the Head: Releasing any anxieties about that. EB: I love having lots of money. SE: Releasing any anger about that. UE: I love having lots of money, UN: and I am releasing any embarrassment about that. UM: I love having lots of money. CB: I’m releasing any shame about that. UB: Releasing any negative emotions UA: that I’ve had about financial wealth, TH: because financial wealth is mine. EB: My universal bank account 108

SE: literally overfloweth. UE: There is plenty there for me, UN: but I am not allowing it UM: to the extent possible CB: because there’s still some part of me UB: that’s not fully embracing financial wealth. UA: I wonder when that started? TH: How old was I EB: when I first got the idea SE: that I wasn’t allowed to embrace financial abundance, UE: that it couldn’t be there for me? UN: Maybe my parents didn’t have it. UM: They didn’t know that EFT. CB: They didn’t know about limiting beliefs. UB: So they embraced their lack, UA: thinking that’s how life was. TH: And they taught that to me, EB: but they were wrong. SE: So how long am I going to keep believing, UE: their misinformation? UN: What if they had taught me that the earth was flat? UM: Would I still be believing that, CB: Even though I’ve seen pictures of the world? UB: Would I still insist UA: that the earth was flat TH: because that’s what my parents told me? EB: Will I keep believing SE: that financial abundance is bad UE: because that’s what my parents taught me? UN: All this flat-earth thinking. UM: All this flat-earth thinking. CB: The abundance is already there for me. UB: Financial wealth is possible for me. UA: It already exists for me. TH: I choose to feel great about that. EB: I choose to feel really great about that. SE: And I just keep releasing UE: any uncomfortable emotions UN: that I used to attach to wealth. UM: I love having money. CB: And that might trigger UB: that old belief UA: that money is the root of all evil. TH: And the real quote EB: is the love of money SE: is the root of all evil. UE: And what that really means UN: is an attachment to it. UM: I can love having it CB: without making it my god. UB: I’m entitled to love what I can do with money, UA: so I’m entitled to have a lot of it. 109

TH: And I hate that word entitlement. EB: That’s bringing up all kinds of emotions, SE: and I’m just tapping them away. UE: Becoming more and more okay UN: with having all kinds of money. UM: Having great financial health. CB: Enjoying great financial wealth. UB: Enjoying more and more of it. UA: Releasing any limiting thoughts about that. TH: Joyfully and gratefully allowing abundance. Take a deep breath.

110

I Still Have These Abundance Doubts Side of the Hand: Even though I still have these abundance doubts, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I still have these abundance doubts, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I still have these abundance doubts... And it really sounds like a great idea that there’s all this abundance out there. And that I’m deserving of it. And there’s a never ending supply, so I never have to deal with less. But part of my mind just doesn’t buy it. It says, “Oh, come on. That’s a fairy tale. Sure, it sounds nice, but that’s not reality. At least not our experience of it.” And part of me thinks that if I haven’t experienced it before, it just can’t exist. Even though every day I experience something new. And what’s even truer is that deep down inside, part of me remembers that abundance is my experience. Even if I haven’t experienced it in this brief lifetime, it’s all I’ve known over the span of time. And even though I still have these abundance doubts, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who’s been trying to program me to believe in lack. Eyebrow Point: All these abundance doubts. Side of the Eye: All these abundance doubts. Under the Eye: All these abundance doubts. Under the Nose: All these abundance doubts. Under the Mouth: All these fears that it just isn’t so. Collarbone: All these fears that it just won’t work, Under the Breast: At least not for me. Under the Arm: There’s some other people out there Top of the Head: who it seems to work for EB: like Bill Gates. SE: It hasn’t dried up for him yet. UE: It dried up for Donald Trump, UN: but he has more than he had before. UM: I don’t know how it works for them, CB: but I have this belief UB: that I shouldn’t get my hopes up. UA: Probably got that from my parents TH: or some other adult 111

EB: somewhere in my youth. SE: I feel very excited UE: about the possibility of unlimited abundance. UN: I felt this excitement before, UM: in my childhood. CB: This kind of enthusiasm UB: came up often. UA: And it was often squashed. TH: Don’t get your hopes up. EB: Things don’t work like that for us. SE: If you get excited, UE: things might not work out, UN: and then you’ll be upset. UM: You’ll be disappointed. CB: Don’t expect much. UB: Just don’t expect much. UA: That way, TH: when something good happens, EB: it’ll be a surprise. SE: There’s a problem with that though, UE: this abundant Universe UN: works on the Law of Attraction. UM: I can’t focus on a little CB: and attract a lot. UB: The Universe gives me what I ask for. UA: If I was in the cafeteria TH: and asked for a small portion, EB: that’s what I’d get. SE: And I could stand there UE: looking at the cafeteria lady UN: wondering why she’s not given me more than I asked for. UM: She might say, “That’s all you asked for.” CB: And I might reply, UB: “That’s what I was taught to ask for. UA: I was taught to ask for only a little.” TH: And I know that works EB: Because I have consistently gotten only a little. SE: I’m so afraid to ask for more. UE: I’m so afraid to ask for more. UN: What if I ask for a bigger helping UM: and the cafeteria lady just gives me a little bit? CB: Then I’ll be disappointed. UB: This fear of being disappointed. UA: This fear of being disappointed. TH: This fear of being disappointed. EB: But I’ve got to wonder, SE: if she’s willing to give me the little bit that I ask for, UE: why wouldn’t she give me the large amount that I ask for? UN: Because she’s got plenty. UM: she has an unlimited supply of food. CB: It doesn’t do her any good 112

UB: to ration it out to me. UA: She’s got plenty. TH: She’s happy to give me all that I ask for. EB: And I might believe SE: that there were times in my life UE: where I asked for more UN: and I was disappointed. UM: What I’ve got to find out though CB: is if I sincerely asked for more. UB: Those may have been the words out of my mouth. UA: I might’ve been looking up at the cafeteria lady, TH: saying, “Please give me a large helping.” EB: But I have thoughts and actions SE: that speak louder than words. UE: While I was saying it, UN: I may have been shaking my head UM: or motioning with my fingers, CB: “only a little bit.” UB: She might’ve been confused UA: but ignored my words TH: and gave me what I was really asking for. EB: The amount I felt safe asking for SE: because I didn’t feel safe asking for more. UE: So it wasn’t probably a sincere request UN: Because I didn’t believe I would get more. UM: And guess what? CB: I was right. UB: And I love being right. UA: I’d rather be right than happy, TH: so I walked away EB: with less than I thought I’d asked for, SE: successfully proving the old idea UE: that I shouldn’t get my hopes up. UN: But I hadn’t really asked for more. UM: The things that I have asked for CB: sincerely, UB: in body, mind and spirit, UA: have shown up. TH: The things that I haven’t gotten EB: but have believed that I wanted, SE: I have been resisting. UE: And much of that resistance UN: might simply come UM: from the fear CB: that I can’t really have it. UB: And I am told UA: that I’m supposed to honor my mother and my father. TH: So if they said I shouldn’t get my hopes up EB: and that I can only have a little, SE: who am I to prove them wrong? UE: Wouldn’t that be wrong? 113

UN: On the other hand, UM: I’m trying to prove them right. CB: But then I’m proving God wrong, UB: who said, “Ask and ye shall receive.” UA: Who am I supposed to really honor? TH: The real Source EB: or some people who got some misinformation? SE: Hm... UE: Tough choice. UN: I choose to honor Source. UM: I choose to release CB: all these man made beliefs UB: and woman made beliefs UA: that I can’t get my hopes up, TH: that I shouldn’t get excited, EB: that I shouldn’t expect much. SE: That’d be like going to the beach UE: and telling myself UN: I should only expect to see UM: A few square feet of water. CB: So I might cup my hands around my eyes UB: so I only see a limited view. UA: But that’s me doing it. TH: My parents may have spent a lot of time EB: showing me how to cup my hands, SE: but that’s all me. UE: The ocean is still expansive UN: as is The Universe. UM: In fact, CB: The universe keeps expanding. UB: The fear that it can’t last. UA: To fear that abundance can’t last TH: goes against universal truth. EB: If anything, SE: I should look at what I have, UE: be grateful for it UN: and expect UM: more and more of it, CB: because that’s the way the universe is going. UB: I choose to see the light. UA: I choose to see the truth. TH: I choose to release all this old doubt. EB: I choose to release all this old fear SE: from every cell in my body UE: cleansing this fear out. UN: Asking my body UM: to release any remnants of this fear. CB: Asking all parts of myself UB: to recognize the universal truths. UA: Asking all parts of myself TH: at a cellular level

114

EB: to recognize the truth. SE: There is unlimited abundance, UE: and as a child of God, UN: I am deserving of it. UM: Yes, me! CB: The person saying these words. UB: I am as deserving as the next person, UA: and I choose to know TH: that the next person is as deserving as me. EB: There’s unlimited abundance. SE: We deserve it. UE: And the extent to which it hasn’t shown up UN: is only the extent UM: to which we have been resisting it, CB: which we were trained to do. UB: I’m releasing that old training. UA: Asking every cell of my body TH: to release that old training. EB: that old fear, SE: that old doubt. UE: And as it’s cleansed away, UN: my true self is revealed, UM: that part of me CB: that has felt the excitement. UB: Knowing the truth. UA: Allowing myself to be connected to Source. TH: Joyfully and gratefully expecting abundance. Take a deep breath.

115

I Hate Taking Responsibility For My Life Side of the Hand: Even though I hate taking responsibility for my life, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I hate taking responsibility for my life, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I hate taking responsibility for my life... Because I mean, look at my life. Look at the things that have happened. I don't want this to be my fault. I don't want to have to blame myself for this. And maybe it's true that I don't have to blame anybody. And it is hard to take responsibility. As long as I blame others, I'm a victim and I'm stuck. And my life can't get better until other people change. And that would really stink. I would hate that even more, except the part of me that thinks that's the easy way out. So if people look at my life and point out the things that are wrong I can say, “Hey it's not my fault.” But then I'm stuck. And I choose not to be stuck anymore. I'm the only one who can change my life. And maybe the problem has been that I've had this belief that it has to be hard. Maybe I can change that and recognize that it can be easy. But only if I'm willing to take responsibility. And I choose to do that. And even though I hate taking responsibility for my life, I deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who I've ever blamed for my life. Eyebrow Point: I hate taking responsibility. Side of the Eye: I hate taking responsibility. Under the Eye: I hate taking responsibility for my life. Under the Nose: I hate taking responsibility for my life. Under the Mouth: I just don't want to do it. Collarbone: I want to blame other people. Under the Breast: So many things have gone wrong. Under the Arm: So many bad things have happened, Top of the Head: And you tell me I’ve got to take responsibility. EB: How could I possibly do that? SE: How can I take responsibility for that? UE: Especially things that happened in my childhood. UN: There are terrible things that happen to children. UM: How can you ask the children to take responsibility? 116

CB: And I don’t know, UB: but in my adult life UA: I've put myself into situations TH: where things have happened EB: that I really wish hadn't happened, SE: and I don't want to take responsibility. UE: I want to blame other people. UN: I want to blame him. UM: I want to blame her. CB: I want to blame them, UB: as long as it's not my fault. UA: I don't want to be blamed for this. TH: I don't want to take the blame. EB: So much easier to be a victim. SE: It's so much easier to be a victim. UE: Hey it's not my fault. UN: I was an innocent passerby UM: when this person did this to me, CB: and that's why my life is the way it is. UB: I might be able to believe UA: that there's a loving God, TH: a loving Universe EB: that wants so much for me, SE: but someone came along UE: and blocked that. UN: I can be connected to The Universe UM: except for all these powerful people CB: that come between me and The Universe UB: and spoil all the good that The Universe wants for me. UA: Abundance comes from The Universe, TH: but there's some people who can block that. EB: That must be what I'm believing, SE: if I want to stay a victim. UE: Problem with this is UN: it leaves me stuck. UM: I'm choosing to be a victim CB: over being happy. UB: Even when things are going well UA: and I am feeling happy, TH: I can't feel secure in that EB: because somebody could change it at any moment. SE: Someone could take it away at any moment. UE: And the person who could do that UN: is me. UM: The Universe wants so much for me. CB: I'm the person who can allow it. UB: I'm the person who can block it. UA: It may be relationships that I want. TH: It may be money that I want. EB: It may be health. SE: It may be a buyer for the house I am selling. 117

UE: The Universe has plenty of all of it, UN: and The Universe wants it for me. UM: The Universe may have its own timing, CB: but the most important thing is UB: I need to get out of the way. UA: And I am responsible for that. TH: Whether the channel is open or not EB: for abundance to flow from Source, SE: I am at cause. UE: And I don't say that UN: in order to blame myself UM: for any lack of abundance. CB: Because when I start blaming myself, UB: I start choking off the channel. UA: When things aren't going right, TH: there are two possibilities. EB: Maybe my perception of what is right is off. SE: Because sometimes, UE: maybe even always, UN: not getting what I want UM: is a blessing. CB: The other possibility UB: is that there's more to clear. UA: I still have subconscious reasons TH: why things shouldn't go my way. EB: So rather than getting upset SE: and blaming myself, UE: I can say instead, UN: “Hmm, UM: Isn't that interesting? CB: Abundance still isn't flowing the way I'd like it to. UB: There must be something more to do here. UA: There are still some beliefs to clear.” TH: And it's an inside job. EB: It isn't a matter SE: of somebody else blocking my abundance, UE: somebody out to get me. UN: And somebody may be out to get me, UM: but they can't get me CB: if I am completely open to The Universe. UB: The Universe wants all the best for me, UA: and I am opening that channel. TH: And if somebody out there EB: is looking for a victim, SE: they can go look somewhere else. UE: This victim is closed for business. UN: I'm now taking responsibility for my life, UM: because that's the path to freedom. CB: It's the only true path to real freedom. UB: And as much as I hate taking responsibility, UA: it beats the alternative TH: of being stuck, 118

EB: of being dependent on anyone else, SE: of having my happiness UE: be based on the whims UN: of other people. UM: I choose to be free. CB: I deserve to be free. UB: I deserve to let go UA: of any resistance to taking responsibility. TH: If I take responsibility, EB: there are a lot of things in my life SE: that that makes painful. UE: I forgive myself for these things. UN: I forgive myself for my past. UM: I forgive myself for any part I played. CB: It's a big request of myself, UB: but I choose to clear it. UA: I choose to start fresh today. TH: The fact is, EB: the past is the past. SE: I can get caught up in the blame game, UE: but it doesn't really matter. UN: Whatever happened happened, UM: and I'm here now. CB: I'm okay. UB: Any part of me that's not okay UA: is just stuff in my energy system. TH: A lot of these things that happened EB: happened so long ago SE: that there is no part of my body UE: that remains from that time. UN: It's a scientific fact UM: that every cell in my body CB: is replaced and regenerated UB: over a course of about seven years. UA: Anything that I hold unto beyond that TH: is just in my energy system. EB: So I'm clearing my energy system. SE: I don't need to hang onto the past. UE: I don't need to blame anyone for it. UN: Even if it was someone else's fault, UM: the stuff that's here today CB: is there because I'm hanging unto it, UB: and only I can let it go. UA: And the more I let it go, TH: the more I open that channel EB: between me and universal abundance. SE: And I deserve that. UE: Clearing the past UN: as much as I can right now. UM: If there are things I need to work on specifically, CB: I can do that. 119

UB: I can clear all of it. UA: I'm open to clearing it all right now. TH: Clearing all that I can, EB: whatever is in my best interest. SE: If it's okay with The Universe, UE: I'm clearing it all right now. UN: And just as with any abundance, UM: if there's still stuff to be cleared, CB: I can say, UB: “Hmm, UA: isn't that interesting? TH: There's still stuff to be cleared.” EB: Maybe there's a reason for that. SE: There are aspects to work out UE: that'll be good for my highest good UN: and I'm looking forward to that. UM: I'm enjoying the journey, CB: because life is a journey. UB: And I'm moving more easily now. UA: The things that seem to make it hard TH: are all on the outside. EB: It's actually all on the inside. SE: Clearing my energy. UE: Clearing my fears. UN: Clearing my angers. UM: Clearing my feelings of undeservingness. CB: Clearing all the resistance. UB: That's what my life is about. UA: Each day TH: letting go of more and more resistance, EB: becoming frictionless SE: on the road of life, UE: so I slide down the road of life more and more easily. UN: Slipping into abundance more and more easily, UM: letting go of those things that hold me back. CB: And what's really fun UB: is knowing that it's up to me. UA: I'm not dependent on anybody else. TH: I can do this EB: because I'm taking responsibility. SE: Even if I didn't take responsibility UE: for everything that happened to me in the past, UN: I'd take responsibility UM: for any negative energy I hold unto from it. CB: The incident’s from the past, UB: and I'm moving forward, UA: clearing any old past energy TH: and joyfully and gratefully taking responsibility for my abundance. Take a deep breath.

120

People Put Guilt Trips on Me Side of the Hand: Even though people put guilt trips on me, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though people put guilt trips on me, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though people put guilt trips on me... They “should” on me. They tell me what I should do, like with tithing, telling me I have to take some of my money and telling me what I have to do with it. And they’re telling it to me as though God says I have to. And they can cite all kinds of references, but how do they know? Who are they to tell me what my relationship to God should be, financial or otherwise? In Alcoholics Anonymous, they talk about God as you understand God. Maybe I can do tithing as I understand tithing. And who is anybody else to tell me what’s right or wrong and what I should or shouldn’t do. And the fact is, they can tell me whatever they like. The problem is my reaction, and I choose to not react to them. And even though people are putting guilt trips on me, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who is “shoulding” on me. They’re doing the best they can given their belief system. Eyebrow Point: People keep “shoulding” on me. Side of the Eye: People keep “shoulding” on me. Under the Eye: They’re giving me their guilt trips. Under the Nose: They’re giving me their guilt trips. Under the Mouth: They’re giving me their guilt trips. Collarbone: They’re giving me their guilt trips, Under the Breast: and the key is, Under the Arm: it’s their guilt trip. Top of the Head: It’s their guilt trip. EB: It’s stuff they feel guilty about, SE: and they’re giving it to me, UE: and I’m taking it, UN: and that’s why I’m so pissed off. UM: If they were giving it to me CB: and I was ignoring it, UB: I wouldn’t be bothered. UA: But I keep getting pissed off. 121

TH: I am so angry. EB: I resent these people so much SE: because part of me is afraid they’re right, UE: and I hate being told that I’m wrong. UN: If I know that I’m right, UM: people can say whatever they like. CB: They’re not threatening me with violence. UB: They’re not telling me that I’m going to die if I don’t do this. UA: They’re just telling me what they think is right. TH: And they might be pretty adamant about it, EB: and they might threaten my finances about it, SE: but they have no control over my finances. UE: Abundance comes from God. UN: Abundance comes from God. UM: And no one else can block that. CB: All these people UB: who are sure about tithing UA: are sure about tithing for themselves, TH: because it works differently for different people. EB: That’s why there are so many people SE: with so many methods. UE: And they’re all adamant about their own, UN: just like religion. UM: All these people CB: with different ideas UB: about how to connect to God, UA: and they’re all so sure they’re right, TH: even to the point of killing other people. EB: I don’t get so upset everyday SE: about the number of different religions there are, UE: even though those people UN: would happily “should” on me UM: about what my religion should be. CB: So it just follows UB: that I don’t need to be upset everyday UA: about peoples ideas about tithing. TH: I don’t need to take their guilt trip. EB: They can give it if they want. SE: I’m not taking it. UE: I don’t need a guilt trip. UN: I don’t need a guilt trip. UM: It doesn’t serve me, CB: neither does all this anger. UB: It doesn’t serve me. UA: I don’t need to resent these people. TH: They can say what they like. EB: They feel it works for them. SE: I can take a look at it. UE: I choose to be open minded UN: and see if it might work for me. UM: They might be up to something. 122

CB: They might know something. UB: They might have learned something UA: that could really benefit me. TH: What I choose to look at EB: is that my resistance is blocking me SE: whether their way is right or not. UE: They could be completely off the mark. UN: Their way of tithing could be completely wrong, UM: but if I am resistant to it, CB: if I’m having resistance energy, UB: that’s blocking my abundance. UA: I don’t need to do what they say, TH: but if I really want to be open to abundance. EB: I need to be clear. SE: Clearing this resentment. UE: Clearing this anger. UN: Clearing this frustration. UM: Clearing this fear. CB: Letting it go. UB: Letting myself be clear. UA: Joyfully and gratefully clearing the way for abundance. Take a deep breath.

123

I’m Afraid This Won’t Happen Side of the Hand: Even though I’m afraid this won’t happen, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m afraid this won’t happen, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m afraid this won’t happen... And I really want it to happen. This is really important to me, extremely important to me. And maybe I could tap on that, but I don’t want to be okay with this not happening. I don’t want to say it’s okay for this not to happen. This is really important, and I can’t imagine it not happening because I know about the Law of Attraction. I also know that these upset feelings won’t help which feels very uncomfortable, because at this point I don’t know how to not need this, and I choose to be clear. I choose to be open, and I choose to know that even if I can’t trust the people involved to see this as worthwhile, I choose to know that I can trust The Universe and God to take care of my real needs. And I can help that process by clearing the discomfort. And even though I’m afraid this won’t happen, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who is or is not contributing to this. Eyebrow Point: This fear that it won’t happen. Side of the Eye: This fear that it won’t happen. Under the Eye: This fear that it won’t happen. Under the Nose: This fear that I won’t get what I think I need. Under the Mouth: This fear that I won’t get what I think I need. Collarbone: This fear that I won’t be given what I need. Under the Breast: I just can’t trust that I’ll get it. Under the Arm: I feel I can’t trust I’ll get what I need. Top of the Head: I don’t trust that I’ll get what I need. EB: I don’t trust that I’ll get what I need. SE: I don’t trust these people will give it to me. UE: What I need to remember, UN: while they seem a likely channel of funds, UM: they are not the source of abundance. CB: There is one Source of abundance, UB: and I choose to trust that. UA: I choose to trust in Source. TH: I choose to trust that Source will take care of me. 124

EB: I have to allow it; however, SE: because I can look around UE: and I can see plenty of examples UN: where people aren’t getting their needs met. UM: Maybe I don’t have to look any farther than my own home. CB: I can show plenty of examples UB: where my needs aren’t getting met, UA: or where they haven’t been met, TH: so it sure sounds like a nice idea EB: that I can trust The Universe to meet my needs, SE: but I don’t feel like it’s happening. UE: I don’t feel that my needs are being met, UN: so how can I trust they will be? UM: How can I trust these people I’m looking at CB: when The Universe has denied me of what I need many times? UB: It’s just not always coming from The Universe. UA: Why should I think it’ll come from these people? TH: I’ve got a lot of lack of faith going on, EB: and I feel like I’ve earned it. SE: I’ve earned this lack of faith UE: because I’ve experienced a lot of lack. UN: I’ve earned this lack of faith UM: because I’ve experienced a lot of lack. CB: It’s not the gap in money so much. UB: It’s the gap in faith. UA: I’m having to come up with a lot of money. TH: I’m also having to come up with a lot of faith EB: given things that have happened in my life. SE: Getting the amount of money I want UE: doesn’t seem as big a gap UN: as getting that faith. UM: That seems like a huge gap, CB: to get to the point UB: where I trust that The Universe will take care of me. UA: I want to trust The Universe will take care of me, TH: but I can go to the files EB: and present plenty of evidence SE: of what I feel The Universe has let me down. UE: I feel I’ve been failed. UN: I feel like I’ve been failed. UM: Sure I have a roof over my head. CB: I have the ability to make a long distance phone call. UB: I have enough health to be on the call, UA: so some of my needs have been met. TH: It could potentially be said EB: that all of my actual needs have been met. SE: All my needs for survival have been met. UE: I could have a lot less than I do now and still be surviving, UN: so maybe I haven’t seen it as clearly. UM: Maybe The Universe has taken better care of me than I know. CB: Maybe God deserves a little more faith, 125

UB: and sure there are things I’ve asked for I haven’t gotten, UA: things that I thought were neat. TH: But if they’re really neat, EB: if I really needed them SE: and hadn’t gotten them, UE: I wouldn’t be doing this tapping right now. UN: And it’s also true UM: that God’s delays CB: are not God’s denials. UB: God’s delays UA: are not God’s denials. TH: If I need this thing to happen, EB: it will happen. SE: And maybe in ways I can’t even imagine. UE: God is the Source of abundance. UN: The people I am looking at UM: are just one possible channel. CB: They seem the most likely channel, UB: and it would sure make it easier if they saw that. UA: But if they don’t, TH: that’s not necessary to my survival. EB: There is no one person or entity, SE: except for God, as I understand God, UE: who is necessary to my survival. UN: It’s also true UM: that I don’t merely want to survive. CB: I choose to thrive. UB: I choose to have an environment where I can thrive. UA: I choose to have an environment where my loved ones can thrive. TH: I choose to create my image of that. EB: Letting go of beliefs about why it can’t happen, SE: because things like this have certainly happened before. UE: Bigger goals than this have been achieved. UN: Greater miracles than this have occurred. UM: I choose to be open to the miracle CB: and unattached at the same time. UB: Unattached to the outcome UA: and unattached to how it can happen. TH: My job EB: is to be clear about what I want, SE: to clear the limiting emotions, UE: to take likely action, UN: approach the people who seem likely to help, UM: and then let go and let God. CB: And I choose not to be surprised UB: when other people show up UA: that I couldn’t even have imagined. TH: I choose to have good things happen. EB: Right now, I’m pretty sure what those good things should be. SE: I think that’s what they should be, UE: but I don’t want to “should” on myself. 126

UN: I don’t want to “should” on God, UM: telling God what He should do CB: or what I need. UB: I’m open to possibilities. UA: Things may happen exactly the way I want them, TH: and the best thing for me EB: may not be the way I see it. SE: I choose to let go of my attachment. UE: I choose to let go of my fear. UN: I choose to let go of this fear UM: About what outcomes might mean. CB: Part of me is afraid UB: that things don’t happen the way I’m looking at them, UA: that I’ll be told I wasn’t deserving, TH: that my child isn’t deserving, EB: that I won’t be seen as good enough, SE: that my child won’t be seen as good enough. UE: this fear of being told I’m not worthy. UN: As if one person’s decision could mean that. UM: I am worthy and deserving in God’s eyes. CB: My child is worthy and deserving in God’s eyes. UB: No human made decisions UA: can state otherwise, TH: So I choose to let go of that fear too. EB: If things don’t happen the way I choose, SE: it is not a statement of deservedness. UE: I may never know what its about, UN: but I choose to know I am deserving. UM: My loved ones are deserving. CB: I choose to regain faith, UB: be clear about what I want, UA: and joyfully and gratefully move forward. TH: Allowing abundance in all its forms. Take a deep breath.

127

I’m Holding Myself Back From Action Side of the Hand: Even though I’m holding myself back from action, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m holding myself back from action, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m holding myself back from action... There are things I could be doing, ways in which I can be of service, things that could potentially bring more abundance either directly or indirectly. I would simply be letting The Universe know that I am here and I am active. Even though I am stopping myself from taking action... All the inspired action that I could take that could move me forward in life and create wonderful things for myself and for others. I have all these excuses as to why I can’t do it or why I shouldn’t do it, why it’s not safe to do it. I choose to let those go. I choose to be free to take inspired action. And I can even be unattached to the results and just do it for the sake of doing it, and find enjoyment in it. Enjoying the challenge. Enjoying the opportunity to be of service, and even though I’m blocking myself from action, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who’s ever taught me anything that I’m using as an excuse to stop me from taking action. Eyebrow Point: All this inaction. Side of the Eye: All this inaction. Under the Eye: I keep stopping myself. Under the Nose: I keep blocking myself. Under the Mouth: I keep blocking myself. Collarbone: I keep blocking myself. Under the Breast: There’s things I could be doing. Under the Arm: If I really looked at it, Top of the Head: there are definitely some things EB: that I could be getting done, SE: actions I could be taking; UE: some I could even make money at. UN: What a concept! UM: And if I’m okay with making money, CB: I’m more likely to take these actions. UB: Aren’t I okay with making money? 128

UA: Aren’t I okay with making a lot more money? TH: I could make a lot more money EB: either directly through my actions SE: or just opening myself up to The Universe. UE: Letting The Universe know that I’m here. UN: Letting The Universe know that I’m clear. UM: I am open to abundance. CB: I am open to abundance. UB: Letting go of any old ideas UA: that held me back from that, TH: that told me it wasn’t okay to have abundance. EB: I had a fear of abundance SE: so I didn’t take action, UE: because if I took certain actions, UN: it might lead to abundance. UM: Then I’d be in trouble CB: according to my old way of thinking. UB: I’m letting that way of thinking go now. UA: I’m letting that way of thinking go now. TH: I now know it’s okay to have abundance. EB: I delight in having abundance. SE: I love having abundance. UE: I love taking action. UN: I love taking action. UM: I love being of service. CB: I’m letting The Universe know UB: I’m a productive member of society. UA: Joyfully being of service, TH: however I can. EB: I’m showing up to work, SE: letting The Universe point the way. UE: When I have my eyes open, UN: The Universe will show me what to do, UM: will tell me where I can be of service, CB: and wherever possible, UB: I choose to show up and be there. UA: Taking inspired action TH: to be of greater service to myself and others, EB: becoming a more productive member of society. SE: And membership has its rewards. UE: Allowing myself to be more fully rewarded. UN: Allowing myself to be more fully rewarded. UM: Allowing myself to be more fully rewarded. CB: Allowing myself to be more fully rewarded. UB: Because I deserve abundance. UA: I deserve abundance anyway. TH: Whatever I’m doing, EB: I’m deserving of abundance, SE: because The Universe is abundant UE: and I am a magnificent child of The Universe. UN: I’m already a member of The Universe, 129

UM: and membership has its rewards. CB: Joyfully allowing abundance. UB: Gratefully allowing abundance. UA: Knowing that I deserve it, TH: and joyfully and gratefully taking inspired action. Take a deep breath.

130

I Have All This Fear In My Stomach Side of the Hand: Even though I have all this fear in my stomach, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I have all this fear in my stomach, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I have all this fear in my stomach... Fear about all kinds of things. Fear about failure, fear about being seen, fears about being heard, and fears that I’m not going to make the grade. And even though I have all these fears in my stomach, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who helped me develop these fears. Eyebrow Point: All these fears in my stomach. Side of the Eye: All these fears in my stomach. Under the Eye: When I think about being successful Under the Nose: at a greater level than where I’m at right now, Under the Mouth: It just scares me. Collarbone: I can’t allow myself to become more successful. Under the Breast: It’s not safe. Under the Arm: I can handle where I’m at, Top of the Head: and part of me says, EB: “This is just fine. SE: Don’t mess with it.” UE: But there’s another part of me UN: that desires more, UM: and that’s okay. CB: This universe UB: has unlimited abundance. UA: The desire for increase is pretty normal, TH: it’s pretty darn natural EB: but it stirs up all kinds of fears. SE: All these fears of failure. UE: All these fears that I’ll screw up. UN: All these fears UM: that I’m somehow going to be hurt, CB: as though the amount of success I have right now UB: is all that God will allow me, UA: and if I try for more, TH: God will revoke his protection EB: and I’m on my own, SE: and I’m at risk. UE: I’m at risk for all kinds of failure. UN: I’m at risk for all kinds of harm. UM: I’m at risk for all kinds of pain. CB: All this fear in my stomach UB: and I choose to release it. UA: Where did I get this idea TH: that success was going to be so painful? 131

EB: Where did I get this idea SE: that it would be such a threat to me? UE: What would be so wrong with traveling? UN: Not that I have to, UM: I can be extremely successful CB: staying right where I am. UB: Is that really what I desire? UA: There may be a part of me TH: that really wants to travel, EB: But that thought scares me so much. SE: Who told me that that’s dangerous? UE: Who told me I should be afraid? UN: And what am I afraid of? UM: Am I afraid of what would happen CB: when I get up on that stage? UB: Will I make a fool of myself? UA: Will people laugh at me? TH: If I’ve gotten myself up on that stage, EB: they’re already going to respect me. SE: I’ve already proven myself successful, UE: not that I need to prove anything to anyone. UN: Letting go of all this fear. UM: Letting go of all this fear. CB: Maybe I’m afraid UB: I won’t even get to the stage. UA: Maybe I’m afraid TH: of flying. EB: Who told me to be afraid, SE: given that statistically UE: it’s the safest way to travel? UN: So where did I get all these ideas UM: that it’s not safe to travel? CB: And maybe those just cover up UB: a deeper fear, UA: a fear of being seen, TH: a fear of being heard, EB: a fear that I’m not good enough, SE: a fear that people will find that out, UE: and that’s a fear UN: I definitely need to let go of. UM: I’m a magnificent child of God. CB: There’s nothing I’m not good enough for. UB: I’m more than good enough. UA: Clearing all these ideas TH: about why that may not be true. EB: All these times in my past SE: where someone said I wasn’t good enough, UE: or that was just what I decided UN: from some experience that I had. UM: All these times CB: that I’ve told myself 132

UB: that I wasn’t good enough. UA: I choose to release those now. TH: That was a misunderstanding. EB: Even when I’ve made mistakes, SE: even if I’ve goofed up royally, UE: that doesn’t define who I am. UN: I’m a magnificent child of God. UM: I am more than good enough. CB: I’m releasing the doubts about that. UB: Releasing the fears. UA: Releasing them at a cellular level. TH: Allowing myself to know EB: that I have a right to be here, SE: and my success UE: benefits other people as well. UN: It’s a win-win situation. UM: I choose to allow success. CB: I choose to allow a lot of success, UB: and I can handle what comes with it UA: as I set myself free TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

133

I Have This Upset Side of the Hand: Even though I have this upset and it’s really bothering me. And maybe it’s only bothering me a little bit, but I choose not to be bothered at all. I choose to completely let it go because it is not serving me, and I want to come up with my response of how I’m going to get my revenge. But revenge will not serve me. I have lessons from life that tell me it would, but those are the same kind of lessons that have kept me blocked from the abundance I deserve. Hmm, tough choice... Vengeance or happiness. Most people would choose vengeance. I choose to be on the winner’s edge. I choose happiness and abundance. And even though I have this upset, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who is involved in this upset. I choose to know they were doing the best they could. And to some extent, whatever they did was simply a response to energy I was carrying and I’m doing better now. Eyebrow Point: This upset. Side of the Eye: This upset. Under the Eye: This upset. Under the Nose: This upset. Under the Mouth: This upset. Collarbone: This upset. Under the Breast: This upset. Under the Arm: I’ve been carrying it too long. Top of the Head: I have been carrying it too long, EB: and the longer I carry it, SE: the more negativity I attract. UE: The reason this upset happened UN: was a response to some negative energy I was carrying. UM: And the more I hang onto this negativity, CB: the more I’m going to attract things like that. UB: And I don’t want to do that. UA: I really don’t want to do that. TH: The reason I got this book EB: is that I want abundance in my life. SE: I didn’t buy a book UE: called “Tapping Into Vengeance.” UN: I don’t need vengeance. 134

UM: I don’t need to take my revenge out. CB: I don’t need to get anyone. UB: I don’t need to fix anyone. UA: I’m just clearing myself. TH: There’s a part of me EB: that wants to tell this other person SE: how wrong they were. UE: I want to make it clear to them. UN: I want to make them squirm. UM: I want to grind them under my foot CB: so they admit how wrong they were UB: and beg for my forgiveness. UA: That would be so satisfying. TH: I want them to be so clear EB: about just how wrong they were. SE: I would love it if they were in tears. UE: They were so ashamed of themselves, UN: such that they make a vow UM: to be different from this moment on. CB: I want to make a change in their life, UB: and the best way to do that UA: is to shame them TH: and make them feel wrong. EB: Yeah, I really want vengeance. SE: I’ve wanted it a lot in the past too. UE: The problem is UN: it never really delivers. UM: Any satisfaction I can get from it CB: still has negative energy to it. UB: And I don’t need any negative energy UA: because I understand the Law of Attraction. TH: If I hang onto that negativity, EB: I’m just going to get more of it. SE: I’m going to attract more bad situations, UE: then I’ll have to get all upset about those UN: and I’ll want to get revenge for those. UM: And it’s just a vicious cycle. CB: I’m stepping out of that cycle. UB: I choose to be free. UA: I deserve to be free. TH: I don’t need any vengeance. EB: I don’t need to teach anyone a lesson. SE: I can do what I need to do UE: to keep them from hurting me again. UN: I can tell them UM: that’s not okay with me, CB: but I don’t need to hang unto the upset. UB: Any upset I feel UA: is in my energy system, TH: and they’re not holding it there. EB: My relief 135

SE: is not dependent on them. UE: There’s no rule UN: that says that I have to stay upset UM: until they do something, CB: until they change. UB: I’m not their victim. UA: I am not their victim. TH: I am no one’s victim. EB: This is true of any upset I’ve ever had SE: at the so called hands of other people. UE: It’s all an inside job. UN: I can be my own victim, UM: but I’m no one else’s victim. CB: Even if they did something physically to me, UB: that was in the past. UA: Any upset I have right now TH: is there because I’m holding unto it. EB: I choose to release it. SE: It’s all right there UE: in the cells of my body. UN: I’m going to release it UM: on a countdown CB: from five to zero, UB: and on zero UA: whatever this upset is, TH: I’m going to release it EB: from every cell in my body SE: and set myself free UE: because I deserve that. UN: Am I ready? UM: Am I ready to let it go? CB: Do I want to keep justifying it? UB: Part of me wants to. UA: Part of me thinks I should. TH: And others would tell me I should. EB: They’d tell me to hang onto this. SE: They might as well be telling me UE: that I shouldn’t be rich, UN: that I shouldn’t be happy. UM: In fact, that’s exactly what they’re saying. CB: You shouldn’t be happy UB: until this person does something. UA: That my happiness TH: should be dependent on some other person. EB: I choose to see that as ridiculous, SE: so on the countdown from five to zero, UE: I’m going to let it go. UN: I’m really going to do it. UM: I’m going to release that upset CB: from every muscle nerve and fiber of my body, UB: from every tissue cell and atom. UA: Completely letting it go. 136

TH: Five, EB: Four, SE: Three, UE: Two, UN: One, UM: And zero. Release! CB: Releasing it UB: from every cell in my body. UA: Letting it go. TH: Letting healing wash through me. EB: Letting cleansing wash over me. SE: Completely releasing that upset. UE: And other people might say I’m crazy. UN: So what? UM: It feels good to let it go. CB: And the better I feel, UB: the better the stuff I attract. UA: Allowing myself to feel good. TH: Allowing the release to continue. EB: Allowing the cleansing to continue. SE: Allowing myself to be completely free of this. UE: Allowing myself to be completely free. UN: Because I deserve it. UM: I really deserve to be free, CB: and I deserve the good things that come to me now. UB: I deserve all the abundance that’s coming my way. UA: I deserve the success that’s coming my way. TH: Joyfully and gratefully free to allow it now. Take a deep breath.

137

I’m Not Totally Clear On My Intention Side of the Hand: Even though I’m not totally clear on my intention, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m not totally clear on my intention, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m not totally clear on the intention, I have a pretty good idea of what I want. I might even have a very good idea of what I want. Maybe it’s the particulars of how I’ll get it I don’t understand, or the timing of how I’m going to get it. I’m not sure when it’s going to show up. When I’m totally sure, it’ll show up. But at the moment, the picture is still rough around the edges. I may be not entirely sure what. I may not be entirely sure how. I may not be entirely sure when. I may not be entirely sure on why or who, and I choose to forgive myself for that and be okay with that. I choose to allow clarity to happen, and I choose to let go of anything that is keeping me from being clear so I can manifest it immediately. And I’ll be okay if it doesn’t manifest immediately, but I choose to clear out unnecessary blocks so I can become as clear as possible. And even though I am not totally clear on my intention, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who is blocking my clarity. Eyebrow Point: This lack of clarity. Side of the Eye: This lack of clarity. Under the Eye: This lack of clarity. Under the Nose: This lack of clarity. Under the Mouth: This lack of clarity. Collarbone: This lack of clarity. Under the Breast: All this uncertainty. Under the Arm: I have it for a reason. Top of the Head: I’m afraid to be clear. EB: Maybe I’m afraid to be clear. SE: Maybe I’m afraid to have it right now. UE: Why can’t I get clear on what I want? UN: When I do get clear, UM: when I’m entirely clear CB: and have released all of the blocks, UB: it must show up. UA: Why am I not ready for that? TH: Why am I not ready for that? EB: Why am I convinced 138

SE: that The Universe would make me wait? UE: Why do I feel blocked? UN: Why can’t I have it now? UM: Why can’t I allow myself to know what it is? CB: What am I afraid of having? UB: Why am I afraid of having it? UA: Why am I afraid of allowing it to show up? TH: If it showed up that easily EB: in spite of all my reasons why it has not shown up, SE: I’d be forced to accept UE: that I really can manifest what I want, UN: that I really do control my destiny. UM: And I really do create my reality. CB: With great power UB: comes great responsibility. UA: I’d have to take responsibility for everything. TH: I’d have to take responsibility for everything. EB: This fear of taking responsibility. SE: This fear of taking that much responsibility. UE: This fear of being so responsible for my life, UN: if a problem showed up, UM: I’d have no excuses. CB: I’d have to acknowledge that I created that. UB: I couldn’t blame anyone ever again. UA: I don’t want to have that much power. TH: I don’t want to have that much responsibility. EB: Sure it would mean the sky’s the limit SE: and I could have anything I wanted, UE: but I’d have responsibility along with it. UN: For every circumstance in my life, UM: I’d have to take responsibility for creating my life, CB: past, present, and future. UB: I don’t want to do that. UA: This fear of taking responsibility. TH: This fear of taking total responsibility. EB: This fear of taking total responsibility. SE: This unwillingness to taking total responsibility. UE: This unwillingness to taking total responsibility. UN: I’m willing to accept, UM: in concept, CB: the idea that I create my reality UB: and can manifest what I want, UA: but there are certain restrictions I put on that TH: so that I’m not totally in control. EB: If I can’t have it right now, SE: that means I’m not totally in control. UE: And as long as I’m not totally in control UN: then I can still blame others for certain things. UM: I can blame my parents. CB: I can blame my teachers. UB: I can blame God. UA: There’s plenty of people to blame 139

TH: as long as I don’t have total control, EB: As long as I don’t have to take total responsibility. SE: And I’m okay with that. UE: But it also means UN: that I am limiting my ability to create. UM: I am limiting my ability to manifest. CB: Limiting my ability to manifest. UB: Maybe I can let go of this fear, UA: accept some responsibility, TH: and be very clear on what I want. EB: Get a clear picture of what it is, SE: where it is, UE: when it is, UN: why it is, UM: who it is, CB: and all these other details UB: I want it so clear in my mind, UA: that I can reach out and touch it. TH: I can feel it. EB: I can possess it. SE: It’s just energy UE: that I form. UN: Everything around me UM: is energy CB: that I have formed in the shape that I see it. UB: I choose to be clear on what I want UA: so I can hold it physically, TH: so I can make it a reality in my life. EB: It’s already potentially a reality, SE: I choose for it to be a reality I understand. UE: I create it in my mind first UN: by drawing up the blueprints. UM: Before building a house... CB: no one builds a house UB: having just a rough sketch. UA: I need my sketch to get less rough. TH: Making it very clear, EB: down to each screw. SE: Making my picture very clear. UE: Letting my intention be very clear. UN: Letting my intention be very clear. UM: Letting go of all the fear. CB: Being clear on what I want. UB: Allowing myself to be clear on what I want. UA: Releasing all the fear about it. TH: Joyfully and gratefully being more and more clear. Take a deep breath.

140

I Don’t Believe I Can Achieve It Side of the Hand: Even though I don’t believe I can achieve it, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I don’t believe I can achieve it, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I don’t believe I can achieve it... I think it can be achieved, Just not by me, Not given my track record. It’s something that’s been done before. People have achieved lots of things before. Lots of people have achieved what I’d like to achieve, and if anyone out there has done it, it means it can be done. It’s kind of hard not to believe in things that I can see. So it’s not that I don’t believe that this can be achieved, it’s just that I don’t believe that I can do it. And I can’t believe that I have so little faith in myself. I am a magnificent child of God. I’ve done some amazing things. I came through the miracle of birth, and that was pretty cool. I’ve gotten this far in life. I’m alive and well, and I really am alive and well despite some illusions I might be looking at. And as I go through my life, there are plenty of things that I have done. Even some things that some other people couldn’t have done, or at least they would have said they couldn’t have done it. So I am pretty amazing. And the fact is, I’m probably a whole lot more amazing than I’ve ever thought I could be. And it’s going to be hard to find out how amazing I am if I always sell myself short. I’ll never know how good a boat is if I don’t stick it in the water. Time for me to get my feet wet. And I’ll believe it when I see it, but I’m willing to go forward and see it. And as long as I’m going to do that, I’m going to start believing right now, too. And even though I can’t believe it, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else in my life who had so little belief in me. Eyebrow Point: I can’t believe I can do it. Side of the Eye: I don’t believe I can do it. Under the Eye: I don’t believe I can do it. 141

Under the Nose: I don’t believe I can do it. Under the Mouth: I don’t believe I can do it. Collarbone: I don’t believe I can do it. Under the Breast: This utter lack of faith in myself. Under the Arm: This utter lack of faith in my abilities. Top of the Head: This lack of faith in The Universe. EB: This utter lack of faith. SE: I just can’t believe it. UE: I can’t believe it can be done. UN: Well, I have to believe it can be done UM: because it has been done by others, CB: so it’s me I don’t believe in, UB: even though I know I’m here. UA: I can feel myself when I tap on myself, TH: so I do believe in me. EB: I do believe in me. SE: I do believe in me. UE: I do believe in myself UN: because I can feel me. UM: Look I’m right here, CB: just like the things that I want. UB: I know that they exist, UA: so I believe in them. TH: I believe in the things I want. EB: I believe in myself. SE: I believe in the things I want. UE: I believe in myself. UN: I believe in the things I want. UM: I know they can be achieved. CB: I believe in myself. UB: Since I believe in both, UA: it’s not such a big jump TH: to connect the two. EB: If I can believe in me SE: and I can believe that it can be achieved, UE: I can believe that I can achieve it. UN: I can let go of my lack of belief UM: because that doesn’t make much sense. CB: If I believe in me UB: and I believe that this can be achieved, UA: it makes sense that I can achieve it. TH: That’s just logical. EB: How can I not believe in something logical? SE: It makes more sense to believe it. UE: I can let go of my fears. UN: I can let go of my doubts. UM: I can let go of any negative thoughts about myself... CB: These ridiculous thoughts about myself, UB: where I think I am less than what I really am. UA: Because the truth is, TH: if anything,

142

EB: I am much more than what I think I am. SE: I am powerful beyond measure, UE: especially when I am connected to Source. UN: When I stop believing in myself, UM: I am disconnecting from Source. CB: When I am tapping, UB: I am connecting to Source. UA: When I am connected to Source, TH: all things are possible. EB: All things are possible. SE: This thing that I want to achieve UE: isn’t even close to what I am capable of. UN: It’s easy for me UM: on a universal scale. CB: I can easily achieve this. UB: I may not always be in that place UA: where I see how easy it is, TH: but it makes sense. EB: I’m as capable as the next person. SE: I’m as much a Child of The Universe as the next person. UE: I am equally worthy and deserving. UN: I am worthy and deserving of what I want. UM: I am worthy and deserving of all I desire, CB: and I can make it happen. UB: That’s what makes sense, UA: and I’m grateful that it makes sense. TH: Joyfully believing in myself. Take a deep breath.

143

I’ve Got This Pain In My Knee Side of the Hand: Even though I’ve got this pain in my knee, I deeply and completely Love and accept myself. Even though I’ve got this pain in my knee, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’ve got this pain in my knee... And I just can’t get on top of it. Nothing seems to be helping, and it’s really bothering me. And it’s been bothering me for sometime, and I’m really sick of it. I’m sick of this pain. I don’t know what it’s about. I don’t know why I’m holding on to it or why I need to. And chances are, I don’t need to. If there’s a lesson I need to learn, then by all means bring it on, but I don’t need to have my knee go out. I choose to feel good. I deserve to feel good. If there’s something I need, then I’m willing to have it, but I don’t need this pain. I don’t need the knee pain, and I’m willing to let it go now. And even though I’ve got this knee pain, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who’s been a real pain in my knee. Eyebrow Point: All this pain. Side of the Eye: This pain in my knee. Under the Eye: This pain in my knee. Under the Nose: All this knee pain. Under the Mouth: All this knee pain. Collarbone: All this knee pain. Under the Breast: All this knee pain. Under the Arm: All this knee pain. Top of the Head: All this knee pain. EB: All this knee pain. SE: All this pain. UE: All this pain. UN: Why do I need it? UM: Why am I holding on to it? CB: What’s it all about? UB: Maybe something happened UA: and I had a knee-jerk reaction, TH: and it stayed in my knee. EB: I’ve been carrying it around in my knee. SE: I can’t get on top of it, UE: and I can’t get under it 144

UN: because it’s too hard to bend my knee. UM: All this pain. CB: I can let it go. UB: I deserve to feel good. UA: I choose to feel good. TH: It’s safe to feel good. EB: If there’s something I need to learn, SE: some message I was supposed to hear, UE: I choose to hear it UN: way down in my knee. UM: It’s too far away to hear, CB: I choose to get the message clearer UB: without any pain. UA: I choose to comfortably know what I need to know. TH: It’s safe to comfortably know what I need to know. EB: I deserve to know what I need to know SE: without any pain, UE: without any discomfort. UN: I choose to feel good. UM: I deserve to feel good. CB: Breathing in health and well-being. UB: Breathing out discomfort and pain. UA: Letting myself heal. TH: Gratefully healing. Take a deep breath.

145

This Is Too Good To Be True Side of the Hand: Even though this is too good to be true, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though this is too good to be true, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I feel this is too good to be true... It was fun to think about what I want. It was fun to feel it. It was fun to experience the joy and gratitude, but that was just in my mind... It’s too good to be true. I can’t really have it in my real life, what I think of as my real life. But it is true, whether I believe it or not, that I create my reality. That everything I have right now in my “real life” is there because I imagined it. So it’s no more difficult for this to happen with what I really want, except to the extent that I say it is difficult. The only thing that makes it too good to be true is the thought that it’s too good to be true. My thoughts are creating my reality. I can’t stop that. What I can do is have better thoughts. The truth is, what I think about is what shows up. It may seem too good to be true, but I can deal with that. Even though I have this thought that it’s too good to be true, I’m going to keep visualizing it anyway, and if I keep thinking about what I want and imagining having it and allowing myself to have positive feelings about it. It’s going to show up even though I have this belief that it’s too good to be true. And so even though I have this belief that it’s too good to be true, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has taught me this, because that’s all it is, something that someone taught me. This information they sent me because they were afraid it was too good to be true. They didn’t want me to get my hopes up, because they thought that would be good for me. Oh, poor them, 146

and poor me for not knowing any better. And now I know better. Eyebrow Point: I know better. Side of the Eye: I know better now. Under the Eye: I know better. Under the Nose: It’s okay to get my hopes up, Under the Mouth: because when I get my hopes up, Collarbone: I become a powerful manifester. Under the Breast: It was not getting my hopes up Under the Arm: that kept me from manifesting. Top of the Head: It’s a simple process... EB: I think about what I want, SE: I have positive feelings about it, UE: and I create it. UN: The only thing that gets in the way UM: are the beliefs that I can’t have it. CB: The belief that I don’t deserve it. UB: The belief that I shouldn’t have it. UA: The belief that I shouldn’t get my hopes up. TH: Getting my hopes up EB: is the power behind manifesting. SE: By never getting my hopes up, UE: I never have the power to manifest. UN: There are times UM: that what we want to manifest CB: doesn’t show up UB: for some reason or another, UA: usually for a positive reason TH: because God knows better. EB: So there may have been times SE: where I’ve gotten my hopes up UE: and my hopes got dashed, UN: at least that’s what I thought. UM: God’s delays are not God’s denials, CB: but I took it as proof UB: that I shouldn’t get my hopes up UA: because it was too painful. TH: So I learned not to get my hopes up. EB: So I learned to deprive myself. SE: It’s not God depriving me, UE: it’s me depriving me UN: for fear that I can’t have what I want, UM: that I don’t deserve what I want, CB: that I shouldn’t have what I want. UB: It’s all there for me, UA: and I haven’t allowed it. TH: I haven’t attracted it. EB: I need to knock that off. SE: If I get my hopes up UE: and what I want doesn’t show up fast enough, UN: I risk being disappointed. 147

UM: I’m willing to take that risk CB: because if I never take that risk, UB: how am I going to manifest anything? UA: And it’s possible TH: that everything I want EB: might not show up quickly. SE: That’s a risk I’m willing to take. UE: And if I feel some disappointment, UN: that’s a tappable issue, UM: so I’ve taken the risk out of it. CB: If I get my hopes up, UB: I can tap on any feelings I have about that. UA: So what if it’s too good to be true? TH: This idea that it’s too good to be true. EB: This idea that it’s too good to be true. SE: So what? UE: It feels good. UN: It feels good to think about what I want. UM: It feels good to feel joy and gratitude. CB: So what if it’s too good to be true? UB: And even if I didn’t get what I wanted, UA: thinking about it TH: And feeling the joy and gratitude EB: felt really good. SE: So why wouldn’t I do that? UE: It feels really good. UN: There are no calories to it. UM: There really are no negative side effects. CB: There’s nothing wrong with positive visualization, UB: and I am open to the possibility UA: that it might actually manifest what I want. TH: It might not be too good to be true. EB: It might be wonderful and true, SE: so there’s nothing wrong with doing it. UE: I can let go of this idea that it’s too good to be true. UN: I don’t need to feel badly about it. UM: I don’t need to question it. CB: It’s a good thing to do. UB: It feels good. UA: There’s nothing wrong with doing it. TH: It really doesn’t hurt anyone else, EB: so I can do it just for its own sake SE: and for my own sake, UE: just because it feels good, UN: with no attachments. UM: And then I can be delightfully surprised CB: when I find out it isn’t too good to be true, UB: and all that I desire UA: easily and effortlessly shows up in my life. TH: And I am allowing gratitude for that right now. Take a deep breath. 148

That Much Responsibility Would Be Lonely Side of the Hand: Even though that much responsibility would be lonely, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though that much power would be lonely, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though that much power would be lonely... I’d feel too much like God, sitting alone on a cloud, not needing anybody, and not having anybody. I’d feel so separated, and I don’t want to be separated. I want people. I’m a person who needs people, and if I was that powerful and had that much responsibility, I wouldn’t need people and they’d all vanish. Of course if I had that much power, I could manifest the people I want. So much so that only people I want in my life would show up. Telemarketers would disappear, at least from my perspective. Politicians would disappear. So even though I think this much power would be lonely, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all these people who I’m afraid would abandon me. Eyebrow Point: I think I’d be lonely. Side of the Eye: If I was that powerful, I wouldn’t need anyone, Under the Eye: and I’d be lonely. Under the Nose: That much power would leave me lonely. Under the Mouth: That much power would leave me lonely. Collarbone: That much power would leave me lonely. Under the Breast: That much power would leave me lonely. Under the Arm: That much power would leave me lonely. Top of the Head: I don’t want to be lonely. EB: I want people. SE: And I have this idea UE: that if I was that powerful UN: and didn’t need people UM: that people would stop showing up in my life, CB: and they might resent me. UB: They’d resent my ability to have everything. UA: That seems like a good excuse for depriving myself. TH: I could have anything I want in the world, EB: but no I’m not going to have that SE: because it would piss other people off, UE: other people who have the exact same power 149

UN: but are afraid they don’t know it. UM: I am so magnanimous CB: that I will sacrifice what I want UB: for other people’s limiting beliefs. UA: And I hope they appreciate it TH: because that’s the kind of people I chose to manifest in my life. EB: Petty people SE: who would begrudge me what I want. UE: I have the power to manifest what I want. UN: I have the power to manifest who I want. UM: I choose not to manifest what I want. CB: Because I choose to manifest petty people. UB: It’s a much safer way to live, UA: and I’d have this excuse. TH: No, no, I’m not going to manifest whatever I want EB: because I’m going to limit myself for the sake of other people. SE: Am I a giver or what? UE: God I’m fantastic! UN: Here I am UM: with the universe laid out at my feet, CB: and for the sake of other people, UB: I shall deprive myself. UA: Because God forbid TH: I show them they can have anything they want. EB: Yeah. I don’t want to give them that much. SE: So who’s being petty? UE: The truth hurts. UN: Our deepest fear is not that we are inadequate, UM: our deepest fear is that we are powerful beyond measure. CB: It is our light not our darkness that most frightens us. UB: We ask ourselves, UA: “Who am I TH: to be brilliant? EB: Gorgeous? SE: Talented? UE: And fabulous?” UN: Actually who are you not to be? UM: I am a Child of God. CB: Actually who am I not to be? UB: I am a Child of God. UA: My playing small doesn’t serve the world. TH: There’s nothing enlightened about shrinking EB: so that other people won’t feel insecure around me. SE: We were born to make manifest the Glory of God that is within us. UE: It’s not just in some of us, UN: It’s in everyone. UM: And as we let our own light shine, CB: we unconsciously give other people permission to do the same. UB: As we are liberated from our own fear, UA: our presence automatically liberates others, TH: but I’m afraid to do that.

150

EB: But I’m willing. SE: I choose to make the decision UE: that the people around me deserve this. UN: They don’t deserve having me play small. UM: They don’t deserve having me make sacrifices CB: so as to not compromise their limiting beliefs. UB: I don’t need to limit myself so that others can play safe. UA: I was born to make manifest the Glory of God within me, TH: but I’ve been saying to God, EB: “Hey that’s a really nice idea. SE: I’d love to play that way, UE: but You see You’ve created these other people around me, UN: and they don’t get it. UM: When You change their minds, CB: then I’ll play. UB: Until then, UA: thanks but no thanks. TH: I can’t do what You put me here to do.” EB: Imagine if the Wright brothers SE: had said, UE: “We’ll invent the airplane when everybody else is flying.” UN: And if Edison had said, UM: “I’ll light the light bulb CB: when everyone else has a light bulb.” UB: If Alexander Graham Bell had said, UA: “I’ll invent the telephone when everyone else has one.” TH: If Gandhi had said, EB: “I’ll liberate India SE: after it’s already liberated.” UE: And a million other incidents UN: that have kept the world moving forward. UM: But that’s for other people. CB: Other people are brilliant and talented and fabulous. UB: Somehow God didn’t make me that way. UA: I got the short end. TH: Somehow I’m not as good as other people EB: or as deserving as other people, SE: and all these other lies that I tell myself. UE: I am as much a Child of God as anyone. UN: I am just as magnificent. UM: I am equally worthy and deserving. CB: There are people on this planet enjoying the things I wish to have. UB: They are no more blessed by God than I am. UA: They are no more magnificent than I am. TH: They are no more worthy and deserving than I am. Take a deep breath.

151

I Am Afraid I Can’t Handle All The Abundance Side of the Hand: Even though I am afraid I can’t handle all the abundance, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I am afraid I can’t handle all the abundance... Once I start putting myself out there, which I am now free to do, people are going to flock to me, running up to me with wads of cash in their hand, and I won’t be able to handle it. I can’t handle that much abundance. I don’t know what I’ll do about the money. I’m afraid I’ll blow it all. I can’t handle finances. I can barely balance my checkbook, and that’s dealing with small numbers. What’ll I do when all the numbers won’t fit on the screen? I’ll buy a bigger screen. And I’m afraid I have all these fears and all these limiting beliefs about abundance. More and more, I am recognizing just how darned magnificent I am, and how much good I can do for the world. And the problem with that is that if I share that magnificence, The money’s going to start flowing in. And I still have some issues with money... about having it, about how to handle it, and I choose to know right now. But even if I can’t handle it, I can afford to pay someone who can. This is a quality problem with a million solutions to it. So I can handle it. And even though I’m afraid I can’t all the handle all the money, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has ever given me limiting beliefs about money. Eyebrow Point: I can’t handle all the money. Side of the Eye: I can’t handle all the money. Under the Eye: I can’t handle abundance. Under the Nose: I can’t handle money. Under the Mouth: I can’t handle money. Collarbone: I can’t handle money. Under the Breast: I can’t handle money. Under the Arm: I can’t handle money. Top of the Head: I don’t know what to do with it. EB: I don’t know how to manage it. SE: I don’t spend it well. 152

UE: I don’t know how to invest it. UN: I don’t know how to keep it safe. UM: Dealing with money is a problem. CB: Dealing with a lot of money would be a big problem. UB: I don’t want problems. UA: I’m avoiding problems, TH: so I’m avoiding money. EB: It’s out there. SE: There’s plenty of money out there. UE: It’s just waiting for me. UN: Plenty of money available to me, UM: but if I start to allow it, CB: then I have to deal with it, UB: and I don’t want to deal with money. UA: Money is dirty. TH: Maybe someone said that once. EB: There are lots of times SE: in many different ways. UE: This idea that money is bad. UN: This idea that money is dirty. UM: Money is dirty. CB: Money is dirty. UB: Don’t handle it. UA: Don’t have it. TH: Money is dirty. EB: Money is bad. SE: Money is bad. UE: Money is dirty. UN: Money is dirty. UM: Money is bad. CB: Money is bad. UB: Money is bad. UA: Money is bad. TH: Money is bad. EB: Money is bad. SE: Don’t know why I think that. UE: The more I think about it... UN: kind of a silly thought. UM: Money is necessary. CB: It’s what keeps the world moving. UB: Money makes the world go round. UA: Actually, love makes the world go round. TH: But money is a symbol of energy. EB: In this day and age, SE: we can’t barter services for everything, UE: so we need money. UN: We think it’s a necessary evil, UM: but it’s not evil. CB: It’s not evil. UB: Money is not evil. UA: I don’t know who told me it was. TH: Maybe I do know. 153

EB: They were wrong. SE: They were misinformed, UE: and they misinformed me. UN: I forgive myself for believing them, UM: and I choose to know CB: That money is just fine. UB: Money is hunky dory. UA: Money is just fine. TH: Money is just fine, EB: and I’m just fine with having it. SE: It’s just a symbol for energy, UE: and I am made up of energy. UN: I am chock full of energy. UM: I’m sharing that energy CB: with my gifts and talents. UB: And with all the things that I share, UA: and the more energetic I am, TH: the more I allow a symbol for energy, EB: which is money. SE: And if I think that the actual money UE: is too complicated to deal with, UN: there are people out there UM: whose gift and talents CB: are around handling money. UB: So while I’m doing what I’m good at, UA: I can pay someone else to do what they’re good at. TH: And then I can share some of my abundance with them. EB: And that’s what abundance really is, SE: having plenty to share. UE: I have plenty of energy to share. UN: I have plenty of gifts and talents to share. UM: It’s only natural and right CB: that I should have plenty of money to share. UB: And I’m okay with that. UA: Money is not good or bad. TH: Money is just a symbol. EB: It’s a symbol for energy, SE: and energy is good. UE: I love sharing energy. UN: I love having symbols of energy UM: that I joyfully and gratefully allow into my life, CB: because I am worthy and deserving of it, UB: because I am worthy and deserving of an abundance of it. UA: I am worthy and deserving of an abundance of wealth. TH: And I joyfully and gratefully acknowledge that I can handle it. Take a deep breath.

154

I Had This Upsetting Incident Side of the Hand: Even though I had this upsetting incident, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I had this upsetting event, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I had this upsetting event... Maybe it was a long time ago, but I’m still feeling the pain right now. And I’ve been feeling it for too long. Whether it happened sixty years ago, or whether it happened five minutes ago, I’m still in pain. And no matter how long I’ve had this pain, it’s been too long. I’m not here to live in pain and fear, I’m here to be in joy. I deserve to have joy. I deserve to feel joy. And if this persistent memory is blocking my joy, then it’s time for it to be healed. And it can be healed. Any past hurt, any past memory, can be healed If I let it be healed. And up until now, I haven’t let it be healed. For some reason or another, part of my mind felt that it was important to hold unto this pain. I forgive that part of me. Its intentions were good. Its methods were faulty. I don’t need this pain. I can do just fine without it. In fact, I can do great without it, and that’s what I really deserve. And even though I have this upsetting event... I deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and whoever else was involved. I choose to release them. I’ve given them free rent for too long. Eyebrow Point: This upsetting event. Side of the Eye: This upsetting event. Under the Eye: This upsetting event. Under the Nose: It’s so painful. Under the Mouth: All this pain. Collarbone: All this pain. Under the Breast: All this pain. Under the Arm: All this pain. Top of the Head: All this pain. 155

EB: I felt it for so long. SE: I’ve held this pain for so long. UE: I have held this pain for so long. UN: Why have I done that? UM: Some part of me CB: felt I’d be safer UB: if I held unto this pain. UA: Part of me thinks, TH: as long as I feel this pain, EB: I’ll be safer. SE: I won’t get into situations like that again. UE: Whatever it was that happened, UN: if I hurt just enough, UM: maybe I’ll avoid doing it again. CB: I won’t get hurt again. UB: I won’t get hurt again. UA: Of course I don’t need to TH: because I’m still feeling the pain from the first one. EB: I’m not sure it makes sense. SE: If I broke my arm UE: doing something stupid, UN: would I think it’s a good idea UM: to not get a cast put on CB: and to leave the bones broken UB: and continue to suffer the pain UA: so I never get my arm broken again? TH: Maybe if I did that, EB: I’d never make another mistake in my life SE: and people would see me UE: with my floppy broken arm UN: and the obvious pain on my face. UM: And they’d say, “What are you thinking?” CB: And I would proudly say, UB: “I’m avoiding making mistakes again.” UA: And I’d be thinking, “What a genius I am. TH: What a good plan.” EB: If I have this persistent pain, SE: what a great reminder. UE: It would remind me every moment UN: to never do anything foolish again. UM: Boy that sounds like a good plan. CB: If I ever broke my bone in the past, UB: I wish now that I hadn’t fixed it. UA: Think of all the mistakes I would have avoided. TH: That’s the same plan EB: that my subconscious mind SE: is using by holding unto this event. UE: If I keep this pain, UN: I’ll avoid future pain. UM: If I hold unto this pain, CB: I can avoid future pain. 156

UB: And what good is it UA: to avoid future pain TH: if I’m still in pain anyway? EB: I choose to be healed. SE: This plan isn’t working any more. UE: And if I look at my past, UN: I’ve gotten hurt again anyway. UM: There have been other painful incidents, CB: so it hasn’t worked to avoid pain. UB: It’s done one thing effectively, UA: it’s robbed me of happiness. TH: I’ve had happiness in my life too, EB: but how much more could I have? SE: How much more could I have? UE: Long ago, UN: I made a decision UM: about holding unto pain. CB: And I had a belief UB: that it would help me, UA: that it would keep me safe. TH: If I could let go of this belief, EB: how much more happiness could I have? SE: I’d have happiness beyond belief. UE: I deserve happiness beyond belief. UN: And since we’ve already discussed UM: that this clearing happens in different areas of life, CB: What else could I have? UB: Money beyond belief? UA: Health beyond belief? TH: Relationships beyond belief? EB: Job satisfaction beyond belief? SE: What joy could I have in my life UE: if I healed this incident? UN: If I cleared out the pain? UM: And let go of this belief CB: that I need to hold unto that pain? UB: I don’t need to hold unto that anymore. UA: It isn’t serving me, TH: which makes me kind of angry. EB: I’m angry at myself. SE: I’m angry at this part of me UE: that’s held unto this pain for so long. UN: Why have I done this to myself? UM: Why have I inflicted so much pain on myself? CB: Why have I hurt myself so many times UB: when it’s not working? UA: I did the best I could. TH: I made the decision at a young age. EB: I didn’t know any better. SE: How many parts of my life right now UE: do I operate 157

UN: from decisions made by a three year old? UM: I might be surprised. CB: on a conscious level UB: I wouldn’t take much advice from a small child. UA: I wouldn’t ask them about how to buy a car. TH: I wouldn’t ask them how to do my job. EB: I wouldn’t ask them a lot of things, SE: but there’s a small child UE: running my life UN: in many ways. UM: I forgive that child. CB: I forgive myself. UB: I forgive myself for making that decision. UA: I forgive myself for holding unto these beliefs, TH: and I choose to know EB: it’s not written in stone. SE: I can let this go. UE: I can be healed. UN: I can be healed. UM: I can be healed. CB: I am being healed. UB: Healing that pain. UA: Healing that old pain. TH: Healing that painful event. EB: Going back in time SE: and healing that event. UE: And I choose now UN: to make new decisions. UM: There are ways to avoid pain CB: without holding unto pain. UB: There may have been a lesson to learn, UA: a positive lesson, TH: a lesson that could really benefit me in life. EB: And I might know it consciously, SE: and I might not be aware of it. UE: I choose to have it take place. UN: I choose to learn a positive lesson UM: and release the pain. CB: And if there is someone involved in this event, UB: I choose to clear the anger. UA: All this old anger. TH: All this old anger. EB: All this old resentment. SE: I choose to clear it. UE: I choose to clear it. UN: They were doing the best they could. UM: It sure could have been better, CB: but not by them UB: in that moment. UA: Given who they were TH: and the beliefs they had

158

EB: and the faulty decisions they had made, SE: that was the best they could do. UE: So why should I give them free rent anymore? UN: I’m evicting them. UM: They can go stay in their own homes. CB: They can go stay in their own minds. UB: They can go stay in their own energy systems. UA: I don’t need to carry their baggage anymore. TH: Letting it go. EB: I’m healing. SE: I deserve to heal. UE: It’s safe to feel good. UN: I deserve to feel really good. UM: I deserve to feel really good. CB: Healing this past event. UB: Letting go of any remaining pain. UA: Letting go of any remaining pain in this event. TH: Letting go of all the sadness from that event. EB: Letting go of all the resentment from that event. SE: Letting go of all the fear from that event. UE: Letting go of all the embarrassment from that event. UN: Letting go of all the shame from that event. UM: Letting go of any remaining fear from that event. CB: Letting go of any loneliness from that event. UB: Letting go of any low self-esteem from that event. UA: Clearing out all the pain. TH: As I think about that event, EB: it doesn’t even feel like it happened to me now. SE: It’s like seeing it happen in a movie. UE: It happened to someone else. UN: I get the benefits of the positive lessons, UM: but I don’t get the pain. CB: Letting go of all the pain. UB: Letting go of all the pain UA: and choosing to feel good about it. TH: I am whole and complete now. EB: I survived the event. SE: I’m fine. UE: I can look back at it now, UN: And I know that I am just fine, UM: so I can easily release the pain. CB: Releasing the pain. UB: Free to be joyful, UA: even grateful, for this event. TH: Joyfully and gratefully taking the positive lessons. Take a deep breath.

159

I’m Resisting The Work Side of the Hand: Even though I’m resisting the work, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m resisting the work, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m resisting the work... Either I forget to do it, or I make it so difficult that I have an excuse for not doing it. All I’ve been asked to do is take a moment here and there to think about something that would really give me pleasure, and it shouldn’t be that hard should it? And the reason I’m making it hard may well be that I’m afraid of having what I say I want, so this is a good thing as it’s pointing out to me where I have some resistance. And I choose to clear all this resistance. And even though I have this resistance, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who is making this difficult. Eyebrow Point: All this resistance to doing the work. Side of the Eye: All this resistance to doing the work. Under the Eye: All this resistance to doing the work. Under the Nose: All this resistance to doing the work. Under the Mouth: All this fear. Collarbone: It seems to me Under the Breast: that some part of me Under the Arm: is really afraid Top of the Head: of getting what I say I want. EB: And if that’s the case, SE: it makes sense UE: that I’m going to block myself UN: from doing anything UM: that’s going to help me get it. CB: Any of these exercises UB: any daily tapping UA: maybe even just getting this book. TH: It makes me wonder, EB: if I had trouble opening this book, SE: what kind of resistance is coming up there? UE: All this resistance. UN: All this fear. UM: All this resistance. CB: All this fear. UB: Why can’t I let it be easy? UA: Why can’t I just let it be easy? TH: It shouldn’t be so hard

160

EB: to focus on something that feels good, SE: especially for just a moment. UE: Why is some part of me UN: making that so difficult? UM: Why is it making it so hard? CB: Why am I getting distracted? UB: Why am I forgetting to do it? UA) Why am I resisting success so much? TH: Why am I resisting abundance so much? EB: Why am I resisting joy so much? SE: Is it so much to ask UE: that I’d take a few minutes a day UN: to have very joyful fantasies, UM: to think of something I like CB: and to feel good about it? UB: Is that so much to ask? UA: Part of me thinks so. TH: I wonder when I decided EB: that it was unsafe to do this. SE: At some point UE: I made that decision. UN: Maybe as a child, UM: some well-meaning adult CB: told me not to get my hopes up. UB: And when I do this positive imagining, UA: it’s too much like getting my hopes up. TH: And I learned long ago EB: that I shouldn’t do that. SE: I shouldn’t get my hopes up. UE: I shouldn’t get my hopes up. UN: I shouldn’t get my hopes up. UM: Who said that to me? CB: Whoever said it, UB: they meant well, UA: but they were mistaken. TH: It wasn’t their fault. EB: They’d been told the same thing. SE: They’d been told the same thing. UE: Thank goodness UN: not everyone has that message. UM: Just imagine CB: if the Wright brothers UB: hadn’t gotten their hopes up. UA: What would have happened TH: if someone had said EB: to Mahatma Gandhi, SE: “Uh, don’t get your hopes up?” UE: Thank God UN: for people with high hopes. UM: It’s what makes the world go round. CB: I choose to have high hopes, 161

UB: And sometimes UA: I may experience disappointment. TH: The Wright Brothers first plane didn’t fly. EB: India didn’t gain its freedom in a day. SE: Some things take time. UE: I’m willing to take that time. UN: I’m willing to know UM: anything I choose to create CB: is worthwhile, UB: and I deserve it. UA: I deserve it. TH: I deserve to have high hopes. EB: I deserve to think about these things. SE: I deserve to have it be easy, UE: and so does the rest of the world. UN: Because as I create my success, UM: other people benefit from it CB: just as they did from the Wright brothers, UB: as they did from Gandhi, UA: as they did from so many other people TH: who had high hopes. EB: What if someone had said SE: to Annie Sullivan, UE: “Don’t get your hopes up?” UN: And she hadn’t worked with Helen Keller UM: who has been such an inspiration CB: and has come back from such handicaps? UB: She overcame so much. UA: Thank God she wasn’t told TH: not to get her hopes up, EB: or even if she was SE: she didn’t learn that lesson. UE: If I learned it before, UN: I choose to unlearn it now. UM: I am getting my hopes up. CB: It is okay to dream. UB: I deserve to dream. UA: I deserve to dream. TH: I deserve to dream. EB: I deserve to take the time SE: to do things that are good for me, UE: even if it’s just a couple of minutes UN: of focusing on good feelings. UM: I choose to let go CB: of any fear about that. UB: Letting go of any of the old fear. UA: Letting go of my fear of being disappointed. TH: Letting go of my fear of being disappointed. EB: Letting go of my fear of getting my hopes up. SE: Letting go of my fear of being successful. UE: Letting go of my fear of having abundance. 162

UN: Letting go of all this fear, UM: as much of it as I can right now, CB: and allowing myself to continue to clear it. UB: Allowing myself to continue to see what I want, UA: to imagine that I already have it TH: and joyfully letting myself feel that good. Take a deep breath.

163

I Don’t Want To Succeed Side of the Hand: Even though I don’t want to succeed, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m resisting success, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m resisting success... Because if I was successful it would be so hard! There are things I’d have to do, and I don’t want to do them. They’re not fun. They take too long. It feels like they put me at risk. I might get it wrong. People might ridicule me. And maybe none of that will happen, and I’ll do everything perfectly, and I’ll be fabulously successful, then I’ve got all kinds of other things to deal with. Will my weight be discussed like Oprah? Will I be a geek like Bill Gates? Will I have hair like Donald Trump? Are these the prices of success? Maybe I’m afraid I’ll lose it all, or to bring up the "E" word again, people will have expectations of me. Part of me seriously believes that I am much safer staying stuck and just avoiding the work and avoiding the success. And even though I’m resisting success, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all these successful people, and all these unsuccessful people, and everybody else in between. Eyebrow Point: All this resistance to success. Side of the Eye: I just don’t want to do it. Under the Eye: There’s so much I just don’t want to do. Under the Nose: I just don’t want to do. Under the Mouth: I don’t want to do it. Collarbone: It’s so hard. Under the Breast: It’s so hard. Under the Arm: And I don’t have the skills anyway. Top of the Head: I’m just not organized. EB: I have the "Disorganization" gene. SE: It’s not my fault, UE: nothing to be done about it. UN: I was born disorganized. UM: I’ve always been that way. CB: I always will be that way, UB: so I won’t be successful. UA: What a pity, 164

TH: I’ll lose out. EB: Other people will lose out. SE: But hey, UE: "It’s not my fault." UN: I was born disorganized, UM: and I’ve heard CB: that organization UB: is a skill UA: that people can learn, TH: but I don’t want to believe that EB: because I don’t want to learn it. SE: I don’t want to learn it. UE: There are some things UN: that I’d be willing to take on UM: in order to have fabulous wealth, CB: like Oprah’s weight issues. UB: That I can handle, UA: but I don’t want to have to learn how to be organized. TH: That’s not worth the wealth. EB: It’s not worth the success. SE: There are so many things I’d have to do, UE: and since I don’t expect abundance, UN: I’m not motivated to do the things I have to do. UM: I can think of all kinds of things CB: that I would have to do UB: that seem like such drudgery, UA: and since I don’t expect abundance, TH: why would I be motivated? EB: What’s the payoff? SE: What’s the point in learning to be organized UE: when I might not be successful? UN: And there I’d be UM: no richer CB: with this worthless skill. UB: I can’t see how it would benefit me. UA: "Yea right." TH: I can look at all these things I need to do, EB: and I tell myself, SE: "It’s not worth it UE: because I don’t expect success." UN: But the truth is, UM: the real achievement CB: is not in what I get from doing these things, UB: but in who I become UA: if I allow myself TH: to be the sort of person EB: who gets these things done SE: regardless of the outcome, UE: without any attachment UN: to direct wealth from it. UM: If I just did it, 165

CB: I would really admire myself. UB: I would really admire UA: anyone TH: who could do the things I don’t want to do. EB: I deserve my own admiration. SE: I deserve my own admiration. UE: The truth is UN: I can let go of this resistance. UM: I can let go of this procrastination. CB: I can see these things ahead of me UB: as being worthwhile UA: for their own sake. TH: I can allow myself to get excited about that. EB: As I think of something I’d have to do, SE: I choose to be excited about it. UE: And when I think about that, UN: the resistance comes up UM: and I’ll just tap it away. CB: All this resistance. UB: All this fear. UA: All this resistance. TH: All this fear. EB: All these excuses. SE: Excuses, excuses, excuses. UE: I don’t need them, UN: I am a magnificent child of The Universe, UM: created out of pure energy CB: just like everybody else, UB: including the mega-successful. UA: I can have their success. TH: I don’t need to take on their bad hair. EB: That’s what they’re manifesting. SE: They don’t all have bad hair. UE: They don’t all have weight issues, UN: so it’s obvious UM: that there is not a direct link CB: between their wealth UB: and what I perceive UA: as their inadequacies. TH: And they could probably tap those away. EB: I’m letting go of my resistance. SE: Letting go of my fear. UE: It’s safe for me to do these things. UN: It’s safe for me to feel good about doing these things. UM: Regardless of the outcome, CB: I’m really going to admire myself. UB: Once I’ve gotten these things done UA: and I can do them, TH: I really can. EB: Other people have done things like this, SE: and I’m created out of the same energy they are. 166

UE: I really am as capable. UN: In fact, UM: I already admire myself CB: because I bought myself this book. UB: I’ve already taken positive action, UA: the truth is, TH: I’m a positive action taker. EB: I really am a positive action taker. SE: Here’s positive action I can take, UE: and I already know UN: that I’m a positive action taker. UM: So as I think of these things I need to do, CB: I know I can do them. UB: And I feel good about doing them. UA: I’m even letting myself get excited about doing them. TH: Joyfully and gratefully taking more and more positive action. Take a deep breath.

167

It’s Not Happening Fast Enough Side of the Hand: Even though it’s not happening fast enough, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though it’s not happening fast enough, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though it’s not happening fast enough... I’ve been doing these tappings for a while, and as far as I’m concerned, I should’ve been cleared after the first one. I should’ve done one tapping session and won the Lottery the next day. Why aren’t I clearing faster? How much baggage can I really have? How much resistance can I really have? Why aren’t I clear yet? Why is there still some resistance? And maybe it’s not that it’s simply resistance that needs to be cleared. Because if that was the case, wouldn’t I be cleared by now? And wouldn’t the abundance be showing up? So I’m losing faith. And if it really is about clearing abundance, then the fact that the abundance isn’t showing up as quickly as I’d like might mean something really bad about me, that I have so much resistance and that I feel badly about that. That’s why I’m getting so impatient. It’s too hard. And the fact is, I’ve been living most of my life without more abundance. Maybe it’s possible I can relax a little, and maybe relaxing a little is the one thing I need to do. If I can let go of my impatience, maybe that’s the one thing blocking my abundance. The more I’m aware it’s not showing up, the more I attract the not showing up, so I choose to release that. I choose to be clear and be one step closer to Source. And it may be a huge step. It may even be the one step and I won’t know until the abundance starts showing up. And I choose to be open to that happening in God’s time. And even though I’m so impatient, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and everyone else who I’m blaming for this block of abundance. Eyebrow Point: All this resistance. 168

Side of the Eye: All this resistance. Under the Eye: All this resistance. Under the Nose: All this resistance. Under the Mouth: All this impatience. Collarbone: All this impatience. Under the Breast: It’s not happening fast enough. Under the Arm: I need it to happen now. Top of the Head: I want it to happen now. EB: I’ve been tapping for a long time. SE: Why isn’t it showing up? UE: Why isn’t it happening faster? UN: Why isn’t this working the way it’s supposed to work? UM: Why don’t I have it yet? CB: Because I look around UB: and I can see that it’s not happening yet. UA: I’m focusing on it’s not happening. TH: And what I focus on EB: is what expands, SE: so while I’m focusing on it not happening, UE: not happening is what keeps happening. UN: I am creating an abundance of lack. UM: I am saying “It’s not happening,” CB: and in fact it is happening. UB: The Law of Attraction is working beautifully. UA: It is happening. TH: It’s happening immediately. EB: It’s just not happening the way I’d like it to. SE: I’m doing a very good job UE: of manifesting what I’m focusing on, UN: which is abundance not happening quickly enough. UM: I want abundance to happen, CB: and I’m focusing on the want, UB: and I’m getting lots of want. UA: I was wanting yesterday, TH: and more wanting showed up today. EB: I am doing a great job of manifesting. SE: If I want something else UE: other than what I have, UN: I need to refine my technique. UM: I need to focus on what it really is that I want CB: which is not the wanting of something, UB: but the having of something. UA: Rather than focus on what is not showing up, TH: I choose to feel grateful for what is showing up. EB: The more I’m in a place of gratitude, SE: the more quickly I get things for which to be grateful. UE: And I get more and more things for which to be grateful. UN: And when I’m focused on gratitude, UM: I’m not focused on lack. CB: When I’m happily looking at what I have, UB: I’m not looking with disappointment at what I want. UA: Because the more disappointed I get, 169

TH: the more disappointment I attract. EB: And that sounds a lot easier SE: to say UE: than to do. UN: How can I not notice what I don’t have? UM: How can I not notice what I don’t have? CB: I don’t want to be impatient. UB: I just don’t know how to do it. UA: I need to say, “I have it.” TH: I need to believe that it’s there. EB: All the things that I want SE: already exist UE: because it’s all energy. UN: It is all energy, UM: and energy can be formed into anything. CB: Even if what I want UB: doesn’t physically exist at the moment, UA: it exists as potential. TH: Whatever I want EB: is right there, SE: existing in potential, UE: waiting for me to create it out of energy, UN: and the more I focus on it not being here, UM: the more I create it not being here. CB: I choose to know it’s already here. UB: Whatever I want UA: already exists. TH: I’m being impatient. EB: It’s as though I wanted someone to show up in my life SE: and they were standing right behind me, UE: and I’m sitting there getting impatient, UN: and I’m cursing the fact they’re not there. UM: As long as I’m cursing them not being there, CB: putting out that negative energy, UB: they’re reluctant to tap me on the shoulder. UA: They’re waiting for me to be in a better mood, TH: and the truth is EB: they’re already right there. SE: My impatience UE: is a denial of reality. UN: It’s a denial of the fact that they’re already there. UM: My impatience over not attracting more abundance CB: is a denial of the reality of abundance. UB: Whatever I want is already there. UA: Whatever I want is already here. TH: It’s already here. EB: I may not be able to put my hands on it in this exact moment, SE: mainly because I’m looking in front of me UE: and I’m saying, “It’s not there.” UN: As long as I say, “It’s not there,” UM: I can’t touch it. 170

CB: I need to see it in my mind first. UB: I need to see it in my mind, UA: and I need to release all of my resistance. TH: It’s waiting to show up in my life. EB: It desperately wants to show up in my life, SE: and I’m blocking it UE: In many different ways. UN: I’m blocking it partly by saying it’s not there, UM: so it has no choice but to deliver what I am saying CB: which is the fact that it’s not there. UB: I also have other blocks. UA: I may have other reasons for not having it show up. TH: I have reasons for not wanting it to show up. EB: I may not feel ready for it. SE: I may not feel I deserve it. UE: I may not have completely cleared that. UN: I choose to keep clearing. UM: If it’s not showing up, CB: it’s because I’m not clear, UB: and I forgive myself for that. UA: Because if I blame myself for not clearing it faster, TH: that’s just going to keep blocking my abundance. EB: Clearing all this resistance. SE: Letting go of all my resistance. UE: Letting go of all my negative beliefs UN: about why I can’t have what I want, UM: why I can’t allow what’s already there, CB: why I can’t allow what’s already there. UB: Releasing my fears. UA: Releasing my doubts. TH: Releasing anything that blocks me from Source. EB: Getting closer to Source, SE: The Source of all abundance. UE: Welcoming abundance into my life. UN: Everything that I could ever want is already there. UM: I don’t need to be impatient. CB: Impatience is denial of the fact UB: it already is showing up. UA: It’s already there, TH: I just need to allow it. EB: Letting go of my resistance. SE: Letting go of my impatience. UE: Letting go of my need to see it right now UN: in the physical world UM: and allowing myself to see it right now CB: in my mind UB: and knowing it’s already there. UA: I know it’s already there. TH: I don’t need to be impatient, EB: I already have it. SE: And when I’m fully clear on that, 171

UE: I’ll have it physically as well. UN: It already belongs to me. UM: If I’m in a building CB: and my car is outside, UB: I’m not able to see it right then UA: but I know that I have it. TH: I can’t see it, EB: but I know that I have it, SE: so I don’t feel impatient about it. UE: There are steps I need to take UN: to be able to go to my car and touch it, UM: but I know that I can do that, CB: so I have no feeling of impatience. UB: I choose to feel the same way about this. UA: I already have it. TH: There are steps I need to take to be able to touch it, EB: but I choose to know it’s already there. SE: I choose to know that I deserve it. UE: It’s safe for me to have it. UN: It’s safe for me to have it. UM: And I choose to know CB: that no one can block me from having it. UB: No one else is a block to what I want. UA: The only thing between me and what I want TH: are my limiting beliefs, EB: my resistance. SE: And if I choose to believe someone else is blocking me, UE: that’s because I’m still resistant to what I want. UN: And it’s much easier to say it’s someone else UM: than to take my own responsibility. CB: And I don’t blame myself for that. UB: I don’t need to feel badly about that. UA: I just choose to recognize it TH: As one more block to let go of. EB: Letting go of all these blocks SE: and allowing myself to feel grateful for what I have. UE: What I have physically UN: and what I have spiritually. UM: What I have in potential. CB: Knowing that it’s all there. UB: I gratefully know that it’s all there. UA: Letting go of all my resistance to having it TH: and joyfully and gratefully acknowledging that it’s already mine. Take a deep breath.

172

I’m afraid something’s wrong Side of the Hand: Even though I’m afraid something’s wrong, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m afraid something’s wrong, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m afraid something’s wrong... So I need to feel badly about it. There are all these ideas in my head about why I can’t feel good right now. Even when things are looking up, some part of me says, “Don’t celebrate too quickly because there’s something really wrong here, and if it hasn’t shown up yet, it’s waiting in the wings. We might as well feel badly about it now.” And even though something seems to be wrong, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else involved in all these things that are wrong. Eyebrow Point: This fear that something’s wrong. Side of the Eye: This fear that something’s wrong. Under the Eye: Even though there are things that are feeling right Under the Nose: and part of me says, Under the Mouth: “Let’s celebrate that. Collarbone: Let’s feel good about it. Under the Breast: There is some abundance coming in, Under the Arm: and that’s worthy of celebration. Top of the Head: It’s worthy of gratitude.” EB: And the more I celebrate, SE: the higher my vibration UE: and the more abundance flows to me. UN: But I keep blocking that. UM: Something inside me CB: tells me not to be too happy UB: because there’s got to be something wrong here. UA: And if it hasn’t shown up yet, TH: it’s on the way EB: because that’s my M.O. SE: I always sabotage myself. UE: Nothing lasts, UN: at least nothing good. UM: All this fear CB: that I’m going to sabotage myself. UB: This fear that I’ll lose momentum. UA: All this fear TH: that if something isn’t seriously wrong now, EB: it’s going to happen soon. SE: So I’d better not be too happy, UE: better not feel too good UN: before I step up on that winner’s podium. 173

UM: I better keep one foot on the ground CB: so I don’t have that far to fall. UB: All this fear. UA: All this fear that something’s wrong. TH: And of the good things that are happening, EB: some have negative side effects SE: according to my old beliefs, UE: like when a partnership dissolves. UN: Part of me says UM: that’s a bad thing. CB: I should feel badly about it. UB: I’ve done something wrong. UA: I’m not good enough. TH: I’m being invalidated. EB: I should feel bad. SE: All this belief UE: that I should feel bad. UN: All these reasons UM: why I should feel bad. CB: And I am releasing them. UB: Releasing them at a cellular level. UA: Releasing them from every fiber of my being. TH: Releasing them EB: from all of my old beliefs. SE: All these old messages I got UE: that told me UN: that if someone doesn’t stick with me forever, UM: that must mean something bad about me. CB: Letting go of that idea. UB: Letting go of that idea. UA: Allowing myself to feel good TH: that I am moving forward. EB: Sometimes people move with us. SE: Sometimes we have different directions to go, UE: and that’s okay. UN: I’m allowing myself to be okay with it. UM: And if someone disagrees with me, CB: that doesn’t mean that I’m wrong. UB: It doesn’t mean the other person’s wrong either. UA: Because there are different strokes for different folks. TH: As Gandhi said, EB: “This is my way SE: What is your way? UE: There is no ‘the way.’” UN: And that’s okay. UM: Letting go of my need to feel bad. CB: Letting go of my need to judge myself. UB: Letting go of my need to judge the other person. UA: Letting go of my need to judge the situation. TH: It is what it is, EB: and I’m moving forward. 174

SE: As Napoleon Hill said, UE: “In every bit of adversity, UN: there is the seed UM: of an equal or greater benefit.” CB: I’m allowing myself to see the benefit. UB: That’s what I’m focusing on. UA: Letting go of my old need TH: and my old habit EB: to focus on what’s wrong, SE: especially when there’s nothing wrong. UE: I go looking for there to be something wrong. UN: I expect there to be something wrong. UM: I expect to lose momentum. CB: I expect to sabotage myself. UB: I expect something to go wrong. UA: Been there done that, TH: got the T-shirt, EB: and I’m leaving that behind now. SE: I expect things to get better and better UE: because things tend to play out UN: the way that I expect them to. UM: Letting go of this old need CB: to expect the worst, UB: no matter what happened in the past UA: because there’re so many things I do these days TH: that I didn’t used to be able to do. EB: So if I’d always expected SE: that I wouldn’t be able to do them, UE: I wouldn’t be doing them now. UN: But I expected I’d figure it out, UM: so I expect to move forward now. CB: I expect things to get better and better. UB: I expect trickles of abundance UA: to become a constant flow of abundance. TH: From trickles into rivers, EB: and I can handle that. SE: I can handle the abundance. UE: Letting go of any fears, UN: because that’s why I sabotage myself, UM: because I get scared. CB: So I’m letting go of the fear. UB: It’s safe to have abundance. UA: It’s safe to let things get better and better. TH: In body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

175

I’m Not Feeling Particularly Abundant Side of the Hand: Even though I’m not feeling particularly abundant, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m not feeling wealthy, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m not feeling wealthy... I know that there’s abundance out there. I can accept abundance on many levels, but when it comes to money, I look at my bank account to tell me how I’m doing. And it looks at me and says, quite frankly, “You’re not doing so hot. You’re not wealthy.” Maybe in comparison to other countries... But I don’t live in other countries. I live in a land of Bill Gates and Donald Trump. And by their standards, I am not wealthy. At least that is what part of my mind is telling me. It’s a belief. It has no truth. It has no weight Except that which I give it. The truth is, my universal bank account has more zeros behind the numbers than I can count. I just haven’t been looking at that account statement. I choose to look at that more. No matter what I want in life, there’s more than enough money out there. And even though I don’t feel wealthy, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has helped me think this way. Eyebrow Point: I don’t feel wealthy. Side of the Eye: I don’t feel wealthy. Under the Eye: I don’t feel wealthy. Under the Nose: I don’t feel wealthy. Under the Mouth: I don’t feel wealthy. Collarbone: I’m trying to fix that, Under the Breast: and I have faith. Under the Arm: I have a belief Top of the Head: that the things that I am doing EB: are going to work someday, SE: and someday UE: I’m going to be wealthy. UN: And because I’m such a great creator, UM: that’s what I’m manifesting... CB: great financial wealth UB: someday. UA: Someday in the future, 176

TH: at a date to be determined later on, EB: and The Universe is happy to oblige. SE: Problem is, UE: I can’t find someday on my calendar. UN: I can’t find sometime on my clock. UM: I can find specific dates, CB: but I can’t find someday or sometime. UB: If I say I’m going to be rich three weeks in the future, UA: “So it is spoken so it is done.” TH: Three weeks from today EB: I will be rich. SE: Of course it’s also true UE: that it’ll be three weeks from tomorrow UN: and three weeks from three weeks from now. UM: I am intentionally creating CB: that my abundance is three weeks out of my reach. UB: Maybe I’ll start paying my bills UA: with checks postdated three weeks ahead. TH: I wonder how my creditors will feel about that. EB: I choose to have it now. SE: And what I create, UE: The Universe manifests. UN: I am wealthy now. UM: I am wealthy now. CB: Unlimited abundance UB: already exists. UA: It is all around me. TH: Anything that I could want EB: already exists, SE: either in physical form UE: or as potential with energy. UN: It’s already there, UM: and it’s mine if I say so. CB: But I have to say so with commitment, UB: and that’s really hard to do UA: because I’ve got things that are telling me it’s not mine. TH: I’ve got things telling me I can’t have it. EB: And if something tells me I am not wealthy SE: and I agree with it UE: and I make that statement myself, UN: “So it is spoken so it is done,” UM: and that’s what keeps showing up. CB: Not being wealthy keeps showing up. UB: Being wealthy some day, UA: but not today. TH: That’s the reality I’m creating. EB: I might be wealthy someday, SE: but I’m not wealthy today. UE: I may feel wealthy in other things. UN: I may have plenty of love, UM: great relationships, 177

CB: work that I enjoy, UB: blue skies, UA: leaves on trees. TH: I can acknowledge my abundance today with a lot of things, EB: but I tell myself that money is different. SE: Money is different. UE: And that’s what the evidence is showing me. UN: That’s what my bank account is showing me. UM: They’re telling me I’m not wealthy. CB: All these signs that I’m not wealthy. UB: All the signs that I’m not wealthy. UA: If I look straight up right at the moment, TH: I’m going to see the ceiling EB: which would deny the existence of blue skies. SE: And even if there are clouds today, UE: that would deny the existence of blue skies too. UN: But that would be false evidence UM: because somewhere up there CB: there are blue skies. UB: Whether I can see it or not, UA: I know they’re there. TH: And even if I don’t see it at this moment, EB: I know it’s there. SE: Just because I can’t see it right now, UE: just because the evidence is telling me it’s not there... UN: that’s false evidence. UM: The fact that I can’t see a blue sky right now CB: and that there are things telling me it’s not there, UB: is not truth. UA: It is not real evidence TH: that there’s no blue sky. EB: My current bank statement SE: is false evidence UE: regarding my potential abundance, UN: regarding my true wealth. UM: The ceiling above me CB: blocking my view UB: is a temporary condition. UA: So is my bank statement. TH: It’s showing me what I’m seeing at the moment, EB: but it’s not telling me the real story. SE: The real story is UE: there’s unlimited abundance. UN: Everything I have, UM: everything I’ve created, CB: I’ve created from energy. UB: And there’s an unlimited supply of energy. UA: How could I possibly think TH: that I’ve used up as much as I can? EB: Everything around me is energy. SE: Everything inside me is energy. 178

UE: It’s one massive thing of energy. UN: If I was under water UM: in the ocean, CB: it would be like imagining UB: that I could only swim so far, UA: that the amount of water that I could actually touch TH: was in a limited space, EB: when it’s all the same, SE: one continuous expanse. UE: I haven’t come close to using what’s possible. UN: I haven’t come close to what my true wealth is. UM: I never could. CB: I could never use all of my real wealth. UB: The Sultan of Brunei UA: Could never come close to using his true wealth. TH: Bill Gates hasn’t come even close. EB: He might be ready to stop, SE: except he shows no sign of slowing. UE: And if there’s that much more for him, UN: what makes me think UM: that God has smiled on him more than me, CB: that Bill Gates is more deserving. UB: He just allows it more. UA: He knows it’s there. TH: I choose to know it’s there EB: despite all evidence to the contrary. SE: I am wealthy. UE: I choose to finally get that. UN: I choose to know it. UM: I was born rich, CB: and still the truth about me. UB: I am rich. UA: I am rich beyond my wildest dreams, TH: and that’s my truth now. Take a deep breath.

179

I’m Worried There’s Not Enough Side of the Hand: Even though I’m worried there’s not enough, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m worried there’s not enough, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m worried there’s not enough... There’s not enough clients, not enough prospects, not enough time to do all the things I want to do, not enough energy to do all the things I want to do, not enough people, not enough money, there’s a world full of abundance. And I’m looking around and seeing lack, and even when I do see some abundance, the voice in my head says, “Don’t get your hopes up. It’s a freak occurrence. You’re not likely to see that again. Don’t even waste your time enjoying it.” And anytime abundance shows up, it’ll quickly be followed by more lack. And I choose to know that the voice inside my head telling me this stuff is wrong. At this time of year, I often see trees losing their leaves. And what I know is that those leafs will be back. There’s a never ending supply of those leaves, just like there’s a never ending supply of money, energy, prospects, clients, and anything else I want. And the more I allow myself to know that, the more I allow myself to see it. And even though I’m worried there’s not enough, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has contributed to this fear. Eyebrow Point: This fear that there’s not enough. Side of the Eye: This fear that there’s not enough. Under the Eye: This fear that there’s not enough. Under the Nose: This fear that there’s not enough. Under the Mouth: This fear that there’s not enough. Collarbone: There are not enough clients for me. Under the Breast: There’s not enough money. Under the Arm: I don’t have enough energy. Top of the Head: There’s not enough time EB: to do all the things I want to do. 180

SE: I don’t have enough focus. UE: I can only do one thing at a time. UN: I can only do one thing at a time, UM: so if I want to make more sales CB: or do more of anything, UB: do I need to give up what I’m already doing? UA: Can I dance and sell at the same time? TH: Whatever selling is for me EB: and whatever dancing is for me, SE: there are parts of my life UE: that I really enjoy. UN: If I want to be more successful, UM: do I have to give up what I enjoy? CB: Am I only allowed one thing in life? UB: In a world of abundance, UA: am I only allowed one thing? TH: There are very successful people out there EB: who have a number of hobbies, SE: and families they spend time with, UE: and volunteer work they do. UN: They know UM: that there is abundance. CB: They don’t have time UB: for only one thing, UA: worrying about whether there’s enough, TH: that’s the one thing that doesn’t fit in their schedule. EB: They know that abundance is all around. SE: Whatever they’re selling, UE: they know UN: there are plenty of people buying. UM: And because we’re all connected, CB: I’m already connected to all these potential clients. UB: In fact, UA: I’m going to leave out the word potential. TH: I’m already connected to my clients. EB: I know they’re out there. SE: The more I feel that connection, UE: the more I know that they’re there, UN: the more they show up. UM: I can’t see my car right now, CB: but if I wanted to go for a drive, UB: I’d go to my car UA: knowing that it’s there. TH: If I had no faith that it’s there, EB: I wouldn’t bother going to the garage. SE: I’d sit there and fret, UE: thinking I’m not sure the car’s there, UN: having that kind of worried energy. UM: I’d have little motivation CB: to go out and go for a drive. UB: But what I have UA: is faith. 181

TH: I have faith that it’s there. EB: I choose to have faith SE: that the clients are there. UE: They are there UN: unless I’m doubting UM: what I’m selling. CB: Do I not feel good about what I’m selling? UB: Am I saying to The Universe UA: there shouldn’t be people buying? TH: I choose to clear that EB: or find a product I enjoy. SE: I choose to know UE: that what I am selling UN: has real value UM: and there are people out there CB: who want that value. UB: Lots of people, UA: probably more people than I could ever meet. TH: But I’m going to do my part EB: to meet as many as I can SE: to be of service. UE: I’m putting myself out there UN: to be of service, UM: and I know there are people are there. CB: Releasing these thoughts of lack. UB: Who told me there wasn’t enough? UA: Maybe my parents. TH: Did they use those words? EB: Did they sit me down SE: as a small child UE: and tell me, UN: “Let’s get one thing straight, UM: there’s not enough of what you want in the world. CB: Whatever you want, UB: you’ll be lucky to find it, UA: so you better be grateful for whatever you’ve got.” TH: So they got one thing right, EB: it’s good to be grateful SE: for whatever I get. UE: But who says UN: that being grateful UM: is being content? CB: Are they same thing? UB: Why can’t I say, “Thank you,” UA: and know that there’s still more. TH: If I’m providing service EB: and have a happy client, SE: why should I say, “Thank you, UE: that’s enough. UN: I won’t be of service to anyone else.” UM: What good does that do? 182

CB: My new mantra UB: is, “Thank You God. UA: May I have another?” TH: And God is likely to say, EB: “Yes you may, SE: it’s for the highest good.” UE: I’m allowing more and more. UN: Whoever said to me UM: there isn’t enough, CB: that’s what they had been told. UB: It’s like that same old analogy UA: about the flat earth. TH: Centuries and centuries of people EB: teaching children SE: that the earth was flat, UE: and it never was. UN: Centuries and centuries of people UM: have been teaching the children CB: that there’s not enough, UB: and that’s never been true. UA: Because there are plenty of examples TH: who started with nothing EB: and have an abundance of everything now. SE: They have an abundance of money. UE: They have an abundance of success, UN: and they still find plenty of time UM: to do the things that are important to them. CB: There’s more than enough. UB: There’s more than enough, UA: and it all comes from Source. TH: So all I need to do EB: is clear my connection with Source. SE: Allowing myself to know that I’m connected. UE: I’m connected to the Source of all good things. UN: I can feel those clients out there. UM: I can feel the energy to do whatever I want to do. CB: I can sense the abundance. UB: I know it’s there, UA: and that confidence TH: brings it into my physical reality. EB: Clearing all the limiting beliefs. SE: Clearing this fear. UE: Clearing this worry that there’s not enough. UN: Clearing it all from every cell in my body. UM: Releasing that fear. CB: Embracing the truth. UB: There is more than enough, UA: and I’m easily attracting it to me. TH: Joyfully and gratefully allowing more and more abundance. Take a deep breath.

183

I Am The Laziest Person In The World Side of the Hand: Even though I am the laziest person in the world, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I am the laziest person in the world, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I am the laziest person in the world... I’ve felt this for a long time. I’ve been told this. Someone had the audacity to tell me I was the laziest person in the world. And being just a child, what choice did I have but to believe them? And so I spent the rest of my life proving this person right. I spent a lot of time on it. I’ve given a lot of energy to the idea I am lazy, and it just isn’t true. Oh sure, I could come up with lots of proof. I could give lots of examples that would seem to prove that I am lazy. Just like if I took a vitamin and a Tylenol at the same time and a headache went away, I would use that as proof that a vitamin takes away a headache. This will make sense. There was something going on that was causing the effect of laziness, that was at the root of all the examples, that proves that I was lazy. But it wasn’t laziness, it was fear. Just like it’s not the vitamin that takes away the headache, it was the Tylenol. There was something else that was going on, and I misattributed the cause just like my mother did. She didn’t know any better, and I didn’t know any better. Same with anybody else, including myself, that ever said I was lazy. I don’t know why I came to be lazy, why I was afraid of effort. Maybe I was afraid of being excited about something. Maybe I was afraid of being too good at something. I was afraid of success for whatever reason. So rather than achieving success, I fell back into what is called laziness. The truth is, I am a magnificent child of God. 184

I am naturally designed for success. I have a natural movement towards success, and if I don’t move in that direction because there’s something I am afraid of, and after all these years rather than looking for the cause of the fear, I’ve just accepted the lie that I am lazy. I don’t need to do that anymore. I can break my mother’s curse. I can break the spell. I can finally wake up and recognize that I’ve never been lazy, and I refuse to let that excuse stop me anymore. If I’m doing what I love, it’ll almost never seem like hard work. In fact, it may never seem like hard work. The concept of hard work is just one of those excuses, like laziness, that blocks me from seeing the fear. I’m letting the fear come out now and releasing it. And even though I’m the laziest person in the world, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself, and my mother, and anyone else who ever suggested that I was lazy. Eyebrow Point: This lie that I am lazy. Side of the Eye: I am the laziest person in the world. Under the Eye: I am the laziest person in the world. Under the Nose: I am the laziest person in the world. Under the Mouth: I am the laziest person in the world. Collarbone: I am the laziest person in the world. Under the Breast: I am the laziest person in the world. Under the Arm: I am the laziest person in the world. Top of the Head: It’s too much effort. EB: It’ll take too much time. SE: I don’t have the time. UE: I don’t have the energy. UN: I’m just lazy. UM: That’s what I was told CB: by authority figures. UB: I would be a bad person, UA: if I proved them wrong. TH: They were criticizing me for calling me lazy, EB: but what they did SE: is cause me to be lazier, UE: because I believed that I was lazy. UN: Not that I am proud of it, UM: I wasn’t proud of being lazy, CB: but I decided it was who I was. 185

UB: I resigned myself to this idea. UA: I resigned myself to this idea that I was lazy, TH: but it was never true, EB: just like the vitamin doesn’t stop the headache, SE: as silly an analogy as that is. UE: I get the point, UN: it’s something else that causes me to stop success. UM: There was fear. CB: There was fear. UB: All this fear. UA: All this fear of success. TH: All this fear of success. EB: All this fear of success. SE: All this fear of success. UE: All this fear of success. UN: All this fear of success. UM: All this fear of success. CB: All this fear of success. UB: This fear that I’d be better than other people, UA: that they wouldn’t like me if I was too good. TH: If I had done something really really well, EB: my mother still might have criticized me SE: saying, “Who do you think you are to be so good?” UE: Maybe my mother was just critical. UN: Maybe it had nothing to do with me at all. UM: In fact, it didn’t have anything to do with me. CB: I am a magnificent child of God. UB: I feel badly that she couldn’t see that. UA: But now I am letting go of those bad feelings. TH: I don’t need to feel badly for anyone. EB: I don’t need to feel badly for anyone else’s benefit, SE: because my bad feelings don’t benefit anybody. UE: They don’t help others. UN: They don’t help me. UM: I can’t feel badly enough CB: to make someone else feel good. UB: All this fear. UA: All this fear. TH: And maybe it was fear of failure. EB: I was afraid I wouldn’t get it right. SE: Afraid I wasn’t good enough, UE: so I just didn’t try, UN: and I was labeled lazy. UM: And that was painful, CB: but maybe not as painful as failing. UB: Better to not try at all UA: than to try and fail. TH: Better to be called lazy EB: than to be called a failure. SE: This fear of failure. UE: This fear of failure. 186

UN: This fear of failure. UM: This fear of failure. CB: This fear of failure. UB: This fear of failure. UA: All this fear of failure. TH: All this fear of failure. EB: This is one of the worst fears SE: because it’ll stop us every time. UE: And it makes no sense. UN: Failure is a necessary part of success. UM: If I had never tried something CB: in which I could fail, UB: I wouldn’t have gotten this far, UA: because I never would have tried to walk. TH: Because when I was learning to walk, EB: I fell down. SE: I failed, UE: but did that stop me? UN: No! UM: I couldn’t just lie there CB: and have everyone say I was lazy. UB: See right from the beginning, UA: I was not lazy. TH: If I was truly lazy, EB: I would have never learned to walk. SE: I would have never learned to talk. UE: I would never be tapping UN: if I was really lazy. UM: I wouldn’t be doing this tapping in the first place. CB: I wouldn’t bother. UB: It would seem like too much effort. UA: Turning these pages, TH: repeating these ridiculous analogies, EB: and tapping on my face SE: would be too much effort UE: for someone who is really lazy. UN: It just wouldn’t happen UM: if somebody was really lazy. CB: And nobody is really lazy, UB: but if someone had that much fear UA: that they appeared to be really lazy, TH: they wouldn’t have bought this book. EB: Oh no, SE: I proved mom wrong. UE: I hope I’ll be forgiven. UN: Sorry mom, UM: you were wrong. CB: I am not lazy. UB: I never was. UA: I never could’ve been. TH: I’m angry at you for saying that.

187

EB: I’m angry at anyone who ever called me lazy. SE: All this anger. UE: All this anger at anyone who ever cursed me. UN: All these curses that have been put on me. UM: It has kept me from allowing abundance. CB: I’m so angry. UB: I am so angry. UA: All this anger. TH: All this anger. EB: All this anger. SE: I am so angry. UE: I can’t believe she said that. UN: I can’t believe people would say these things. UM: How could they do that to me? CB: I was just a little kid. UB: How dare they put that curse on me? UA: How dare they do that to me? TH: I have missed out on so much. EB: I have suffered so much. SE: I have deprived myself of so much UE: because of this stupid thing she said. UN: How dare they say these things to me? UM: How dare they put these curses on me? CB: Depriving me of happiness. UB: Depriving me of abundance. UA: I have been so deprived TH: because of this stupid thing they said. EB: All this anger SE: that’s been there all along. UE: All this anger, UN: it’s been there all along, UM: poisoning my mind, CB: poisoning my body, UB: poisoning my spirit. UA: I choose to let it go now. TH: I choose to be forgiving, EB: because mom was doing the best she could. SE: All these people UE: who put curses on me UN: were doing the best they could UM: given their understanding of the world, CB: given the curses that were put on them. UB: I wish I could break the spell for them. UA: I’m starting by doing it for myself. TH: I’m breaking the spell EB: and forgiving them. SE: I forgive them. UE: I forgive them. UN: They were doing the best they could. UM: I release what they did. CB: I release them. 188

UB: I’m releasing and forgiving myself UA: for ever having believed them. TH: Gratefully acknowledging myself as a magnificent Child of God. Take a deep breath.

189

This Is Still Bringing Up Some Negative Feelings Side of the Hand: Even though this is still bringing up some negative feelings, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though this is still bringing up some negative feelings, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though this is still bringing up some negative feelings... It triggers some fear. It triggers some doubt. It triggers some guilt. A lot of feelings are coming up, and not all of them are so good. And I know that the point of the exercise is to be in a positive vibration, to be in harmony with the good things I want to create. And it’s not helping me that it’s bringing up negative vibrations, which just goes to show that part of me is still afraid. Part of me is still resisting, and I choose to allow myself to clear even more of that right now. And even though some negative feelings are coming up, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has contributed to this. Eyebrow Point: These negative feelings coming up. Side of the Eye: All these negative feelings coming up. Under the Eye: All these negative feelings coming up. Under the Nose: It’s a simple thing I’m trying to do, Under the Mouth: just taking a moment Collarbone: to think about something I would enjoy Under the Breast: or something I already enjoy. Under the Arm: And allowing myself a moment’s pleasure Top of the Head: seems simple in concept, EB: but it’s triggering all these negative emotions. SE: All this fear. UE: All this doubt. UN: All this guilt. UM: All these negative emotions. CB: All these negative emotions. UB: Why do I do this to myself? UA: I just want to feel good. TH: Is that so wrong? EB: Why do I think that’s wrong? SE: Why can’t I just feel good? UE: Why can’t I just feel good? UN: Who told me UM: that I wasn’t allowed to have that? CB: Who told me UB: that a few moment’s pleasure UA: was more than I deserve? TH: Why do I have all this resistance? 190

EB: All this fear. SE: All this fear of doing this exercise. UE: All this fear of doing this exercise. UN: All this fear about abundance. UM: Even if it’s not abundance. CB: Even if it’s just feeling good, UB: that’s the ultimate abundance. UA: It doesn’t have to be a yacht. TH: It doesn’t have to be a trip around the world. EB: Ideally, SE: what I really want UE: is to feel good, UN: to enjoy my life. UM: Why am I blocking that? CB: Why am I afraid of joy? UB: All this fear of being happy. UA: All this fear of being happy. TH: All the things that I want. EB: All the signs of abundance. SE: The reason I want them UE: is the belief UN: that they will make me happy. UM: Once I have this thing, CB: then I can be happy. UB: The truth is, UA: I can be happy in hell, TH: but I’m not allowing that. EB: How can I allow something to happen SE: That I think will make me happy UE: when I don’t even think I deserve happiness? UN: I’m resisting happiness. UM: I’m resisting happiness. CB: This fear of joy. UB: This fear of joy. UA: This fear of joy. TH: Maybe I’m afraid EB: that if I have even a moment’s joy, SE: someone will take it away from me. UE: This fear of losing the joy. UN: It’s much safer UM: just to stay being unhappy, CB: then I’ve got nothing to lose. UB: If I deny myself happiness, UA: I’ve got nothing to lose. TH: This idea that I’ve got nothing to lose. EB: I’ve got nothing to gain either. SE: This isn’t how I choose to live my life. UE: There’s an old expression, UN: “It’s better to have loved and lost UM: than never to have loved at all.” CB: There have been times in my life 191

UB: when I’ve lost love, UA: and it hurt. TH: It hurt like the dickens, EB: and in that moment of pain, SE: if someone had said to me, UE: “Better to have loved and lost,” UN: I would have smacked them in the face. UM: I would have said, “That’s bull. CB: You have no idea.” UB: But maybe it’s true, UA: Even a moment of being in love TH: And then losing it EB: May well be better SE: Than to have never experienced that. UE: I would rather have joy UN: and sometimes lose it UM: than to go through life CB: depriving myself of joy. UB: I’m not depriving myself anymore. UA: I refuse to deprive myself anymore. TH: I deserve to be happy. EB: And if at times, SE: things happen UE: that bring me down, UN: how lovely to know UM: that I have tools to bring myself up again. CB: I can get happy, UB: and if something makes me sad, UA: I can tap. TH: I can clear the disappointment. EB: So why not get my hopes up. SE: I am not settling anymore. UE: I’m not settling for staying on the ground anymore. UN: I deserve more. UM: I deserve better. CB: I deserve joy. UB: I am clearing out my fear of it. UA: I am clearing out my fear of being disappointed TH: and joyfully and gratefully claiming joy. Take a deep breath.

192

I Am Resisting Abundance Side of the Hand: Even though I am resisting abundance, I deeply love and forgive myself. Even though I am resisting abundance… I know abundance exists, so I know it can happen. And I know that the people enjoying it are just people, and I am people so I’ll be able to have it. Part of me knows this, and part of me doesn’t. And part of me is afraid of it, like big time afraid; so I am resisting it. It may be fear. It may be unworthiness. It could be all kinds of things. All I know is, the abundance I want is not fully shown up so I must be resisting it. And I don’t need to do that. I don’t even want to do that. Why am I doing that? Maybe I’ll find out, and maybe I’ll just simply stop doing that, and I’ll drop all this resistance and simply allow the abundance I deserve which is much more than I think I deserve. And even though I am resisting abundance, I deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who, while doing the best they could, taught me how to resist abundance. EB: All this resistance to abundance. SE: All this resistance. UE: All this resistance. UN: All this resistance. UM: All this resistance. CB: I’m really resisting it. UB: I’m holding it away from me. UA: I can see abundance in the world, TH: but I’m keeping it at arm’s length. EB: a really long arm’s length, SE: the long arm of the law. UE: And the law is the Law of Attraction. UN: I need to stop resisting it UM: and start allowing it. CB: I choose to let go of this resistance. UN: I’m not sure why I’m resisting it. UA: I’ve been told lots of things in my life. TH: I’ve heard lots of things about money. 193

EB: I’ve heard lots of things about people with money, SE: lots of bad things. UE: Who would say such things? UN: My parents, UM: my friends, CB: my teachers, UN: the media, UA: lots of people TH: have fed me a lot of crap EB: about money. SE: Money is just a symbol of energy, UE: and I am a part of the energetic field. UN: I am willing and deserving of all kinds of energy UM: including the kind that looks like money. CB: There’s no reason for me to resist it, UB: no reasonable reason, UA: no real reason. TH: I’m open to seeing the reasons I have, EB: but as I see those, SE: I can see how ridiculous they are. UE: They’re very ridiculous. UN: They’re laughable. UM: They’re insane. CB: I would never take it unwillingly. UB: I would never take it unconsciously. UA: If someone else told me the reason, TH: I’d think they were crazy EB: or at least a little misguided. SE: But something inside of me UE: is holding on to these beliefs UN: out of fear, UM: out of unworthiness, CB: out of an attempt to protect me. UN: As ridiculous as the reasons may be, UA: some part of me is hanging onto this TH: thinking it is protecting me. EB: With friends like that, SE: who needs enemies? UE: I don’t need that kind of protection. UN: I don’t need protection from wealth. UM: I don’t need protection from abundance. CB: As I allow more abundance, UN: there will be smart decisions I’ll need to make. UA: I can find the right counselors TH: and I can find the right advisors; EB: better advisors than this one that is resisting abundance. SE: I choose to re-educate this part of myself. UE: I choose to have this part of myself see how silly those reasons were, UN: and all of me will have a good laugh. UM: I’ll laugh away the resistance. CB: I’ll go, “ha-ha-ha-ha-ha. 194

UN: You were so silly. UA: We were being so silly. TH: Silly, silly us. EB: Silly, silly me. SE: Thinking it wasn’t safe to have abundance, UE: thinking I needed to resist it. UN: Ha-ha-ha-ha-ha. UM: Oh well, CB: I can move on now. UN: The joke was on me. UA: He who laughs loudest TH: laughs last EB: or something like that. SE: I’m laughing all the way to the bank now. UE: I’m laughing all the way to the bank; UN: joyful laughs all the way to the bank now. UM: I deserve to laugh all the way to the bank. CB: Letting go of all the resistance. UB: Laughing it all off. UA: Enjoying a good laugh. TH: Gratefully laughing all the way to the bank. Take a deep breath.

195

I Have Some Fears About This New Year Side of the Hand: Even though I have some fears about this New Year, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I have some fears about the New Year, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I have some fears about the New Year... I really want it to be a great year. I have the best of intentions. I have positive expectation, but I also have some negative expectation. There are some actors in my life that don’t promote abundance, that don’t promote success. There are people in my life who don’t think quite the way I do. And there are things I’ve set up, like too much expectation, too many things on my plate; and I wonder if I’m sabotaging myself. I take on too much to keep me safe and stop me from achieving success. There are all kinds of things that I can see in front of me that can rob me of abundance and rob me of happiness, to the extent that I allow them to do so, but I’m wising up. My abundance is between God and me. No other human being can block my abundance of health, wealth, and happiness. And the wonderful thing is that as I keep healing myself and clearing myself, The outside world gets so much better. The people who don’t think like I do start to change, and everything looks better. And as I change, I find it more and more easy to focus on what’s important and allow the success that I deserve. And even though I have fears about the New Year, I deeply and completely, Love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who I might choose to blame for any lack of success. They’re just going along doing the best they can; and the better I do, the better they show up. 196

Eyebrow Point: This fear about the new year. Side of the Eye: These fears about the new year. Under the Eye: These fears about the new year. Under the Nose: These fears about what might go wrong. Under the Mouth: These fears about where I might sabotage myself. Collarbone: These fears about being disappointed. Under the Breast: All this fear Under the Arm: that this time (next year) Top of the Head: I’ll be regretting (last year) EB: Because I didn’t achieve what I wanted to. SE: I wasn’t as happy as I choose to be. UE: I spent a lot of time with disappointment. UN: I spent a lot of time being angry. UM: How much of this year CB: do I want to spend UB: being angry; UA: being angry at myself, TH: being angry at other people, EB: just being angry about circumstances? SE: How much of my energy UE: do I want to give away UN: to other people UM: because they don’t think like I do? CB: And if they don’t think like I do, UB: when I’m thinking elevated thoughts UA: And they’re thinking lower thoughts, TH: is it necessary EB: for me to get dragged down? SE: Because that’s what upsets me; UE: this feeling UN: that I need to meet them at their level, UM: and I don’t have to. CB: And at the same time, UB: they don’t have to meet me UA: at my level TH: because they’re doing the best they can. EB: My partner SE: is doing the best they can UE: with what they know UN: with their limited beliefs, UM: with their knowledge CB: with their upbringing, UB: and that doesn’t control my life. UA: It can make it challenging TH: because I choose to be in relation with them. EB: That’s true of all people in my life. SE: All the people in my life UE: are there UN: because I choose to have them there; UM: so I’ve got to ask myself, CB: “If there’s a challenge in this relationship, 197

UB: how is this an opportunity for growth?” UA: Because it is. TH: It’s like that old analogy EB: of looking in a mirror SE: and seeing that I’m having a bad hair day. UE: The mirror is just reflecting UN: something that’s going on with me. UM: If it bothers me, CB: it’s that I’m bothered. UB: It’s not that there’s something wrong with the other person. UA: If I have a bad hair day TH: and I see that in the mirror, EB: there’s nothing wrong with the mirror. SE: In fact, UE: the mirror is doing me a favor. UN: It’s letting me know UM: that there’s something that I can work on CB: if I choose to. UB: If I want my hair to look better, UA: I can’t take the comb TH: and run it across the mirror. EB: No matter how hard I try, SE: The reflection isn’t going to change. UE: If I really want to fix that, UN: I have to do it to myself. UM: This is true CB: of any part of my life UB: that I feel is challenging. UA: Every other person, TH: every outside circumstance, EB: is simply a mirror; SE: because of the Law of Attraction UE: I’ve brought these people to me. UN: So I have a choice, UM: I can look in the mirror CB: and complain about the reflection UB: and wish that the mirror would change, UA: or I can heal myself, TH: or I can decide EB: I’m okay with the bad hair. SE: But if I wanted to change, UE: it’s up to me. UN: That doesn’t mean UM: I change other people. CB: I have free will. UB: They have free will. UA: But the discomfort that I’m feeling TH: is up to me. EB: No matter what these people are doing, SE: There are a lot of people out there UE: Doing similar things 198

UN: And that’s not bothering me. UM: And there are a lot of people out there CB: Who aren’t at all bothered UB: By the things my partner is doing; UA: Therefore, TH: I don’t need to be bothered either. EB: The bother SE: is inside of me; UE: so is the bother UN: that prompts me to do too much UM: or not enough. CB: My success is up to me. UB: My happiness is up to me. UA: So I choose to release TH: any old excuse I have EB: for blocking that. SE: Removing these old fears. UE: I create my reality, UN: so if I have a fear UM: that (next year) CB: won’t turn out the way I want, UB: ultimately UA: the only thing I have to fear TH: is myself. EB: I create my reality. SE: The level to which I succeed this year UE: is ultimately up to me; UN: so I choose to release UM: my fears of success CB: from every cell in my body. UB: Releasing every fear UA: that would stop me from being successful. TH: All these old fears... EB: and they have started early in life. SE: Something may have happened to me UE: that is still stuck inside, UN: so when I look at this new year UM: and I have doubts about how successful I’ll be, CB: it’s because some part of me UB: doesn’t feel comfortable with success. UA: I appreciate that part TH: for wanting to keep me safe. EB: I’m sending that part of my mind SE: love and gratitude, UE: and I ask UN: that it opens its eyes UM: and sees the big picture. CB: The real reality, UB: the reality is UA: everything is energy. TH: Everything is connected.

199

EB: I am connected SE: to all that I could want or ask for, UE: and the only thing that could stop me UN: is me; UM: that part of me CB: that’s afraid of success, UB: that’s afraid of happiness, UA: it’s afraid it can’t happen. TH: Releasing that fear. EB: Releasing it from every cell in my body. SE: Releasing this fear of being disappointed UE: in myself or in others. UN: If I feel any disappointment, UM: that’s something inside of me CB: and I’m releasing it UB: at a cellular level. UA: Completely clearing it out. TH: It doesn’t serve me anymore. EB: If these challenges show up, SE: it’s because I’m attracting them UE: in an effort to keep myself safe. UN: I choose to know UM: that it’s safe for me to be successful. CB: It’s safe for me to be extremely happy. UB: Releasing any remaining fears about that UA: from every cell in my body TH: and joyfully and gratefully embracing success. Take a deep breath.

200

I Still Have These Issues With Money Side of the Hand: Even though I still have these issues with money, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I still have these issues with money, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I still have these issues with money... And some of them aren’t even my issues. I’m having issues with other people’s issues which isn’t their fault. That’s my stuff. I don’t need to take on anyone else’s issues. One of the issues that people have is that it’s so hard to earn money. It’s so hard to take care of money. And sometimes, that’s my issue too. And there are a lot of people out there who don’t have that issue at all. They find it very easy to make money. In fact, there are some people out there who would find it hard to not make money. Look at Donald Trump. The man just cannot stay bankrupt. Making money is the easiest thing in the world for him. I’d like to have his money issues. So the idea that money is hard is not a truth, it’s just one of my issues. In fact, it didn’t start out as my issue. It’s another issue that was somebody else’s issue. In fact, it could be said that all of my money issues are somebody else’s issues and I don’t need to hold on to those. I choose to have my own relationship with money. It’s a very relaxed one, a very comfortable one in which I easily and effortlessly attract it, and I easily manage it. And even though I have these issues with money, I deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has taught me their issues. They were doing the best they could. Eyebrow Point: All these money issues. Side of the Eye: All these money issues. Under the Eye: All these money issues. Under the Nose: All these money issues. Under the Mouth: All these beliefs about money. Collarbone: All these beliefs about money. Under the Breast: And the truth is, 201

Under the Arm: they’re other peoples beliefs. Top of the Head: Any belief that I have EB: I learned from someone else. SE: I wonder when I learned these beliefs. UE: I wonder when I learned UN: that earning money was hard. UM: This belief that earning money is hard. CB: This belief that earning money is hard. UB: Because I can look out there UA: and I can see TH: a lot of people who don’t have this belief. EB: A lot of people don’t have this belief. SE: There are some people UE: who find making money UN: is extremely easy. UM: I’d like to have that belief. CB: They’re just beliefs. UB: There’re some people who believe one religion, UA: and other people TH: who believe in other religion EB: just as firmly. SE: It makes it hard to know the truth. UE: What matters UN: is what’s true for me, UM: what feels right for me. CB: I could be raised in one religion UB: and then find another one later on UA: that is more in harmony with me. TH: What matters EB: is the connection to God, SE: who is the Source of all abundance. UE: So I choose to let go UN: of any belief UM: that keeps me separated from Source. CB: Like the idea that making money is hard. UB: The Universe has unlimited abundance. UA: I can see that abundance in many forms. TH: It’s not hard for me to find a bunch of blades of grass. EB: It’s not hard for me to get a lot of water out of the tap. SE: These are all manifestations of energy. UE: So is money. UN: It all comes from Source. UM: The only way it can be hard CB: is if I make it hard, UB: and I make it hard UA: by believing that it’s hard. TH: Maybe I don’t need that belief any more. EB: All these old beliefs SE: that I took on from someone else. UE: They’re just not working for me anymore. UN: Chances are, 202

UM: there are lots of things CB: that my parents believed UB: that I feel into when I was a child UA: and that I eventually outgrew. TH: What is it about money EB: that I don’t outgrow those beliefs? SE: It’s about time I did. UE: It’s about time I outgrew those beliefs. UN: I just don’t need those beliefs anymore. UM: Letting go of any belief CB: that doesn’t serve my highest good, UB: and it is in my highest good UA: to allow prosperity. TH: My parents spoke lack. EB: They spoke it fluently. SE: One of the catch phrases in the language of lack UE: is that making money is hard. UN: Another one UM: is that it’s hard to manage. CB: There are many people who make their living UB: managing money UA: because it’s easy for them. TH: If I don’t want to learn how, EB: and I could learn how. SE: It could be easy. UE: But if I didn’t want to, UN: I could attract enough UM: to pay someone else to do it for me. CB: How easy would that be? UB: That would be easy. UA: And since it’s easy to make money, TH: it’s easy enough to make enough EB: to easily pay someone else to manage it. SE: In spite of what I may have been told, UE: in spite of what I learned. UN: And there may be some anger at these people. UM: There’s anger at these other people CB: for having these beliefs about money, UB: and for passing these beliefs on to me. UA: How dare they pass these beliefs unto me? TH: These limiting beliefs about money. EB: How dare I believe them? SE: Maybe I’m angry at myself for believing them. UE: Maybe when I watch news stories UN: about people like Donald Trump UM: or Bill Gates CB: or other people who make a lot of money. UB: Maybe I could get mad at myself UA: for not having their prosperity consciousness, TH: but that doesn’t help. EB: Letting go of all this anger. 203

SE: Letting go of all the old resentments. UE: Letting go of all the old fears. UN: Letting go of all the old embarrassment about money. UM: Letting go of all the old shame about money. CB: Letting go of all my old fears about money. UB: Letting them go. UA: Clearing them out. TH: Establishing a new relationship with money. EB: I now speak prosperity. SE: I choose to speak it fluently. UE: And I have this old idea UN: that it’s hard to learn a new language, UM: and the truth is CB: prosperity is not a new language. UB: It’s my native tongue. UA: Before I learned lack, TH: I was born knowing prosperity. EB: It’s the language of The Universe. SE: I’m a child of The Universe. UE: Prosperity is my native language. UN: I’m allowing myself to speak it fluently. UM: And as I do so, CB: other people who speak it will come around. UB: And people who are speaking lack might start remembering prosperity as well. UA: I will be surrounded by people who speak prosperity. TH: Joyfully and gratefully speaking prosperity. Take a deep breath.

204

I’d Be Great If It Wasn’t For Other People Side of the Hand: Even though I’d be great if it wasn’t for other people, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’d feel great if it wasn’t for other people, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’d feel great if it wasn’t for other people... If it was just me in this world, I could figure things out. I could eat the right foods. I could do the right things. But then people come along, and they’re less evolved. And how dare I be evolved and make them feel badly about it? I don’t want anyone else to feel ashamed of their weaknesses, so about the only thing I can do is be weak with them to make them feel better about themselves. And that’s the best thing I can do for them. It sure seems like a good plan. And there are other times where I feel like I need some support, and I can’t impose on anyone else. I can’t ask anyone else to support me being strong because I’m too busy supporting their weakness. Oh, if only if it wasn’t for other people’s weakness, my life would be perfect! Darned other people! And that’s how I’ve been feeling, and I choose to know that my path is my path. I don’t need to be weak to make others feel better. If other people indulge, I don’t need to indulge with them. And if I want support, I can ask for that. I don’t need to support other people in thinking they can’t support me. And maybe they can’t, and I can get by. Much of the time, it’s not a matter of them not supporting me, but of my not asking. And sometimes they can’t support me. And I choose to know that I’m still great. And even though I’d be great if it wasn’t for other people, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all these darned people.

205

Eyebrow Point: I could be great if it wasn’t for other people. Side of the Eye: I could feel great if it wasn’t for these other people. Under the Eye: All these weak people. Under the Nose: They’re too weak to support me, Under the Mouth: so I support them. Collarbone: They’re too weak to support me, Under the Breast: so I support them. Under the Arm: I always have to be the strong one, Top of the Head: even if it means being weak. EB: And sometimes SE: that’s a great excuse UE: for being weak, UN: because I get tired of being strong. UM: But I’m not going to break my diet CB: or whatever else it is I’m trying to do. UB: I’m going to be strong UA: unless someone else gives me an excuse. TH: Part of me wants to blame somebody, EB: whoever it is, SE: that I’m being weak for. UE: There’s another part of me UN: that’s tired of being strong UM: and is grateful to that somebody, CB: whoever it is, UB: for giving me an excuse. UA: This need for an excuse. TH: This need for an excuse. EB: Because the truth is, SE: these other people, UE: they don’t need me to be weak. UN: People will be fine UM: eating ice cream on their own. CB: They don’t need me to eat ice cream, UB: they just need me to be there. UA: They need my emotional support, TH: not my food support. EB: And this is true in many areas of my life. SE: I think I’m supporting people, UE: but maybe UN: there’s a selfish act behind it. UM: I say I’m supporting them CB: to justify UB: doing something I shouldn’t do, UA: something I’ve said that I shouldn’t do TH: but part of me still wants to do. EB: Sometimes when I’m giving support, SE: I’m using that as an excuse. UE: I don’t need excuses. UN: I choose to be at choice. UM: I choose to be at choice. CB: I choose to give support UB: that’s genuine support, 206

UA: and that feels right. TH: And I choose to allow support. EB: I choose to know SE: that I deserve to be supported. UE: Even if it’s as simple UN: as somebody UM: eating ice cream CB: and being okay UB: with me not eating ice cream. UA: They could support me in that way. TH: How empowering! EB: What a gift that is. SE: And the truth is, UE: my eating ice cream UN: doesn’t support anyone. UM: It doesn’t really help anyone. CB: Now if I avoid eating the ice cream UB: and say, UA: “You should feel bad for eating ice cream too.” TH: That wouldn’t be a good thing, EB: but I can let them eat ice cream, SE: and I can let myself be healthy. UE: And we can both be supported. UN: And we can both be happy. UM: If I beat myself up CB: for eating the ice cream UB: and I feel badly, UA: am I really helping anyone? TH: Any time I do something EB: that I feel badly about, SE: am I serving someone else? UE: If I’m offering support UN: that I don’t feel good about, UM: that I regret, CB: that I feel badly about, UB: is that really a gift? UA: Am I really helping them? TH: Am I really helping myself? EB: When I give service, SE: I choose to have it come from my heart. UE: I choose for it to be something I feel good about. UN: I choose to feel integrity. UM: The best support CB: comes from integrity. UB: And if I feel badly about what I’m doing, UA: if I think I’m helping anyone, TH: anyone at all, EB: and I feel out of integrity with myself, SE: that has a shift in the energy, UE: and it’s not the positive thing I intended. UN: Maybe I don’t need to do that. 207

UM: I have needs too, CB: and my needs are valid. UB: My well-being is valid. UA: I deserve to have well-being. TH: I deserve my well-being. EB: I don’t need to sacrifice that. SE: I don’t need to sacrifice that. UE: I choose to make the decision UN: that I am important. UM: My health is important. CB: Whether it’s physical, emotional, or spiritual, UB: my health is important. UA: And I deserve to be supported, TH: whether people actually do something to support me EB: or I allow them to support me SE: simply by letting me do what I need to do. UE: My life is up to me. UN: I’m creating my life. UM: I’m allowing people to support me CB: by not making decisions UB: where I create a lesser life UA: on behalf of someone else. TH: I’m creating a joyful life. EB: I’m creating a successful life. SE: I’m creating a healthy life. UE: And I’m letting others support me in that UN: by not deciding UM: that they want me to have less. CB: I choose to know UB: that everyone else UA: wishes the best for me. TH: They may not know that. EB: They may be caught up in their own baggage, SE: but I choose to relate to other people UE: at the level of their Highest Self. UN: That’s how I choose to see people. UM: That’s how I choose to hear them. CB: It’s how I choose to speak to them. UB: And at some level, UA: I know TH: that their Highest Self EB: wishes the best for me, SE: wishes me great health, UE: wishes me great success. UN: My friends UM: want me to feel wonderful, CB: and I can feel wonderful UB: letting them do what they want to do UA: and choosing what I want to do at the same time. TH: I deserve to feel wonderful. Take a deep breath. 208

I Have A Really Big But Side of the Hand: Even though I have a really big but, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I have a really big but, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I have this really big but... I want to do great things but… I have anxiety. But… I am afraid of expectations. But… I’m afraid I won’t be committed because I haven’t always been committed in the past. I’ve tried to do things before and I’ve given up. It’s like I always give up, and I’m so afraid that I’m going to give up this time because of whatever my big but might be. Even though I’ve got this big but, I choose to deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who’s helped me develop this big but. Eyebrow Point: This big but... Side of the Eye: I’m excited but... Under the Eye: I want to do this but... Under the Nose: I want to change but... Under the Mouth: But I don’t really want to change. Collarbone: I don’t really want to change, Under the Breast: at least part of me doesn’t. Under the Arm: Part of me is desperate to change. Top of the Head: Part of me feels a need. EB: Part of me is in need of change, SE: but I’m so afraid of changing, UE: and I’m afraid I won’t be able to do it. UN: All these action steps. UM: Even the little things CB: I may really want to change UB: but not that badly. UA: That’s asking too much. TH: All this fear. EB: All of this anxiety. SE: All this fear. UE: All this anxiety. UN: All this fear. UM: All this anxiety. CB: I choose to let it go now. UB: I choose to let it go now. UA: I choose to let it go now. 209

TH: All this fear, EB: this fear that I can’t do it SE: because I haven’t done it before. UE: There are all kinds of things UN: that I’ve said I’m committed to: UM: projects, CB: exercising, UB: healthier diet. UA: It never lasts. TH: I don’t think I can do it. EB: I may be behind on tons of things. SE: I may not have done the basics. UE: The time is now UN: and I’m already behind. UM: All this fear CB: that I can’t commit. UB: All this fear UA: that I can’t do it. TH: And what’s the fear behind that? EB: Why wouldn’t I commit? SE: Why don’t I do things? UE: Why do I wait until the last minute? UN: What am I really afraid of? UM: Maybe it is the responsibility. CB: Maybe it is the expectations. UB: All this fear UA: that I might take action TH: and create something really wonderful, EB: something beyond anything I’ve done before. SE: And then people are going to have expectations. UE: They’re going to want more from me. UN: All this fear UM: that people are going to want more from me. CB: All this fear UB: that I can’t meet that demand. UA: I just don’t know who I am yet. TH: Oh me of little faith. EB: Oh me of little faith. SE: There may have been a time in the past UE: where people had expectations of me UN: that were too high, UM: and I couldn’t meet their expectations. CB: And I disappointed them. UB: And there was pain involved. UA: I don’t want to deal with the pain TH: of not meeting someone’s expectations. EB: I don’t what to deal with the pain SE: of not meeting my own expectations, UE: and so to some extent UN: I’m really kicking myself right now UM: for even thinking about taking action, 210

CB: because I’ve set up an expectation already. UB: And I have all these doubts UA: that I can meet these expectations. TH: So maybe I’ll do things EB: like not find the time to take action SE: or not find the time to do take care of myself. UE: And I’ll find all these excuses UN: to retreat back into my comfort zone, UM: but I’m not going to do that. CB: I’m tapping away the fear. UB: I’m clearing it out. UA: Clearing it out on a cellular level. TH: When I’m not doing something I want to do, EB: it’s just resistance. SE: And that resistance is just fear. UE: And I’m clearing that fear UN: because the truth about me UM: is that I’m a magnificent Child of God. CB: That’s the truth, UB: clear and simple. UA: I’m capable of miracles, TH: and if I can perform miracles, EB: I can certainly do proactive things. SE: I can do what it takes. UE: I can make the time for it. UN: Maybe I can give up some trash TV UM: or something else that I’ve been spending time on CB: that doesn’t nurture me in any way. UB: It’s time to nurture myself. UA: I’m worthy and deserving TH: of love and respect. EB: I’m taking action SE: as an act of love for myself, UE: and if it leads to expectations, UN: I will always surpass those. UM: There is no limit CB: to what I can create. UB: There will never be a time UA: that I will create something TH: so far above my ability EB: that I could never match it again. SE: My talent is boundless. UE: My creativity is boundless. UN: And if people are going to challenge me UM: to find out how good I can get, CB: Bring it on! UB: I’m done being mediocre. UA: I’m here to live my life out loud TH: And I’m worthy and deserving of that! Take a deep breath.

211

I Feel This Heaviness Side of the Hand: Even though I feel this heaviness, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I feel this heaviness, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I feel this heaviness, and it’s really holding me down on the ground when there’s something inside of me that yearns to climb, that wants to go up, that wants to rise above it all. I’m envious of the people who do get to climb, who are doing what they want to do. And even though I have this heaviness, I choose to deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributes to this heaviness. Eyebrow Point: All this heaviness. Side of the Eye: All this heaviness. Under the Eye: I’m like an airplane that’s been grounded. Under the Nose: I yearn to soar, Under the Mouth: but this heaviness has me stuck on the ground. Collarbone: I feel so stuck on the ground. Under the Breast: In so many ways Under the Arm: I’m emotionally grounded. Top of the Head: I’ve been physically grounded. EB: I’m stuck, SE: and I really want to climb. UE: I want to heal. UN: I want to be well. UM: I want to be magnificent. CB: I want to feel wonderful UB: in body, mind, and spirit. UA: And there are other people, TH: and they’re doing what they want to do. EB: They’re going up in the world, SE: and it’s really painful UE: to be stuck down here UN: just enviously watching them. UM: I choose to release the envy. CB: It sure doesn’t feel good, UB: so it’s not benefiting me. UA: I can’t feel jealous enough to feel better. TH: It’s not a very healing emotion, EB: so I’m releasing it. SE: I’m releasing it. UE: And as painful as my situation may be, UN: for all I know, UM: it’s a temporary circumstance CB: that will lead me to even greater heights. UB: I don’t know the big picture, 212

UA: but it doesn’t serve me TH: to assume that this is the worst. EB: And I know it could have been worse, SE: so I choose to be grateful UE: that I’m not worse off than I am. UN: I choose to allow that gratitude UM: to flow through every fiber in my being. CB: Part of me says, UB: “I’ve been grounded! UA: How could I possibly feel grateful? TH: There are other people out there EB: climbing to new heights SE: and I’m stuck here on the ground. UE: And I’m supposed to be grateful?” UN: I suppose it’s better to be on the ground UM: than 6 feet under it. CB: Allowing myself some gratitude UB: just for the fun of it, UA: because it’s a whole lot lighter than the other stuff. TH: Releasing this need to feel upset. EB: Releasing this need to feel upset. SE: Releasing this need UE: to think that I should be upset. UN: Part of me UM: is convincing me that I’m missing out, CB: that I should be doing something differently, UB: that I should be somewhere else in my life. UA: But the more I think that, TH: the heavier I feel EB: and the more I stay put. SE: So I choose to be okay with where I’m at UE: because then I have the freedom UN: to go where I want to go. UM: All these feelings of regret CB: and jealousy UB: and self-pity. UA: They may be justified, TH: but they still stink. EB: They’re very heavy. SE: If there’s one thing I know about climbing, UE: it’s that it doesn’t serve to carry extra weight. UN: I never go climbing UM: carrying bricks in my backpack CB: or lead weights. UB: Why carry extra weight? UA: So I’m releasing these things from my backpack. TH: All these negative ideas, EB: these emotions SE: that I think I’m supposed to feel. UE: And other people might say so, UN: They might say to me, 213

UM: “Look at these other people climbing CB: and yet you’re stuck on the ground. UB: You should feel bad about that!” UA: And I choose to say to them, TH: “Thank you for the feedback EB: now go away you silly person SE: I will not be ‘shoulded’ upon.” UE: I don’t need other people’s “shoulds” UN: about why I should feel heavy, UM: about why I should feel bad. CB: Letting go of these “shoulds” UB: and allowing myself to heal. UA: Setting myself free TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

214

I’m Afraid I Can’t Meet All My Obligations Side of the Hand: Even though I’m afraid I can’t meet all my obligations, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m afraid I can’t meet all my obligations, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m afraid I can’t meet all my obligations... If I have too much success in one area, it’ll take me away from another area. And it’ll be like I’m saying that one is more important than the other. There’s this feeling that I have to set my priorities, and I can have one thing but not another. I can excel in one area of my life but not two or more. I can only compete in one event, and I can’t win in more than one event, which is going to be a real blow for all those athletes who have won multiple gold medals in different events. Their take on it is that you can excel in different areas, and if they can do it, so can I. And even though I’m afraid that I can’t meet all my obligations, I deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has suggested to me that to be good in one area means that I’ll fail in another. Boy were they wrong. Eyebrow Point: This fear that I can’t do well in two areas. Side of the Eye: This fear that I can’t meet all my obligations. Under the Eye: This fear that I can’t meet all my obligations. Under the Nose: This fear that I can only win in one area. Under the Mouth: This fear that I can only excel in one area. Collarbone: If I get too successful in business, Under the Breast: then I’ll let my personal life down. Under the Arm: I always have to choose. Top of the Head: This fear that I always have to choose, EB: and someone’s going to lose out. SE: Someone’s going to lose. UE: This fear that someone’s going to lose. UN: This fear that someone’s going to make a sacrifice. UM: This fear that I have to make sacrifices for success. CB: This belief that those sacrifices are a bad thing. UB: Do I really believe UA: that if I have children, 215

TH: they need me 24/7? EB: Do I really believe SE: of any of the people in my personal life UE: that being with me 24/7 UN: is the best thing possible for them? UM: Do I really want to close them off to other experiences? CB: Maybe it’s possible UB: that The Universe has a plan, UA: that God wants me to win in more than one area. TH: Otherwise, EB: why would I have these different interests? SE: Do I think that God is that cruel? UE: That He’s going to give me a desire in this area of my life UN: and a desire in that area of life, UM: a desire to be successful in both areas CB: and then say “Ha-ha-ha you can’t have both?” UB: Is that really my image of God? UA: Or is it possible TH: that The Universe can accommodate both? EB: If there are plenty of Olympic athletes SE: who have won gold medals UE: or various medals UN: in different events. UM: If they can do it, so can I. CB: I can be successful in business, UB: and I can be successful in my personal life. UA: I can do this. TH: There are people out there doing it, EB: and I choose to see that as a win-win situation SE: for everyone in my life. UE: The more successful I am in my private life, UN: the more I have to bring to my customers. UM: And the more successful I am in business, CB: the greater the gift to the people in my life. UB: There is a balance UA: and I can find it. TH: And I choose to know. EB: And I choose to believe SE: that it’s a balance I’ll be very happy with. UE: I can have more than enough success in my private life UN: and at the same time, UM: more than enough success in my career. CB: I don’t have to feel I’m giving up one for the other. UB: There’s plenty of success available UA: in the areas of my life that feel right. TH: Gratefully and joyfully knowing this. Take a deep breath.

216

I Have This Need For Chaos Side of the Hand: Even though I have this need for chaos, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I seem to have this need for chaos, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I seem to have a need for chaos... I need a lot to be going on. I need there to be a lot of problems, A lot of stuff that keeps distracting me, A lot of things that keep me busy. Even though I need to create all kinds of problems... I can’t allow myself to be grounded. I can’t allow myself to be centered. I can’t allow it to be smooth. I can’t allow it to be easy. And I wonder why that is. What am I trying to avoid? What am I trying to feel? Or not feel? What is going on? And at what point did I decide that it was safer to be this way. I’m not sure when I decided that, but I’m deciding now that I don’t have to be that way any more. I deserve to let it be easy, and even though I have this need for chaos, I deeply and completely, love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has contributed to this need. Eyebrow Point: This need for chaos. Side of the Eye: This need for chaos. Under the Eye: This need for chaos. Under the Nose: This need for chaos. Under the Mouth: This need for chaos. Collarbone: I just can’t let it be smooth. Under the Breast: I just can’t let it be easy. Under the Arm: I need a lot going on Top of the Head: to feel safe. EB: It must be to feel safe, SE: that’s why I do everything. UE: My subconscious mind UN: has a prime directive UM: of keeping me safe, CB: so when anythings going on in my life UB: and I’m not sure why, UA: the internal answer is, TH: I’m looking to be safe. EB: What I’m not sure of SE: is why I think it’s safer UE: to have chaos in my life. 217

UN: Why do I need this chaos? UM: How does this make me safer? CB: How does this make me safer? UB: What am I afraid of? UA: What am I afraid will happen? TH: What am I afraid I will feel? EB: What feelings am I trying to avoid? SE: Am I afraid I’ll be bored? UE: Do I need a lot of activity to keep me interested? UN: Do I need a lot of activity to feel alive? UM: Am I afraid if things were smooth CB: that that would be the end? UB: Maybe part of me thinks UA: that there’s plenty of time for it to be smooth after I’m dead. TH: I need a lot of activity while I’m alive EB: so that I feel alive. SE: Maybe it’s what I learned from my parents. UE: Even my parents have a lot of chaos. UN: There’s always a lot going on. UM: Something to be dealt with, CB: something to be handled. UB: I saw that as a small child, UA: and that’s what I accepted as life. TH: Life is chaos. EB: Life is chaos. SE: Life is chaos. UE: And if that’s what I believed, UN: I might have likewise believed UM: that the absence of chaos CB: is the absence of life, UB: and that’s a good thing to avoid. UA: It’s safe to avoid the absence of life, TH: so I’m avoiding the absence of chaos EB: and creating it wherever I can. SE: I’m creating it wherever I can, UE: and maybe it’s possible UN: that I made a mistake, UM: that I can be fully alive CB: without the chaos. UB: I can be fully alive UA: and have it be smooth. TH: I can be fully alive EB: and have it be easy. SE: I can let it be easy. UE: I can let it be easy. UN: I can let it be easy. UM: I can let it be easy. CB: I don’t need everything going on at once. UB: I don’t need everything going on at once. UA: It’s not making things safer for me. TH: It’s not making me more alive.

218

EB: It’s taking away from my life. SE: I choose to live life to the fullest. UE: That doesn’t mean living life to the busiest. UN: It doesn’t mean chaos. UM: It doesn’t mean problems. CB: I choose to have what I can handle. UB: I also choose to know UA: that I can handle what’s coming up. TH: I’m not creating anything EB: that I can’t handle. SE: God won’t give me more UE: than I can handle. UN: I wish He didn’t have so much faith in me. UM: I’d like it to slow down a little bit. CB: I choose for it to be easier. UB: I choose for it to be easier. UA: I’m letting it be easy. TH: I’m letting it be easy. EB: Whatever decision I made SE: about needing chaos, UE: I’m now undeciding that. UN: I now decide UM: for it to be smooth, CB: for it to be easy. UB: I deserve for it to be easy. UA: I deserve for it to be smooth. TH: There are people out there EB: for whom it’s a lot easier. SE: They’re no more deserving than I am. UE: I am just as deserving of easy, UN: so I am clearing out that old decision. UM: That old need for chaos. CB: That old need for chaos. UB: That old need for chaos. UA: That old need for chaos. TH: Letting it go. EB: Letting it be easy. SE: Letting it go. UE: Letting it be easy. UN: Letting it go. UM: Letting it be easy. CB: I deserve for it to be easy. UB: Letting it be easy. UA: I deserve for it to be easy. TH: Joyfully and gratefully letting it be easy. Take a deep breath.

219

I’m Daring To Be Rich Side of the Hand: Even though I’m daring to be rich, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m daring to talk about wealth, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I have the audacity to talk about wealth when so many people are starving, when so many people are suffering... How dare I ask for more? I should get down on my knees. and be extremely grateful for what I’ve got. And that’s true; However, wanting more? Oh my goodness. What kind of an awful person am I? I should be as poor as they are. That would make them feel better. I don’t want to be rich and have other people feel badly at how little they have. And the truth is abundance is unlimited, and denying abundance doesn’t serve anybody. These people need help. If I was a multi-millionaire, I could be doing for these people what the government has been slow to do. I could help them a whole lot more if I had a whole lot more. I could do a lot of good with a lot of money. So at times like this where I see so much suffering, I choose to be clear that it’s a really good thing for me to be extremely wealthy, and that being poor doesn’t serve anybody. And even though I’m daring to want to be rich, and it makes me a little sick to my stomach, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all these people who are suffering Eyebrow Point: How dare I want to be rich? Side of the Eye: How dare I want more? Under the Eye: How dare I? Under the Nose: How dare I want more than I’ve got Under the Mouth: when so many are going without? Collarbone: What kind of a horrible person am I Under the Breast: to want to take advantage Under the Arm: of the universal abundance Top of the Head: when there are other people who are going without? EB: People who seem to have no access to it. SE: People who are being denied access to it. UE: How dare I want what’s out there? UN: I probably shouldn’t eat today. 220

UM: I probably shouldn’t drink fresh water. CB: I shouldn’t take care of myself. UB: That’ll help these people. UA: I should allow myself to get sick. TH: What would really help these people EB: is to have more people suffering in the world. SE: That’s what part of me thinks. UE: There’s a part of me UN: that made a decision years ago UM: that it wasn’t right to be rich CB: in a world where people suffered. UB: And that belief UA: has held me back for so long TH: from enjoying what I could enjoy EB: and from helping where I could help. SE: If I hadn’t been given that belief, UE: who knows what I could be doing for these people right now. UN: And it’s not wrong to enjoy my life. UM: Everyone’s connected by energy CB: and that energy vibrates. UB: It can vibrate at a low level. UA: It can vibrate at a high level. TH: Thank God EB: there are some people right now SE: vibrating at a high level, UE: because if we all started vibrating at a low level UN: out of empathy for the Gulf Coast, UM: the world would come to a stop. CB: We need balance. UB: The work I’m doing right now, UA: this clearing work I’m doing at this moment, TH: is clearing out negativity. EB: For me to be tapping right now SE: is actually beneficial. UE: I’m increasing the vibrational energy of The Universe, UN: and God knows it needs help right now. UM: So rather than being disgusted with myself, CB: I choose to allow myself UB: to feel good about what I’m doing UA: because I’m actually helping right now. TH: I am helping right now. EB: Even if it never changed my financial abundance, SE: in this moment right now, UE: I am healing the universal energy. UN: It would be helpful if more people were doing this. UM: I choose to feel good about what I’m doing, CB: and if I get a lot of money out of this, UB: so much the better. UA: It’s all good, TH: and I choose to feel good. Take a deep breath. 221

I Wasn’t Born Rich Side of the Hand: Even though I wasn’t born rich, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I wasn’t born rich, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I wasn’t born rich... At least that’s what I believe. That’s what the evidence says. If I was sitting in my living room or a hospital where I couldn’t see the blue sky, I might just as well say that I wasn’t born under a blue sky. But somehow I think it’s different. Like so many people, I think money is different than everything else when in fact, money is just a symbol for everything else. It was meant to make things easier not more difficult. It wasn’t meant to be so hard. And for many people, it isn’t. They have prosperity consciousness, and I was born without that; at least that’s what I think. The moment that I was born I knew I was rich. It wasn’t until I was taken home that I started to be convinced otherwise. And my parents who had also been born rich but had spent years learning otherwise taught me falsehoods. It was the best they could do. And they meant well, but they really blew it. And so now I’m stuck, or at least I have been up until now, with this crazy idea that because I wasn’t born rich. I must not deserve abundance. And I’m willing to let that go now. In fact, I insist on letting go of that. I refuse to deny the truth any longer. The sky is always blue, and I have always been rich. I deserve the blue sky. I deserve abundance. And even though I wasn’t born rich, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has contributed to this issue. 222

Eyebrow Point: This idea that I wasn’t born rich. Side of the Eye: This idea that I wasn’t born rich. Under the Eye: I’m afraid I don’t deserve abundance. Under the Nose: I’m afraid I don’t deserve abundance. Under the Mouth: I’m afraid I don’t deserve abundance. Collarbone: There’s a fear there Under the Breast: and what does fear stand for Under the Arm: False Expectations Appearing Real, Top of the Head: Or put another way, EB: False Evidence Appearing Real. SE: And that’s what it was UE: when I was born. UN: I was born into a family UM: that didn’t have extreme wealth, CB: that hadn’t manifested it, UB: that hadn’t allowed what they deserved. UA: And because they didn’t have it, TH: it was easiest for them to figure out EB: that they just didn’t deserve it. SE: To know we deserve wealth UE: and yet not experience it UN: is painful. UM: To think we’re depriving ourselves CB: of that which we’re perfectly welcome UB: is just painful. UA: It would be like being in the middle of a desert, TH: and seeing a water fountain, EB: and holding myself back SE: and saying I’m not deserving of that. UE: Because if I was deserving UN: but not drinking, UM: I’d feel really stupid. CB: My parents didn’t want to feel really stupid, UB: so rather than manifesting wealth, UA: they justified not doing so. TH: It would’ve been really difficult for them EB: to be denying themselves abundance SE: and yet teaching me that I was worthy and deserving of it. UE: It was too painful for them to believe that. UN: They accepted their current circumstances UM: as the truth. CB: And trying to be dutiful parents, UB: they tried to pass that message on to me. UA: Dang they did a good job. TH: Just like parents in the past, EB: in the distant past, SE: who taught their children UE: that the earth was flat. UN: They were wrong. UM: My parents didn’t think that wealth was available. CB: They were wrong. 223

UB: They didn’t think they deserved it. UA: How could they teach me that I deserved it? TH: I sure wish they’d figured it out. EB: I wish they’d known how to teach it to me. SE: It’s taken me this long to learn it. UE: I don’t need to take longer to learn it. UN: I don’t need to spend another moment UM: giving in to the false evidence. CB: Looking up and seeing the ceiling UB: does not deny the truth of a blue sky. UA: My parents financial situation TH: does not deny the truth of unlimited abundance. EB: That was just what they were creating. SE: I don’t have to create what they were creating. UE: I don’t owe it to them. UN: Forget this honor thy mother and father thing. UM: I’ll honor the good things about them, CB: but I’m not doing anyone any good, UB: not even my parents, UA: by honoring their lack of abundance TH: by believing EB: that I don’t deserve it. SE: There are other people UE: who have prosperity consciousness. UN: They were born rich UM: and when they were taken home, CB: there was evidence to support that. UB: And they were raised with that. UA: They just get it. TH: They literally get it EB: because it keeps showing up for them. SE: And they weren’t born any richer than I was. UE: I am just as much a Child of God. UN: God doesn’t love them any more than me. UM: I’m not sure why I set the bar higher for myself. CB: I choose to have a greater victory than them UB: In spirit form, UA: I look at them TH: and say, “Oh anybody can do that.” EB: It’s easy to be wealthy SE: If you’re born into wealth. UE: Let me show you a real trick. UN: Let me show you what the high jump is really all about. UM: Let me show you how to manifest the glory of God.” CB: Because that’s what I’m here to do. UB: I’m not here to do mere parlor tricks, UA: I’m here to create miracles. TH: And in the grand scheme of things, EB: my parents weren’t so poor SE: that for me to be rich UE: is an unbelievable miracle. 224

UN: There are plenty of people out there UM: with vast wealth CB: who were born much poorer than I was. UB: So if the people who were born with wealth UA: aren’t any more deserving than I am, TH: the people who went from rags to riches EB: aren’t any more deserving than I am. SE: I choose to allow myself to be wealthy. UE: I choose to be who I really am. UN: The truth is UM: I was born rich. CB: As a magnificent Child of God entering this world UB: I had access to all the abundance that everyone else did, UA: and some other people’s beliefs put up a barrier. TH: And I could be angry about that. EB: Maybe part of me is, SE: but I choose to let go of that anger. UE: On some level UN: I must have chosen to set the bar that high, UM: because what a blessing it is to the world CB: for me to show that I can be victorious. UB: If only people who were born into wealth UA: ever got to be wealthy, TH: this world would suck. EB: No one would ever try to improve themselves. SE: No one would ever bother trying to overcome anything. UE: We would just assume that what we’ve got is what we’ve got, UN: that it was just fate. UM: Either you’re rich or you’re not. CB: And there may be some truth to that. UB: Either you’re rich or you’re not. UA: I just don’t know who the “nots” are TH: because I’m one of the rich ones. EB: And as I look around SE: I choose to see UE: that so is everyone else. UN: On a level of potentiality, UM: everyone was born rich, CB: even the people suffering on the news, UB: the people in different parts of the world. UA: We are all Children of God, TH: and God has unlimited abundance. Take a deep breath.

225

It Can’t Be Easy To Attract Wealth Side of the Hand: Even though it can’t be easy to attract wealth, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though it can’t be easy to attract and keep wealth, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though it can’t be easy to attract wealth, and it can’t be easy to keep it... but that’s not really a consideration because as long as it’s easy to attract it, I’m open to Flow. Money comes in, and money goes out There are places I want to spend my money. I don’t want to be a miser. I don’t want to just hang onto it all. I want to be able to donate some. I want to be able to spend a lot. And I’m okay with it flowing when I know there’s more coming in, but I can’t get over the idea that it’s so hard for it to come in. There may even be part of me that thinks it has to be so hard that it’s impossible and I just can’t have any. I’ve had this feeling for a long time. I’ve had this belief for a long time. And I’ve created many things in my life to support this idea, to support this agreement that I made. I made an agreement with myself that any money that came in would have to come at a price. I’d have to work really hard for it and maybe even so hard that I just couldn’t have it. And I choose to know that I am free to break that agreement because it’s not serving me, and it’s not serving anyone else. And even though I made this agreement that it needs to be hard and it just can’t be easy to attract money, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who may be involved in this agreement. Eyebrow Point: It just can’t be easy. Side of the Eye: It just can’t be easy. Under the Eye: It just can’t be easy. Under the Nose: It just can’t be easy. Under the Mouth: I made this agreement Collarbone: that I wouldn’t let it be easy. Under the Breast: I’m not sure why I made that agreement. 226

Under the Arm: Maybe to make it fair? Top of the Head: It’s not fair if it’s easy for me EB: and not easy for others. SE: And the funny thing is... UE: why am I deciding UN: that it can’t be too easy for others? UM: Why should it be so hard for me? CB: If other people UB: are choosing to make it hard... UA: Maybe it could be easy for me TH: and it could be easy for them as well. EB: Why couldn’t it be easy for everyone? SE: But I’ve made this decision UE: that other people UN: are so limited in their abundance UM: that it wouldn’t be fair CB: for me to have it come easily. UB: It just wouldn’t be fair. UA: It just wouldn’t be fair. TH: I need to work harder. EB: Chances are SE: I have done the work. UE: I’ve done more work than I know, UN: but it hasn’t seemed hard enough. UM: Even if I put in years, CB: it doesn’t seem hard enough UB: for it to be fair. UA: It’s got to be really hard. TH: I made this agreement years ago EB: that if I was going to have any abundance, SE: I’d have to work really hard for it. UE: Maybe to some extent UN: the conditions I agreed upon UM: were impossible. CB: I can’t have any wealth UB: because I can’t work hard enough. UA: I agreed upon conditions TH: that were impossible for me. EB: It’s like going to a car dealer SE: And saying, “I will accept this car UE: as long as it costs five billion dollars UN: and my firstborn child UM: and the firstborn child of everyone in China.” CB: There I’ve done it. UB: I’ve pretty effectively UA: made it impossible TH: for me to get that car. EB: Now why would I go and do that? SE: Why did I make an agreement like that? UE: Knowing that I couldn’t possibly pay up? UN: I agreed upon a price 227

UM: that I could never afford. CB: Even if I was able to get five billion dollars, UB: which I could do, UA: I couldn’t offer everyone in China’s firstborn child. TH: So I’ve made it impossible. EB: Why would I do that, SE: Unless there’s a part of me UE: that’s afraid of having that car? UN: Why am I afraid? UM: Why have I set the price so high? CB: Why have I put it out of reach? UB: Why have I made agreements UA: that put what I want out of reach? TH: Who taught me to do that? EB: Maybe my parents. SE: Maybe they made agreements UE: that kept them from having what they said they wanted UN: which was a very safe place for them. UM: They could look at me and say, CB: “I’d love to give you more UB: But I can’t afford it.” UA: I can’t afford it. TH: I can’t afford it. EB: It’s beyond me. SE: It’s beyond me. UE: It’s out of reach. UN: It’s out of reach. UM: I’ve agreed to put it out of reach CB: when the truth is UB: that it’s well within my grasp. UA: It’s right there. TH: It’s right there for me EB: and I’m pushing it away. SE: It’s like abundance wants to give me a hug UE: and I’m pushing it away. UN: Not yet. UM: It wouldn’t be fair for me to have this hug, CB: because if you’re hugging me, UB: then other people are being deprived of a hug. UA: As if there’s only so much abundance to go around. TH: It’s just not fair. EB: It just wouldn’t be fair. SE: And I probably learned that too. UE: Maybe someone in my life UN: pointed to rich people UM: and said, “That’s not fair.” CB: They taught me it wasn’t fair to be rich, UB: and they taught me it was important to be fair. UA: It’s important to be fair, TH: and it’s not important to be rich. EB: It’s not fair to be rich. 228

SE: It’s important to be fair. UE: It’s not fair to be rich, UN: What a crazy idea that is! UM: The abundance is all there. CB: It’s like standing by a stream, UB: and some people are taking a drink. UA: And the rest of us are agreeing not to TH: and saying, “It’s not fair that others are taking a drink.” EB: It just sounds insane, SE: and yet I’m doing that. UE: I’m telling myself UN: it can’t be easy to take a drink UM: because maybe there are some people CB: who are a little further away from the stream. UB: And I’d feel really guilty UA: taking a nice refreshing drink TH: if I think others aren’t able to do so. EB: The truth is SE: that stream is there for everyone, UE: and it’s only as hard as I make it. UN: And for other people, UM: it’s only as hard as they make it. CB: What’s not fair UB: is to deprive myself UA: to make other people feel better, TH: because they’re depriving themselves. EB: Maybe it’s not even fair SE: for them to make it look so hard. UE: Except that I have a choice UN: to believe what they’re thinking. UM: If they want to make it hard, CB: they’re welcome to it. UB: But what’s not fair UA: is for me to deprive myself, TH: for me to do anything EB: in body, mind, or spirit SE: to block the abundance that’s there for me. UE: And it is there for me. UN: And whatever agreement I made UM: with myself, CB: with an adult, UB: or a friend, UA: or God, TH: whatever agreement I made EB: about how hard it would have to be to get money, SE: I’m breaking that right now. UE: And I feel okay about that. UN: It’s a good agreement to break. UM: Some agreements aren’t meant to be kept CB: because they should never have been made in the first place. UB: An agreement that hurts anyone UA: is not a good agreement. 229

TH: And this agreement that I made about abundance EB: doesn’t help anyone. SE: It hurts me, UE: and it hurts others. UN: It’s a bad agreement UM: and I probably don’t even need to judge it. CB: I’m just tearing up the agreement. UB: I forgive myself for having made it. UA: I forgive myself for this old agreement TH: and I cleanse it out of my cells. EB: I cleanse it out of every part of my body. SE: Completely letting go of this agreement. UE: Completely letting go of this agreement. UN: I’m in favor of win-win agreements. UM: That agreement was lose-lose. CB: I forgive myself for breaking the agreement UB: because it’s the right thing to do. UA: Because breaking this old agreement TH: is a win-win situation. EB: If I continued to make it hard, SE: saying it’s not fair for it to be easy, UE: then I’m sending a message to those other people, UN: “You’re right. UM: It has to be hard for you too.” CB: I have no need to do that. UB: I’m ready for it to be easy. UA: I’m ready for it to be easy for all of us. TH: There’s plenty of abundance for all, EB: even the people that I think are my competition. SE: I choose to be creative rather than competitive. UE: I’ve been imagining a pie chart, UN: and that if I want my slice of the pie to be bigger, UM: then that means someone else’s slice has to be smaller, CB: and that doesn’t seem fair. UB: I choose to just have a bigger pie, UA: so not only does my piece get bigger, TH: so does everyone else’s. EB: We’re all getting a bigger piece of the pie, SE: and that’s extremely fair. UE: It’s fair for me to have more. UN: It’s fair for it to be easy. UM: It’s as easy as pie. CB: I’m making it as easy as pie, UB: and I deserve that. UA: I am fully worthy and deserving of that. TH: Worthy and deserving of it being as easy as pie, and I know that that’s fair. Take a deep breath.

230

I Don’t Expect This To Happen Side of the Hand: Even though I don’t expect this to happen, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I don’t expect this to happen, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I don’t expect this to happen... In fact, the truth is I fully expect that it will not happen. What I expect to happen is far less than this, much closer to nothing. And I choose to turn that around. One of the universal laws is that we tend to get what we expect. So I need to turn up the volume on what I expect because I’m expecting a lot more and there’s a whole lot more out there. There’s an unlimited abundance out there. And when I think about this amount of money, it seems too good to be true. But what is really true is God, and God is perfect. What could be too good to be perfect? That just doesn’t make any sense. So this huge amount of money couldn’t be too good to be true. Any amount of money I could come up with is actually short of the truth, so I can allow myself to expect this amount. And even though I don’t expect it, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all the other people in my life who have taught me not to expect it. Eyebrow Point: I don’t expect it. Side of the Eye: I do not expect it. Under the Eye: I have no expectation Under the Nose: that this could possibly happen. Under the Mouth: And without that expectation, Collarbone: I’m going to be right. Under the Breast: For most things in life, Under the Arm: we get what we expect. Top of the Head: We tend to get what we expect. EB: It’s very rare SE: that something happens in my life UE: and I think, “Oh how unexpected.” UN: Even if I say that, UM: I’m usually faking it. CB: I usually expected it UB: on some level. 231

UA: And when I talk about a lot of money, TH: Ah, I don’t really expect that. EB: I’ve learned by experience. SE: I expect what I’ve gotten UE: so I’m not expecting much. UN: I’m not expecting much. UM: I expect very little. CB: I expect very little. UB: And I’ve been doing that for a long time, UA: and I always get to be right. TH: I love to be right. EB: I’d almost rather be right than happy, SE: so if I set my expectations low UE: and my expectations are met, UN: then I get to be right. UM: Yay me. CB: I win again, UB: except I’m not really winning. UA: This life of being right TH: isn’t really what I want. EB: If I’m going to be right, SE: I want to be right about bigger things. UE: I want to be right about better things. UN: And since I’ve usually gotten what I’ve expected, UM: and I’ve been right about that. CB: What I choose to learn is UB: that I’m right that I get what I expect. UA: So what I need to do TH: is raise my expectations. EB: I choose to have great expectations. SE: I choose to have great expectations. UE: I choose to have great expectations. UN: I deserve to have great expectations. UM: I deserve to have great expectations. CB: And this really messes with some old programming, UB: because there have been people in my life UA: who’ve told me, TH: “Don’t get your hopes up. EB: You’ll just be disappointed. SE: Don’t get your hopes up. UE: You’ll be disappointed. UN: If you only ask for a little, UM: you’re more likely to get it.” CB: They’re doing the best they could. UB: They had good intentions. UA: They’re just passing on what they had learned. TH: It’s been said EB: That “abundance is like a giant river, SE: and everyone’s welcome to dip into that river.” UE: Some people just go with a bucket. UN: Some people go with a teacup. 232

UM: Bill Gates goes with a swimming pool, CB: but the river doesn’t care. UB: The river doesn’t care who comes to it, UA: doesn’t care how big a container you bring. TH: It seems I come from a long line of people EB: who only had thimbles SE: and they taught me UE: to dip in with a thimble. UN: I choose to look now UM: and expect that whatever I bring, CB: it will be filled. UB: I was told that if I went with something larger than a thimble UA: it wouldn’t get filled TH: and then I’d be disappointed. EB: If I just go with a thimble, SE: it’s more likely UE: that my cup will overflow. UN: If I keep a small cup, UM: my cup will overflow. CB: I choose to have a bigger cup. UB: I choose to ask for more, UA: because it’s there. TH: It is there. EB: We don’t know how much is there. SE: It’s unlimited. UE: It’s unlikely UN: that I could ask for more UM: than what is possible, CB: so I choose to expect more. UB: I can expect more. UA: I can TH: because there’s a lot more there. EB: I’ve been selling myself short. SE: When it comes to the expectation department, UE: I’m capable of so much more. UN: Whether it’s through working harder UM: or just allowing, CB: I can manifest it. UB: All money comes from God. UA: It all comes from Source. TH: There’s an unlimited amount, EB: and it’s up to God how it comes. SE: There are some likely channels where it might come, UE: but there are far more channels than I can know. UN: It’s not my job to figure out how. UM: It’s not my job to figure out how. CB: My job is to ask and expect. UB: It was once said, UA: “Ask and ye shall receive.” TH: What we were being told EB: was to expect it. 233

SE: It was not said, UE: “Ask and you might receive. UN: Don’t expect anything. UM: Don’t get your hopes up, CB: but there’s a possibility you might get what you want.” UB: That’s not what we were told. UA: It’s not what we are being told. TH: I’m being told to expect abundance. EB: I choose to expect abundance. SE: I choose to expect abundance. UE: And if I set my sights a lot higher than what I have been UN: and I don’t get the amount that I asked, UM: it’s still going to be a lot more than I got before. CB: And if I get disappointed by that, UB: I’ll call Brad and tap with him. UA: I can always tap on that disappointment. TH: And I’ve been disappointed in the past, EB: so I choose to clear that now. SE: Any old lessons I’ve learned UE: or mislearned UN: that left me gun-shy, UM: that got me not wanting to expect stuff, CB: I choose to clear that now. UB: All these unfulfilled expectations. UA: These unmet expectations. TH: It’s been said, EB: “That an upset SE: is an unmet expectation.” UE: That’s why I don’t want to expect anything, UN: because if I expect it, UM: I’m setting myself up for an upset. CB: I’m setting myself up for an upset. UB: It’s all well and good UA: to talk about expectation, TH: but if I really expected it, EB: I know I’m going to be disappointed. SE: I just know I’m going to be disappointed. UE: The only thing I really expect UN: is disappointment. UM: The more I raise my expectations, CB: the more disappointment I expect. UB: I expect disappointment UA: because that’s what I’ve known. TH: And the reason I’ve known it EB: is because it is what I expected. SE: I’ve expected disappointment, UE: and I’ve been right. UN: Good for me. UM: Time to turn that around. CB: Letting go of that. UB: Letting go of this expectation of disappointment. UA: Letting it go from every cell in my body. 234

TH: Giving myself a cellular shower. EB: Cleansing out all that disappointment, SE: I’m cleansing out all the disappointment UE: from every fiber cell and atom of my body. UN: Any part of my body that’s holding on to disappointment, UM: I’m cleansing it right now. CB: Clearing it out. UB: Letting it go completely. UA: There’s a part of me TH: that doesn’t want to do that. EB: It’s saying, “Don’t let go of this. SE: Because if you let go of this, UE: you’re going to start expecting things again, UN: and you’re going to get hurt. UM: Hold on to the disappointment. CB: It’s protecting you. UB: It’s keeping you safe.” UA: It’s keeping me down. TH: It’s not working for me now. EB: I’m certainly not happy with it. SE: Why would I want to keep it? UE: It’s not serving me. UN: I’d rather shoot for the moon UM: and be disappointed CB: by coming just short UB: than never try for anything again. UA: There’s a part of me TH: that doesn’t want me to ever reach, EB: that doesn’t want me to ever try. SE: Because if I raise my expectations, UE: I expect to be disappointed. UN: I can handle disappointment. UM: What I choose to no longer handle CB: is the mediocrity that I’m experiencing, UB: this mediocrity that I’ve confined myself to. UA: I deserve so much more. TH: I deserve so much more. EB: There are so many people out there SE: who are having so much more, UE: and they are no more deserving than I am. UN: If they can have it, UM: why can’t I? CB: If they can have it, UB: why can’t I? UA: There’s no good reason. TH: One of the big differences between us EB: is they expect it. SE: Don’t know how they got lucky, UE: that they have a higher level of expectation. UN: I deserve that. UM: I’m letting myself have it. 235

CB: And if I get disappointed, UB: that’s okay. UA: I can turn that around. TH: I can turn it around right now. EB: Right now, SE: Releasing all the old disappointment. UE: It’s been dead weight. UN: I’m free to fly now. UM: I am free to fly. CB: Setting myself free. UB: I am free. UA: Expecting the best. TH: Joyfully and gratefully allowing it. Take a deep breath.

236

I’m So Angry About What I’ve Been Told About Money Side of the Hand: Even though I’m so angry about what I’ve been told about money, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m so angry about what I’ve been told about money, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m so angry about what I’ve been told about money... Some of it I was told directly, Like, “Money is the root of all evil.” “Rich people are bad.” Many other lies. Some of it I just inferred from the way my parents lived, from the way other people around me lived. I got comfortable with the idea of having less money. I wasn’t shown how to be comfortable with lots of money, and because of that internal comfort zone, I’m robbing myself of the abundance that is my birthright. It’s just not fair. There are other people out there enjoying rich lives that I’m just as deserving of. But I wasn’t shown how, and even though I’m angry about what I was told about money, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself. And I choose to be open to forgiving those people who told me about money. They were doing the best they could. Eyebrow Point: All this anger. Side of the Eye: All this anger. Under the Eye: All this anger. Under the Nose: It’s just not fair. Under the Mouth: If it’s true Collarbone: that all this abundance is out there, Under the Breast: and it’s equally there for everyone, Under the Arm: then it’s so unfair Top of the Head: that I’m blocked from having it, EB: that I haven’t been experiencing it. SE: Because I got saddled UE: with parents with poor prosperity consciousness. UN: I got saddled UM: with people with lack mentality. CB: I’m so pissed at them. UB: I am so ticked off. UA: It is so wrong, TH: and as I think about it, EB: I don’t know who I’m more angry at. SE: Am I angry at my parents? UE: Am I angry at my authority figures? UN: Who told me all this stuff? 237

UM: Or am I mad at God CB: for putting me in that situation? UB: For giving me these parents? UA: For handicapping me like this? TH: It’s so unfair. EB: It’s so unfair. SE: All this anger. UE: All this anger about being in that situation. UN: All this anger about what I’ve learned. UM: All this anger about the lies I’ve been fed. CB: All this anger about what I’ve learned UB: and what isn’t working for me, UA: because the abundance is out there TH: but I’m not experiencing it. EB: I’ve been robbed. SE: I’ve been robbed of my birthright. UE: I’ve been robbed of abundance UN: because of all this stuff I internalized. UM: I was fed junk. CB: I’ve been fed so much junk, UB: and it’s that junk that’s blocking me. UA: Why did they feed me this junk? TH: Why did I have to hear this? EB: Why did I have to see this SE: such that I’ve been blocked? UE: It’s so unfair, UN: and I’m so angry. UM: All this anger. CB: And I could let it go, UB: but I’m not sure I want to. UA: I have a right to be angry. TH: I have a right to be angry. EB: I feel very justified being angry, SE: and I’m not about to let these people off the hook. UE: What a great vengeance it is UN: to show them my lack of abundance UM: and say, “This is your fault. CB: You did this to me. UB: I blame you.” UA: I love to blame. TH: It feels so good to blame. EB: The question is, SE: does it feel so good UE: that I want to continue to trade that UN: for having abundance? UM: Because the more I hang onto this anger, CB: the more I hang onto this blame, UB: the more I persist in lack mentality. UA: Because these people TH: have no control over my abundance. EB: Not any more. 238

SE: I don’t know why I went through what I went through. UE: I set the bar pretty high for myself, UN: but the victory comes in overcoming it. UM: We’re far more interested CB: in reading rags to riches stories UB: than reading about people who were born rich. UA: Apparently I decided TH: that’s what I wanted my life story to be. EB: I want to be a rags-to-riches story, SE: so rather than being angry at these people, UE: maybe I can be grateful UN: for playing their part. UM: If it wasn’t for their lack mentality, CB: I might have been born into riches, UB: and that would’ve been so boring. UA: It’s going to be far more glorious TH: to allow this abundance into my life EB: and look at what I overcame to do it. SE: And the first thing to overcome UE: is all this anger. UN: Because of the Law of Attraction, UM: I can’t hang onto this anger CB: and vibrate in harmony with wealth. UB: All this anger. UA: All this old anger. TH: All this old anger. EB: Letting it go. SE: I’m letting it go. UE: Releasing it now. UN: Cleansing it now UM: from every cell in my body. CB: Washing myself clean UB: at a cellular level. UA: Releasing all the old anger. TH: Releasing that need to blame. EB: Releasing all this need to blame. SE: Releasing this need to justify my anger. UE: Releasing the self-righteousness. UN: That’s not real value. UM: I could have an abundance of wealth. CB: As I’m willing to let go UB: of my abundance of self-righteousness, UA: I’m trading up. TH: I’m trading up, EB: and forgiving these people. SE: I’m forgiving these people UE: for playing their part UN: in my rags-to-riches story. UM: I’m forgiving God CB: for providing me with this situation UB: that I wanted for my life story. UA: It’s all working out exactly as planned. 239

TH: It’s up to me now EB: to carry on the story SE: in a more successful way. UE: Releasing all this old anger. UN: Releasing any need to hang onto it. UM: I know it doesn’t serve me anymore. CB: Completely releasing it. UB: Forgiving these people. UA: Sending out forgiveness. TH: Joyfully receiving peace of mind. Take a deep breath.

240

It Seems Like Such An Effort To Make It Effortless Side of the Hand: Even though it seems like such an effort to make it effortless, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though it seems like such an effort to make it effortless, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though it seems like such an effort to make it effortless... In concept it seems so easy. But if it was that easy? Why aren’t I doing it already? What is my resistance to letting go of resistance? Why do I find it so difficult to stop making it difficult? Why do I have to work so hard to get to a point where I don’t have to work so hard? These are the great mysteries of life. I keep looking for an answer, and all the answers are inside already, as are all the things blocking me from seeing the answers. And I choose to bring up those blocks and let them go. For a long time now they have suffered under the illusion that they were serving me. And at some point in my life they just might have done so, I’m now at a point where I am ready to receive all the blessings God has for me. And even though it seems like such an effort to make it effortless, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has contributed to this difficulty. Eyebrow Point: All this difficulty. Side of the Eye: All this difficulty. Under the Eye: Why don’t I just get it? Under the Nose: And once I get it Under the Mouth: then I can receive abundance. Collarbone: The more I get the concept, Under the Breast: the more I get the bounty. Under the Arm: And something inside is resisting this. Top of the Head: This fear of getting. EB: This fear of getting the concept. SE: This fear of getting the bounty. UE: This fear of getting the concept. UN: This fear of getting the abundance. UM: This fear of getting the money. CB: I’d like to get the money. UB: I’d like to get a lot of good things. UA: So what is it TH: that’s going on inside of me 241

EB: that’s not letting me get it? SE: I’d like to pretend UE: that it’s something outside of me UN: that’s keeping abundance at bay, UM: but it isn’t. CB: Any outside block UB: is just a reflection UA: of an internal block. TH: If I was clear inside EB: to allow abundance, SE: I would be clear outside. UE: The abundance would be flowing freely to me, UN: and I would easily be doing UM: whatever I need to be doing CB: and have supreme performance. UB: Effortlessly doing whatever I need to do UA: with no friction TH: with no resistance. EB: Easily giving of myself SE: and easily receiving back in ten fold. UE: It could be so easy. UN: Why won’t I let it be easy? UM: Why won’t I let it be easy? CB: It’s probably true UB: that for much of my life, UA: I’ve been hearing over and over TH: it’s just not that easy. EB: It’s just not that easy. SE: It has to be hard. UE: You have to pay the price. UN: You’ve got to suffer. UM: You have to suffer. CB: All this need to suffer. UB: All this need for it to be hard. UA: And if I’m not getting what I want, TH: I have this idea EB: that I must not be working hard enough. SE: How hard do I have to work? UE: Well that depends UN: on my beliefs. UM: There are some people out there CB: who have a belief UB: that they don’t have to work hard at all. UA: There are some people out there TH: who make more in a week EB: than I make in a year. SE: In fact, UE: there are people out there UN: who make more in five minutes UM: than I’ve ever made. CB: How hard could they be working? 242

UB: I don’t think they’re killing themselves during that five minutes. UA: For many of them it happens while they’re sleeping. TH: They’re so lucky. EB: God loves them more than me. SE: Like I believe that. UE: Who could’ve told me that? UN: And who told me UM: that there’s something bad about these people? CB: Some of them might not be very nice, UB: but that’s also true UA: of some people who work very hard TH: but make very little money. EB: If we really analyzed it, SE: the level of being nice UE: has nothing to do with the level of money you make. UN: It has nothing to do with money. UM: There are nice rich people, CB: And there are mean rich people. UB: There are nice poor people, UA: And there are mean poor people. TH: It doesn’t have anything to do with the money. EB: There’s nothing wrong with me having money. SE: Money just makes you more of what you already are. UE: If I’m already a nice person, UN: money will just make me nicer. UM: And what would be wrong with that? CB: And if I’m a mean person, UB: I choose to let that go now. UA: It’s not doing me any good as a poor person, TH: and it sure won’t help me when I’m rich. EB: I choose to be rich inside. SE: And the richer I am inside, UE: the more effortless it becomes UN: for me to be rich outside. UM: I choose to get that. CB: I choose to release UB: all the information I’ve gotten before this UA: that would contradict what TH: I’ve been told. EB: That I have to work hard SE: if it doesn’t come easily. UE: The people who told me that UN: thought they were helping me. UM: They thought they were helping me CB: so I forgive them. UB: Letting go of any anger towards them UA: for setting me up for difficulty. TH: They set me up for hardship. EB: They thought they were helping me. SE: Some part of them UE: thought they were setting me up for success, 243

UN: but apparently it didn’t work. UM: So I can keep trying to operate at that level, CB: but if I always do what I’ve always done, UB: I’ll always get what I’ve always gotten. UA: Time to switch things up. TH: Time to recognize EB: that the secret of success SE: is inside me. UE: It’s a matter of letting go. UN: All those ideas UM: that say I can’t have it, CB: that I don’t deserve it, UB: that I haven’t worked hard enough for it yet. UA: There’s work to be done. TH: I have gifts and talents to share. EB: I’ve got products and services to share, SE: and there is a certain amount of work I need to do, UE: but the extent to which it feels like effort UN: is mostly up to me. UM: I could make it easy. CB: I could let it be easy. UB: The more I allow myself to enjoy it, UA: the less effort it feels like. TH: Find a job you love EB: and you’ll never work another day in your life. SE: And I choose to look at what I’m doing UE: and love it even more. UN: I love talking to people. UM: I love meeting people. CB: I love sharing my energy with them. UB: The more I share my energy, UA: the more it comes back to me. TH: And I am joyfully and gratefully receiving. Take a deep breath.

244

Even Though I Feel Overwhelmed Side of the Hand: Even though I feel overwhelmed, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I feel overwhelmed, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I feel overwhelmed... There is so much I have to do. I feel exhausted. I feel helpless. I feel like I can’t do it. There are so many things going on and I’m afraid I can’t handle them. I just don’t have the energy. I don’t feel I’ve got the skills or the resources. I’ve got all these communication issues, and I just don’t know how to handle these people. There are so many things coming up in my life right now that I just don’t think I can handle. I feel like I’m falling behind. New situations coming up that should be good. Some of them are really good and I don’t feel I can handle them. I feel so far behind and I just feel hopeless and helpless. What I choose to do now is turn it over to God. Because there isn’t anything in the world that I can’t handle without God’s help. Because I know God can handle it so I’m surrendering it, and I’m trusting that God hasn’t given me anything that I can’t handle. And even though I feel so overwhelmed, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all these people who seem intent on making it even harder. Eyebrow Point: All this overwhelm. Side of the Eye: All this overwhelm. Under the Eye: All this overwhelm. Under the Nose: All this overwhelm. Under the Mouth: All this overwhelm. Collarbone: I feel so overwhelmed. Under the Breast: There is so much going on, Under the Arm: so much I have to do, Top of the Head: and I’m afraid I can’t handle it. EB: I’m losing sleep. SE: It’s affecting my health. UE: It’s affecting my peace of mind. UN: Who am I kidding? 245

UM: What peace of mind? CB: I don’t have peace of mind. UB: After all this, UA: I’m lucky if I have a little piece of mind, TH: if I have anything left. EB: This is too much. SE: It’s too much. UE: I need more energy. UN: I need more sleep. UM: But I’m so worried about all this CB: that I’m not sleeping well, UB: which leaves me with less health, UA: which makes me more worried that I can’t handle it. TH: I’m putting myself in a vicious cycle, EB: and it’s quite obvious SE: that part of me doesn’t want to get over this. UE: Because I’m trying to get over it. UN: I’m trying to get out from the overwhelm. UM: I’m trying to get peace of mind, CB: but it’s not coming easily UB: if at all. UA: What am I waiting for? TH: Why am I resisting it? EB: What am I so afraid of? SE: So much of what I’m doing UE: is moving me towards my dreams... UN: the higher income, UM: the more opportunities to dance, CB: the increased opportunities to meet with people. UB: These are all part of the dream I said I wanted, UA: but there’s a part of me TH: That’s saying, “Whoa, slow down. EB: You can’t handle that. SE: It’s not safe. UE: It’s not safe to have what you want.” UN: I’m afraid it’s not safe to have what I want. UM: I’m afraid it’s not safe to have what I want. CB: I’m afraid it’s not safe to have what I want. UB: So my body and mind are throwing me into overwhelm, UA: trying to slow me down. TH: Trying to slow me down. EB: And I’m feeling slowed down, SE: and it doesn’t feel good. UE: And I deserve to feel good darn it. UN: I deserve to feel good right now. UM: I deserve to feel good about what I’m up to. CB: And what’s true about me UB: is that I’m a part of God. UA: And God can handle all of this TH: and then some, EB: Maybe I’m trying too hard to control it, 246

SE: thinking it’s just me, UE: just little old me against the world. UN: No wonder I feel so overwhelmed. UM: It’s too much or it’s just me. CB: Thank God it’s not just me. UB: It’s too much for just me. UA: Thank God it’s not just me. TH: It’s too much for just me. EB: It’s too much for just me. SE: I feel too small for all this. UE: I feel too small for all this. UN: I feel too small for all this. UM: I don’t feel up to the job. CB: I bit off more than I can chew, UB: but I’m losing sleep. UA: It’s causing all kinds of anxiety. TH: It’s causing all kinds of upset. EB: It’s causing all kinds of fear. SE: I am so afraid about all this. UE: I am so afraid about all of this. UN: I am so afraid there won’t be enough. UM: There won’t be enough money. CB: There won’t be enough health. UB: There won’t be enough people. UA: This fear that there’s not enough. TH: This fear that there’s not enough. EB: This fear that I’m not enough SE: This fear that I am not enough UE: even if I believe the abundance is there. UN: If I were to believe there was enough money out there... UM: If I were to believe there’s enough people out there... CB: If I was to believe there’s enough out there... UB: Maybe I’m doubting UA: that I am not enough to connect to it. TH: There’s enough for other people. EB: Other people can handle this. SE: Other people can do this. UE: Other people can meet the quota, UN: but I am not enough. UM: And it’s some cruel joke CB: that God put me in this position UB: but didn’t make me enough. UA: Now why would God do that to me? TH: If I wasn’t going to be enough, EB: I should’ve been left in places SE: where I didn’t need to be enough, UE: where it didn’t need to be so much, UN: where I didn’t need to do so much, UM: where I wouldn’t feel so overwhelmed. CB: I should’ve been left with a simpler life UB: and not wanted more than that. UA: Why couldn’t I just be satisfied? 247

TH: Why couldn’t I be satisfied with an easier life? EB: Why couldn’t I be satisfied with lesser means? SE: Why couldn’t I be satisfied with easy stuff? UE: And the fact is, UN: I couldn’t UM: because abundance is the truth, CB: and I am naturally drawn to it UB: because God is abundance UA: and I am a part of that. TH: It’s my birthright, EB: and the mere fact SE: that I am drawn to it UE: means that I am enough. UN: And silly me, UM: I seem to have forgotten that. CB: And it looks so big and scary UB: and I feel so overwhelmed, UA: and I’m losing sleep, TH: and I just don’t need to. EB: I can handle this. SE: I am a part of this. UE: All the good that’s coming my way. UN: I am more than enough for it UM: so I can rest easy. CB: Becoming more and more confident that I can handle it, UB: because deep inside UA: my higher self TH: knows that I can handle it. EB: It says, “Of course you can handle it. SE: That’s why we’re getting it. UE: That’s why it’s coming. UN: I’m not getting any more than I can handle. UM: The joke being CB: that I could never get more than I can handle, UB: because I’ll always be able to handle more. UA: There’ll be a time TH: where I’ll look at what I’m doing right now, EB: and it’ll seem like a cake walk. SE: It’ll be so easy. UE: I’m letting it be easy. UN: I’m letting it be easy. UM: Resting assured CB: that there’s more than enough, UB: and I am more than enough, UA: and God can handle all of this. TH: I’m getting out of the way, EB: knowing that we can handle this, SE: so I can sleep at night. UE: I can rest easy at night UN: knowing that I can handle all of this UM: and much, much more. 248

CB: Resting easy now. UB: Feeling myself feeling better now. UA: Feeling a whole lot more confident. TH: And with all these communication issues, EB: seeing them is the mirror. SE: If there’s any difficulty communicating, UE: it’s just a sign to me UN: that I have some communication issues to work on, UM: so I’m grateful for that. CB: Whenever anything comes up in my life UB: that doesn’t feel one hundred percent good, UA: that’s just life showing me a mirror TH: saying, “Here’s something to clear.” EB: And I can complain about it SE: or I can be grateful for it. UE: Let’s just think UN: that when I clear that issue, UM: things are going to get even better, CB: and I deserve that. UB: I am grateful for every opportunity to improve life. UA: And anytime anything shows up TH: that seems unpleasant, EB: I know that’s a growth opportunity. SE: And part of me inside UE: says, “Goody, goody, goody. UN: I get to grow now.” UM: And I get out my fingers, CB: and I do some tapping, UB: and I grow more confident, UA: and I grow stronger, TH: and I have increased peace of mind EB: which I deserve. SE: I can handle more and more. UE: I can handle a lot more than what’s going on right now. UN: I can handle a lot more than what’s going on right now. UM: Doesn’t mean I need to take more on right now, CB: but it means I can have peace of mind UB: knowing that there’s plenty out there for me. UA: And that I am more than enough. TH: Joyfully and gratefully allowing peace of mind. Take a deep breath.

249

I’m Afraid I Won’t Attract Enough of the Right People Side of the Hand: Even though I’m afraid I won’t attract enough of the right people, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’m afraid I won’t attract enough of the right people, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’m afraid I won’t attract enough of the right people... Because for me to get what I want, I need other people... particularly I need clients, or I need other people for other things. Because all of us need other people. We need people who run stores where we can get the things we need. So there are a lot of people I need in my life. And there’s this fear that there won’t be enough of them. On this planet with over six billion people, I’m afraid there are not enough of the ones I need. And that comes from my old lack mentality. Because the truth is there are more than enough people who can fill my needs. And the only thing that can block them is my unwillingness to find them. And I intend to let that go and be confident that they’re out there. And I’m finding them in the right time. And even though I’m afraid there’s not enough of the right people, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who has contributed to my lack mentality. Boy did they do a number on me, but I’ve forgiven them. And I’m unlearning what they taught me. Eyebrow Point: This fear that there’s not enough of the right people. Side of the Eye: This fear that there’s not enough of the right people. Under the Eye: This fear that there’s not enough of the right people. Under the Nose: This fear that there’s not enough of the right people. Under the Mouth: This fear that there’s not enough of the right people. Collarbone: In a world of over six billion people, Under the Breast: I’m afraid I can’t find enough of the ones I need. Under the Arm: And as I tap on that, Top of the Head: it seems kind of silly. EB: There are so many people out there. SE: And what I have to offer UE: is good stuff. UN: It may not be for everyone, UM: but it’s good for far more than what my quota is. CB: There are more than enough people UB: to keep me in business for years and years and years. UA: If I was completely open TH: I might be overwhelmed 250

EB: by just how many people will fit the bill. SE: And maybe I’m willing to be overwhelmed like that. UE: And maybe I’ll trust my higher self UN: to allow the right amount of people UM: in the right amount of time CB: which will easily fill my quota UB: and also give me a balanced life. UA: Because I deserve a balanced life. TH: I need some play time as well as work time, EB: and I don’t want to have to turn people away SE: so I’m attracting the right amount. UE: Recognizing UN: that the right amount of people UM: may be more than I used to be comfortable with. CB: Bring them on. UB: I can handle a lot more. UA: I can handle a lot more of the right kind of people in my life, TH: In every area of my life. EB: I like people. SE: I’m going to let myself like people more. UE: I look forward to meeting more people, UN: whether they become clients or not, UM: whether they fill a particular need I have or not. CB: I’m open to them. UB: The more people I meet, UA: the more I find the right kind of people. TH: So I’m meeting more people. EB: Opening the flood gates SE: and letting people be attracted to me UE: because I’ve got what a lot of people need. UN: There are a lot of people out there UM: looking for things in their lives. CB: I can really help a lot of them. UB: I may not be able to help everyone, UA: just as not everyone can help me, TH: but we can all hold positive energy for each other. EB: I’m attracting more and more people SE: and holding positive energy for them. UE: Radiating positive energy out to them UN: with a wish that they find what they’re looking for. UM: And it’s a good bet CB: that I’ll be able to supply that for a lot of them. UB: The people who need what I’ve got UA: are being drawn to me. TH: I’m sending that energy out. EB: It’s like those old cartoons SE: where someone bakes a pie, UE: and the steam sort of flows out through the window UN: with that lovely pie scent, UM: and somebody outside CB: gets a whiff of it. 251

UB: In some of those cartoons, UA: the steam even forms like a finger TH: beckoning the person towards the pie. EB: That’s the kind of pheromone that I’m sending out. SE: Just letting that scent go out there in the world, UE: and the people that can benefit from what I have to offer UN: are being beckoned towards me. UM: They just follow the scent. CB: They follow their nose. UB: Just like Toucan Sam says, UA: “I’m winning now. TH: I’m winning big.” EB: And the wonderful thing about that SE: is that the people that I’m attracting to me UE: are winning big too. UN: It’s a win-win situation, UM: and I choose to know CB: that The Universe wants win-win situations. UB: As I allow myself to be open to this, UA: The Universe supports me entirely. TH: And I am joyfully and gratefully becoming more and more confident that I am attracting these people. Take a deep breath.

252

I’ve Been Attracting Bad Things Side of the Hand: Even though I’ve been attracting bad things, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I’ve been attracting bad things, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I’ve been attracting bad things... And it’s really frustrating because I know the Law of Attraction, so when bad things happen, I have to accept the possibility, even the likelihood, even the certainty, that something’s going on in my head that brought that into my existence. And I hate that. And it makes me get mad at myself. The problem is that if I get mad at myself, I attract more bad stuff. And I don’t want to attract bad stuff. I want to attract good stuff, including a lot of money. So I choose to let go of any upset feelings about this bad thing I attracted. I let my mind slip and some bad stuff showed up. I can let that go now and turn it around. I am a co-creator in my life, and I am doing so more positively. And even though I attracted some bad stuff, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who played a part in this bad stuff I attracted. Eyebrow Point: This bad stuff I attracted. Side of the Eye: This bad stuff I attracted. Under the Eye: What was I thinking? Under the Nose: What was I thinking? Under the Mouth: I mean, what was I thinking? Collarbone: Why did I let that happen? Under the Breast: If the outside world Under the Arm: is just a reflection Top of the Head: of what’s going on inside, EB: I’ve got some work to do. SE: And that’s what I’m doing right now. UE: I’m doing some clean-up work. UN: I still have a mess outside UM: which means there’s a mess inside, CB: and I’m cleaning that up now UB: at a cellular level. UA: Washing clean through 253

TH: and healing whatever it was. EB: Maybe I need to know what it was, SE: and I choose to know it now. UE: Clearing whatever is blocking my awareness UN: so I can see what that mess is inside. UM: What unpleasant thoughts am I carrying CB: that created this unpleasant situation? UB: Maybe I need to know. UA: Maybe I can just clear it out. TH: Maybe it was something recent. EB: Maybe it was something ancient. SE: Maybe it was a childhood memory, UE: some unresolved incident, UN: some limiting belief, UM: some old trash that wasn’t taken out. CB: I’m dumping it now UB: from every cell in my body. UA: Letting healing wash over me. TH: I choose to be clean inside and out, EB: so I’m attracting all the good stuff. SE: Attracting great health. UE: Attracting great relationships. UN: Attracting an abundance of money, UM: because I deserve all these things. CB: I don’t need to hold unto the bad stuff. UB: If there’s a lesson that’s good for my higher self, UA: I choose to learn that TH: and let go of the rest. EB: Letting go of the pain. SE: Letting go of the resentment. UE: Letting go of the fear. UN: Letting go of the embarrassment. UM: Letting go of the shame. CB: Letting go of all the fear. UB: Letting go of any loneliness. UA: Letting go of any low self-esteem. TH: Letting go of all this negative emotion. EB: Letting go of any emotional trauma. SE: Clearing out whatever was attracting the bad stuff. UE: Getting my body back in balance. UN: Getting my vibration in harmony with the good UM: and allowing myself to feel really good about that. CB: I forgive myself for slipping. UB: I forgive the others who picked up on that slip. UA: They were just playing their universal part, TH: and I’m setting myself free now. Take a deep breath.

254

I Choose A Successful Week I choose to have a successful week, and I deeply and completely love and accept myself. I choose to have a successful week, and I deeply and completely love and accept myself. I choose to have a successful week, and I choose to clear right now anything that would block me from having that, any reasons why I shouldn’t be successful, any fears about not being successful, and nagging doubts or limitations. Because the truth is that I deserve to be successful. I deserve to have things go well. I choose to know that God is pulling for me and wants me to be successful. Who am I to deny God? So I choose to let myself be successful. I choose to let God get his way, so I’m getting out of it and doing what I can in support of my success. So I fully choose to have a great successful week, starting right now today. And I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who might have thought of trying to stop me. They don’t stand a chance because I’m going to feel so positive that they couldn’t be attracted into my life. I’m attracting the folks who want me to be successful in a wonderful win-win way. Eyebrow Point: I choose to be successful. Side of the Eye: I am being successful. Under the Eye: I am a success. Under the Nose: I am a success story Under the Mouth: that is unfolding on a daily basis. Collarbone: Each day I am becoming more and more successful. Under the Breast: Any success story you ever read Under the Arm: follows a path. Top of the Head: It never starts with a person having all the success. EB: The success builds SE: that that person is a success. UE: That’s why we read the story, UN: because we know the ending. UM: We know that the person is already successful. CB: I choose to know that about myself. UB: Wherever I may be in the path of the story, UA: I choose to know TH: that it already ends successfully, EB: because that’s what God wants, 255

SE: and I’m getting out of His way. UE: Letting go of the things that would block my success. UN: Letting go of the negative emotions. UM: Letting go of past events, CB: Past upsets. UB: Letting go of fear. UA: Letting go of doubt. TH: Because I look forward EB: At the things in front of me. SE: There’s a part of me UE: that may want to have some fear. UN: This fear that I won’t be successful. UM: This fear that it won’t go well. CB: How can that possibly help me? UB: In the next thing I do UA: I may or may not be fully successful, TH: but any fear about that EB: won’t help me be more successful. SE: I can’t be scared enough about failure UE: to attract success. UN: It just won’t work that way, UM: so any fear that I might have CB: needs to go right now, UB: and the next thing I do UA: I may or may not win, TH: but it won’t be because I’m holding unto fear. EB: I’m going to leave it up to God. SE: Whatever the next thing I’m up to is, UE: it may not be the one where I’m supposed to get it, UN: and that’s okay. UM: It’s what’s in front of me right now CB: so I’m going to do the best I can. UB: And positive results will happen. UA: It may not be the ones I expect, TH: but I choose to expect positive results anyway, EB: even if they show up differently than I expect. SE: God wants me to win. UE: The prize might look different than how I picture it. UN: I might try to sell a particular house, UM: And I don’t sell that house CB: but I meet the right people UB: for the next great success. UA: There’s no telling how it’ll show up. TH: I do know EB: that fear of failure won’t help. SE: Letting go of all that fear. UE: Letting go of the fear. UN: Letting go of the fear I won’t win UM: because I’m already a winner. CB: I was born a winner. UB: I was born a winner. UA: And as I look at my past, 256

TH: I’m coming up with many arguments EB: About why I’m not a winner. SE: I want to justify that I’m not. UE: That would be like looking at the ceiling UN: and justifying why there’s not a blue sky. UM: That would be silly. CB: If I look at one of those success stories, UB: I wouldn’t go up to the person that’s already succeeded UA: and point out something in their past TH: where they weren’t winning EB: and try to use that as an excuse SE: as to why they couldn’t win. UE: Because they already know that they’re a winner. UN: It’s like trying to go to the Wright Brothers UM: and tell them why airplanes won’t work. CB: Despite all the failures, UB: they succeeded in the end. UA: They didn’t let their past failures TH: appear to be proof EB: that they couldn’t win. SE: I choose to be the same way. UE: I’m not looking back at past failures. UN: I’m looking forward to future wins, UM: because I am a winner. CB: I deserve success. UB: That’s what God wants for me. UA: I’m going to let Him have it. TH: Joyfully and gratefully allowing myself to be successful. Take a deep breath.

257

I Don’t Know How To Have Positive Expectations Side of the Hand: Even though I don’t know how to have positive expectations, I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Even though I don’t know how to have positive expectations, I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Even though I don’t know how to have positive expectations... Especially when I look at money. Because I have many beliefs about that. But it’s not true that I can’t have positive expectations. Because if I really looked at my life There are many positive things that I did expect. I just didn’t think of it that way. I expected the sun to shine. I expected there to be a new day in the morning. I expected to have fun on the weekends. I expected to have fun during the summer, but I didn’t think of those as expectations. I thought of those just as givens. And to some extent, I may have taken them for granted. And when I think of expectations, I only think of the things I didn’t expect. It’s time to turn that around. Time to recognize that I’ve expected a lot of good in my life. It has actually shown up, and I’m willing to expand that to a much greater extent, including financial expectations. Because the truth is that as far as The Universe is concerned, there is no difference. And even though I haven’t known how to have positive expectations, I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all the other people, especially my parents and other authority figures, who have contributed to this issue. Eyebrow Point: I don’t know how to have positive expectations. Side of the Eye: I don’t know how to have positive expectations. Under the Eye: I’ve never expected financial abundance. Under the Nose: I’ve always expected the opposite. Under the Mouth: I’ve expected lack. Collarbone: I’ve expected lack. Under the Breast: I still expect lack Under the Arm: because that’s what I’ve learned. Top of the Head: It’s an old habit. EB: I don’t even know how to change it. SE: After all these years UE: of expecting lack UN: and always having it show up, 258

UM: it’s hard to expect anything else. CB: I’ve always expected lack, UB: and it’s always shown up. UA: How do I change that? TH: When I’ve always had these expectations EB: and they’ve always come about, SE: how do I start believing something else? UE: How can I believe something else? UN: There are other things I have expected, UM: but I didn’t think of them as expectations. CB: I expected the sun to shine, UB: and it often did. UA: In fact, it always did. TH: It may have been hidden by clouds. EB: During the night it’s hidden by the earth. SE: It’s on the other side, UE: but it’s always shining. UN: It would be easy to think UM: that in the middle of the night CB: the sun isn’t shining. UB: But it always is. UA: It’s easy to think TH: when my bank account is close to zero EB: or overdrawn, SE: that there’s no abundance. UE: It seems to be sort of be the same thing, UN: letting False Evidence Appear Real. UM: I’ve been letting False Evidence Appear Real, CB: but even in the darkest night UB: I expect the sun to shine again. UA: So why couldn’t I transfer that TH: to financial issues. EB: Even when my bank account looks bleakest, SE: just like the darkest night, UE: why can’t I know the sun will shine again? UN: Why can’t I know it’s always shining UM: and expect it to come around again? CB: In fact, UB: it was many, many years ago UA: when we thought the sun came around again. TH: Now we know EB: that the sun’s there. SE: It’s us that come around again. UE: We come around to the sun shine. UN: The abundance is always there. UM: It’s just waiting for me to come around. CB: Abundance is waiting for me to come around, UB: but I’ve been blocking that UA: because I expect that it’s not there, TH: and because I’m a powerful co-creator. EB: I’m getting what I expect. 259

SE: I’m getting what I expect, UE: And it’s hard to change that. UN: It’s so hard to change that. UM: It’s so hard to change that. CB: It’s so hard to change that. UB: It’s so hard to change that. UA: It just seems so hard. TH: In fact, it seems impossible. EB: And yet it’s not. SE: It’s not impossible. UE: Truth is, UN: in my lifetime UM: I’ve done much more challenging things. CB: I learned how to walk. UB: I learned to go from lying on my back, UA: to crawling, TH: to walking upright. EB: And how could I have expected that? SE: But I did it. UE: If I really knew who I was, UN: I would expect a lot more of myself. UM: If I really knew who I was, CB: I would expect so much more of myself. UB: I’ve set my expectations way too low. UA: It’s like watching a track and field event TH: and seeing the high jumper EB: set the bar at 2 feet. SE: Who would want to watch that? UE: And any high jumper UN: can set the bar much higher UM: and expect to successfully clear it. CB: I choose to set the bar higher for myself. UB: Setting the financial bar higher. UA: And because I’ve had it down to 2 feet for so long, TH: setting it up at 4 feet would seem intimidating. EB: But to a high jumper SE: that would be nothing. UE: I am a high jumper. UN: I’m a spiritual high jumper. UM: I'm a spiritual high jumper. CB: It’s much easier than I think. UB: I can expect a whole lot more. UA: I can expect a whole lot more. TH: Just because I haven’t done it before EB: doesn’t mean I can’t do it. SE: There are tons of things I am doing UE: that I hadn’t done before. UN: Would I have looked at myself in the past UM: and say, “You can’t expect to do that.” CB: Because that would be silly. UB: There’ll be a time in my future UA: when I’ll look back at myself now 260

TH: and see how silly it is EB: that I expected so little money, SE: and I’ll forgive myself. UE: I forgive myself now. UN: I’m doing the best I can. UM: The expectations I have CB: are based on what I’ve seen. UB: False Evidence Appearing Real UA: which is an acronym for fear. TH: I’m afraid to expect more EB: because of what I’ve always gotten. SE: I’m afraid to expect more UE: because I don’t want to be disappointed. UN: When I try to expect more, UM: the thought and feeling comes up, CB: “How could you expect that? UB: You’ve never gotten that. UA: That’s never been your experience. TH: How can you possibly expect that?” EB: It’s like part of me is mocking me SE: and below that UE: is the fear, UN: “If you expect that, UM: If you expect that, CB: You’re going to be disappointed.” UB: This fear of disappointment. UA: This fear of disappointment. TH: And if I expect more, EB: I might be disappointed. SE: I’m going to expect more anyway, UE: because if I don’t expect more, UN: I’m going to feel disappointed anyway UM: because I feel disappointed right now. CB: So obviously the lack of expectation UB: doesn’t protect me from disappointment. UA: It does protect me from abundance, TH: because if I don’t expect it, EB: it’s going to be hard for it to show up. SE: By allowing myself expectations, UE: I’m giving abundance a chance. UN: I’m giving abundance a chance. UM: I am giving to myself. CB: People before me UB: didn’t know how to do this. UA: They only saw the simple equation. TH: If you get your hopes up, EB: You get disappointed. SE: So they didn’t get their hopes up. UE: They learned to not have expectations, UN: and they never had the chance for abundance. UM: People who are raised in wealthy homes 261

CB: have no more skills or talents than I do. UB: But there’s one thing they have that I haven’t got, UA: that’s expectation of abundance TH: because their parents expected abundance. EB: But I am not screwed. SE: I am not screwed by my past. UE: I’m letting go of the past. UN: I am entitled to expectation UM: just as much as anyone else, CB: because the abundance that these rich people enjoy UB: is there for me as well. UA: It’s all the same abundance. TH: It’s all the same energy. EB: It’s there for all of us. SE: I’m just as much a part of the energy. UE: I’m just as worthy and deserving. UN: I choose to see that now. UM: I choose to get that CB: and all these old beliefs. UB: All these expectations of lack. UA: I’m clearing them from my body, TH: Clearing them at a cellular level. EB: Clearing it out. SE: Just releasing it all. UE: Releasing it all. UN: Totally clearing it out. UM: Just letting it all go. CB: Letting it go. UB: Life is a banquet. UA: It’s like going to a smorgasbord, TH: And wealthy people EB: expect a whole bunch. SE: People that I was raised with UE: expected lack, UN: and somehow UM: when they walked into a smorgasbord CB: they couldn’t see the whole spread, UB: or they’d focus on one item UA: that hadn’t been refilled yet. TH: And they noticed that it was low, EB: And they’d sit there and gripe about it. SE: “Look the lasagna’s almost gone. UE: There’s almost nothing there.” UN: I expected lack, UM: And that’s what I got. CB: And lack showed up UB: and they’re completely ignoring UA: the bountiful spread TH: all around. EB: I’m done playing that game. SE: I see that abundance is there. 262

UE: I expect the sun to shine. UN: I expect there to be leaves on trees. UM: I expect there to be an abundance of water in the ocean. CB: I expect there to be an abundance of sand on the beach. UB: See I expect abundance, UA: and I know it’s all energy. TH: I know it’s all the same God stuff, EB: and so is money. SE: So if I expect abundance in these other areas, UE: it would be completely natural UN: to expect financial abundance, UM: to expect there’s an abundance of money. CB: And I know I can experience the sand. UB: I know I can experience the water. UA: I know I can experience the trees. TH: I know I can experience the grass. EB: So it follows SE: that I should experience the money. UE: I’m expecting abundance. UN: I’m recognizing now UM: that it is easy and natural for it to be right. CB: I’m loving it. UB: Allowing myself to expect abundance UA: because it’s natural for me to do so. TH: Gratefully and joyfully expecting abundance. Take a deep breath.

263

I’m Afraid To Take This Action Side of the Hand: Even though I’m afraid to take this action, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m afraid to take this action, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m afraid to take this action… to make this phone call, to do this thing, because I’m afraid it’s not going to go well, it won’t be received well, I won’t succeed. So I keep putting it off. And even though I’m afraid to take this action, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else involved in this fear. Eyebrow Point: All this fear. Side of the Eye: All this fear of failure. Under the Eye: All this fear it’s going to go poorly. Under the Nose: All this fear I’m going to get a bad reaction. Under the Mouth: All this fear that I’m going to be in trouble. Collarbone: All this fear that someone will be angry with me. Under the Breast: All this fear that someone will be hurt. Under the Arm: Somehow I’m going to be hurt. Top of the Head: There may be a lot of actions I can take, EB: but as I consider each one, SE: the thought comes up UE: that if I don’t do this exactly right, UN: somehow I’ll be hurt. UM: And often times CB: I’m afraid of the reaction of someone else, UB: and because I take responsibility UA: for how I use the law of attraction, TH: I assume from the get-go EB: that if I’m already afraid of what will happen SE: I’m already not doing it right. UE: If I have fear in my heart, UN: I’m already screwing it up. UM: Why make that phone call now CB: when I expect the worst? UB: I’m sure I’ll get what I expect, UA: so why make the call now TH: when I’m expecting the worst? EB: I expect to get what I expect, SE: so maybe some time later UE: that fear won’t be there. UN: As time goes on, UM: I’m sure I’ll become more confident, CB: and I’ll start expecting the call to go well. UB: Or if nothing else, 264

UA: this person that I’m afraid to call TH: will die of old age EB: and it won’t be an issue. SE: That’s what I’m secretly waiting for, UE: I can outlast fate. UN: Some time in the future UM: it’ll be safe for me to take this action... CB: when there’s a new president in office, UB: when the planets have changed their positions, UA: when I’m a little bit older and wiser, TH: then it will be safe to take this action. EB: But for the time being, SE: it’s not safe. UE: And how much of that belief UN: is based on actual fact? UM: And how much is poppycock? CB: I’m releasing this fear. UB: Releasing it at a cellular level. UA: I choose to weigh the pros and cons. TH: If I take the action, EB: what’s the worst thing that could happen? SE: Will I be any worse off than I am right now? UE: All this fear of taking action. UN: Releasing it. UM: What is the worst thing that could happen? CB: And will that be worse UB: than the limbo that I’m in right now? UA: Because I’ve placed myself in limbo TH: waiting for things to change, EB: maybe waiting for someone else to change. SE: Maybe they’re doing some tapping too UE: and becoming a better person. UN: And sometime in the near future UM: it will be safe to approach them. CB: But not yet. UB: I sure hope they hurry up, UA: because I have things I want to do. TH: How long am I going to wait? EB: I’ve really put myself in a tough place SE: where I want to take this action. UE: It doesn’t seem feasible UN: to just take it off my to do list. UM: But I can’t do it yet, CB: so I’ve put myself in prison. UB: I have to do it, UA: or do I? TH: If it’s something that I can’t do right now EB: because it seems so impossible to do right now, SE: Do I even need it on my to do list? UE: Or could I let it go? UN: Could I just let it go? 265

UM: All this need CB: to be hanging on to this issue. UB: And maybe that’s keeping me safe somehow. UA: Maybe there’s something in the future, TH: some great success EB: that I’m still unwilling to allow SE: and holding off on this action UE: keeps me tied up, UN: keeps me safely stuck. UM: Maybe if I weren’t afraid of success CB: or happiness UB: or anything else about the life I’d like to create, UA: maybe this action wouldn’t seem so scary. TH: Maybe I’d expect a good result EB: or know that I could handle whatever happens, SE: because I can. UE: If it’s important to take this action UN: then the other person’s reaction UM: isn’t up to me, CB: and I don’t need to worry about it, UB: not if it’s important to take this action. UA: So I’m going to take this action, TH: and I choose to feel good about it. EB: I don’t need to pretend SE: that something is going to happen UE: that I really don’t believe will happen. UN: If I want to make this phone call, UM: and I can’t imagine the other person CB: jumping up and down with joy that I make this phone call, UB: I don’t have to imagine that. UA: But I can imagine TH: myself being fine. EB: I choose to be fine. SE: Whatever the result is, UE: I will have taken important action, UN: and I will have gotten this off my to do list, UM: and I will be able to move forward. CB: My success and happiness UB: is up to me. UA: There is no person out there TH: who can block my success and happiness. EB: Whatever reaction I get from other people SE: when I take this important action UE: will not be an impediment UN: to my ultimate success and happiness, UM: so it’s safe to take action. CB: Allowing myself to be free. UB: Releasing this fear at a cellular level UA: and being willing to take action TH: In body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath. 266

I Might Be Told No Side of the Hand: Even though I might be told no, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I might be told no, I choose to rejoice. Even though I might be told no... And my old programming is that any time get a no I must feel bad. That’s a universal rule. Any time I’m told no I should feel bad. And I choose to break that rule. And even though I might get told no, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all these people out there that I want to ask things of who might say no. Eyebrow Point: All this fear of getting a no. Side of the Eye: All this fear of being told no. Under the Eye: All this fear of being told no. Under the Nose: And how many times Under the Mouth: have I been told no Collarbone: and it was the best thing that could have happened? Under the Breast: There’s an old expression, Under the Arm: “Not getting what you want Top of the Head: is sometimes a good thing.” EB: Maybe it’s possible SE: that in the grand scheme of things, UE: when all is said and done UN: I might look back UM: and every time CB: I didn’t get what I said I wanted UB: was a good thing. UA: Maybe there’s a divine perfection to it. TH: All this fear of getting no, EB: and all the things SE: that I’ve missed out on UE: for fear of being told no. UN: I’ve already decided UM: that I can’t do this thing CB: without this person’s permission, UB: so until I ask, UA: I’ve already said no to myself. TH: I’ve already assumed the answer is no. EB: If I ask, SE: at least there’s a chance I’ll get a yes. UE: Until I ask, UN: I’ve already decided the answer is no. 267

UM: I’m already living with a no. CB: And if I’m able to survive that, UB: how much worse could it get UA: if I get an actual no? TH: And why do I assume EB: that that has to be a bad thing? SE: Because my success and happiness UE: is not dependent UN: upon any other person. UM: God has plenty of channels for good. CB: There are many different ways UB: for me to get what I need UA: in order to be really happy. TH: And on top of that, EB: there isn’t anything I need to be really happy. SE: There may be some things that I already have UE: that I need to get rid of, UN: like certain beliefs, UM: like certain rules, CB: so I’m letting go of those. UB: It’s not about what I need to get. UA: It’s about what I’m letting go of. TH: Letting go of this belief EB: that I need someone else’s permission to be happy. SE: Letting go of this belief UE: that I need someone else’s permission to be successful. UN: Letting go of this belief UM: that it’s up to someone else’s whim CB: for things to go right in my life. UB: Letting that go. UA: I want to ask a question, TH: and whatever answer I get EB: I can move on. SE: I’ve been so afraid of taking the next step, UE: so I’ve kept myself imprisoned. UN: I choose to move forward. UM: Getting a no won’t move me backwards. CB: I get to decide if I move forward, UB: and it’s just possible UA: that I haven’t seen all the possible options, TH: and that getting a no EB: could be the best thing that ever happened to me. SE: Because then I can find UE: something even better than what I expected. UN: Because of all the things that I’m looking at UM: that I think would be really great CB: in God’s infinite universe, UB: there’s always the possibility of something better. UA: So if I get a no, TH: maybe that’s just God’s way EB: of letting me know that I was settling 268

SE: and there’s something even better waiting for me, UE: so I can’t lose. UN: I might as well ask the darn question. UM: I might as well make the phone call. CB: I might as well take the action. UB: It’s a win-win situation, UA: so I’m setting myself free TH: In body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

269

The Answers Are Tough Sometimes Side of the Hand: Even though the answers are tough sometimes, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though the answers are tough sometimes, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though the lessons are tough sometimes... sometimes when I’m trying to improve, I get faced with something that really upsets me. And maybe that’s a real favor because it’s an opportunity to clear something that’s been holding me back, maybe all of my life. And even though the lessons are hard sometimes, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and everyone else who so willingly plays a part in my freedom. Eyebrow Point: Sometimes the lessons are hard. Side of the Eye: If the outside world Under the Eye: is a reflection of what’s going on inside, Under the Nose: there are times Under the Mouth: where I really hate to look in the mirror. Collarbone: I say I want answers, Under the Breast: but part of me is afraid to get the answers. Under the Arm: I may not like what I see. Top of the Head: It might cause me some pain. EB: But it’s also true SE: that if it’s a little painful now, UE: it’s reflecting UN: a subtle pain UM: that’s been holding me back for years. CB: Like if I make a lot of food UB: that requires eggs UA: and I’m not really good at cracking eggs TH: and I always get a tiny bit of shell in the food EB: and it’s not really good for me, SE: but the shell pieces are so small I don’t see them. UE: So one day UN: a big piece of shell falls in there, UM: and I think, “Oh no there’s shell in there.” CB: But this is an opportunity UB: to see that I’ve been doing something UA: that isn’t for my highest good. TH: Even the harshest lesson EB: can be an absolute blessing SE: if I recognize what I’ve been doing UE: and allow myself to make changes. UN: I recognize all these old fears UM: that have been holding me back, CB: and I clear them 270

UB: because fear is not my true nature. UA: I am pure light, TH: and I choose to know EB: that anything that shows me an opportunity SE: to clear out some old darkness, UE: to clear out those eggshells, UN: I choose to know that’s a blessing. UM: I can handle these lessons CB: because I deserve the blessings. UB: And I’m having much more faith in myself UA: as I set myself free TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

271

Being Wealthy Means Sacrificing Things Side of the Hand: Even though being wealthy means sacrificing things, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though being wealthy means sacrificing important things, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though being wealthy means sacrificing important things... I’d miss the little things when I’m so focused on wealth. I wouldn’t care about other people, and I wouldn’t care as much about my family. I wouldn’t give them the attention they deserve when I’m off being wealthy. So even though I’d have to make sacrifices, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who, for some reason, convinced me that this was the case. Eyebrow Point: All the sacrifices I’d have to make Side of the Eye: if I were going to be more wealthy, Under the Eye: and all these feelings I’m experiencing Under the Nose: as I imagine having more wealth. Under the Mouth: I have feelings of guilt. Collarbone: Guilt about the things that I’d be missing. Under the Breast: Guilt about the things that I wouldn’t give my attention to. Under the Arm: Guilt about the people that I wouldn’t be caring about. Top of the Head: Because rich people don’t care about others, EB: they only care about money, SE: because that’s how God set the world up. UE: You can be a good person UN: or you can be a rich person. UM: And we all have that choice, CB: but I was raised better than that. UB: I was raised to be a good person. UA: And that means not being a rich person. TH: What a load of hooey! EB: I choose to release that. SE: I choose to release that. UE: I choose to release that. UN: All these feelings UM: that I have to choose between being rich and being good. CB: All these feelings UB: that I have to choose between money or my family. UA: All these feelings TH: that I have to choose between doing good or having money. EB: And I choose to release that SE: because I can make money doing good. UE: And the more money I have, UN: the more I can afford to spend time with my family. UM: It’s true CB: that there are people out there UB: spending so much time making money 272

UA: that they don’t have time to see their family. TH: And some of those people are very wealthy EB: and some of those people are just barely scraping by. SE: Sacrificing one’s family for work UE: is not exclusive to the wealthy. UN: It has nothing to do with whether you’re wealthy or not. UM: And there are people out there CB: who have lots of time with their family, UB: but they’re not making much money UA: nor sharing their gifts. TH: And there are people out there EB: doing good things in the world, SE: being financially rewarded for it, UE: and having lots of quality time with their family. UN: Quality and quantity time. UM: Like these people CB: who get to spend time in Italy with their families, UB: or at Tahoe, UA: or even in their own home. TH: I can be of service, EB: sharing my gifts, SE: making the world a better place, UE: and finding time with my family. UN: Because let’s face it, UM: my family doesn’t need me 24/7, CB: and as wonderful as I am, UB: they probably don’t want me 24/7. UA: Everybody needs some time to themselves, TH: and they need time EB: to be out there doing good. SE: So there is time in each day UE: where I can be of service UN: to the outside world UM: and be financially rewarded, CB: and it won’t cost my family anything UB: that they weren’t willing to pay. UA: I’m sure there are times they would say, TH: “No please go do something else. EB: We’ve had enough of you. SE: We love you UE: and we want to share you with the outside world.” UN: I can allow wealth. UM: I can even focus on it to some extent, CB: to a much greater extent than I know, UB: and still not lose track of the little things. UA: I could say the little people, TH: but there are no little people. EB: there are just people SE: who are all magnificent Children of God. UE: I might say UN: that I should focus on the lesser people 273

UM: to the exclusion of the wealthy people. CB: Does that make me a better person? UB: I choose to see everyone equally. UA: I choose to love everyone equally. TH: I choose to see every person, EB: rich or poor, SE: as deserving of my good thoughts. UE: And the more that I do that, UN: the more I think well of myself. UM: And the better I think of myself, CB: the better I naturally feel about others, UB: and I feel much wealthier. UA: And the wealthier I feel, TH: the more wealth I allow EB: for the highest good of all concerned. SE: And I’m worthy and deserving of that. UE: I am a magnificent Child of God. UN: I am just as worthy and deserving UM: of this abundance CB: As anyone else. UB: And I can afford it. UA: I can have it without sacrificing my family. TH: I’m letting go of that old belief. EB: Releasing all these beliefs SE: of what I would have to sacrifice UE: in order to be wealthy. UN: And I got these ideas UM: from other people CB: who were probably trying to justify their poverty. UB: If they said that being wealthy was noble, UA: how did they justify their lack of wealth? TH: They felt obligated EB: to insult the wealthy, SE: to give a good reason why they weren’t one of them. UE: There may be many reasons, UN: but no good reasons. UM: There’s no good reason not to allow more wealth. CB: Because I can still care about people. UB: I can still make plenty of time for my family. UA: I can still focus on the things that are important. TH: I can be good, EB: and I can be rich. SE: I can be good and rich. UE: Opening myself up to that. UN: Releasing the old blocks. UM: Releasing them at a cellular level. CB: Acknowledging myself as worthy and deserving. UB: Allowing myself to love people however much money they have, UA: and allowing myself to love myself TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath. 274

I’m Not A Wealthy Person Side of the Hand: Even though I’m not a wealthy person, I choose to love and accept myself anyway. Even though I don’t see myself as a wealthy person, I choose to love and forgive myself anyway. Even though I can’t accept myself as a wealthy person... because to me, wealthy people are different than I am. They have different talents and they have different requirements. They have different lifestyles. So part of me feels less than, and part of me fells lucky. Too bad I can’t be a wealthy person. And thank God I’m not a wealthy person. And even though I don’t see myself as a wealthy person, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself anyway, and all these wealthy people who I judge and judge myself in comparison to. EB: I don’t see myself as a wealthy person. SE: I don’t see myself as a wealthy person. UE: I can’t see myself as a wealthy person. UN: Part of me feels badly about that. UM: And part of me justifies that. CB: Part of me feels badly UB: that I’m not talented enough, UA: that I’m not deserving of greater wealth. TH: Who do I think I am, EB: Wanting more? SE: Wanting a bigger life? UE: Wanting to be more famous? UN: Which is another way of saying UM: wanting to be of more service. CB: Because when I imagine myself UB: being at a higher level, UA: what that means TH: is that my good work EB: is reaching more people. SE: More people will benefit UE: from what I have to offer. UN: And part of me says, UM: “I don’t really have that. CB: I don’t have that much to offer, UB: Not that many people are benefitting from my work right now.” UA: And I tell myself, TH: “Yeah no one is really missing out. EB: The world isn’t missing much. SE: What I have to offer isn’t that much.” UE: And it’s just as well, UN: because if I were wealthier, 275

UM: if I were one of these wealthy people I see, CB: it would cost a lot. UB: The paparazzi would be constant. UA: Everybody would want to know what I’m doing, TH: and they would be constantly judging me. EB: If I were wealthier, SE: I would constantly be judged. UE: The question is: UN: How would that be different than right now? UM: Because right now, CB: I constantly feel judged. UB: I worry about everything I do UA: and what other people are saying about it. TH: But I don’t know that many people right now, EB: so at least I’m only being judged by a handful of people. SE: It’s not that I’ll be judged more, UE: I’ll just be judged by more people. UN: And I’m afraid I can’t handle that. UM: The irony is, CB: there’s only one person’s judgement that really affects me, UB: and I’m always doing that. UA: I’m afraid, TH: if I’m going to be honest with myself, EB: that I’ll judge myself more harshly SE: the more people that are aware of me. UE: Because I’m the only one UN: who’s really judging myself. UM: It’s only my judgement CB: that’s really effecting me. UB: And I choose to knock that off. UA: Letting go of all this self judgement. TH: The outside world EB: is a reflection of what’s going on inside. SE: So all the people that I see UE: are just mirrors. UN: But the more famous I am, UM: the more mirrors there are going to be. CB: I can’t walk down the street without looking in the mirror. UB: But if I really allow myself UA: to acknowledge how wonderful I am, TH: if I really allow myself EB: to love myself, SE: the more mirrors the better. UE: I’ll even find myself UN: wanting to have more mirrors. UM: Releasing all these reasons CB: why I don’t want to look in the mirror. UB: And when I see wealthy people, UA: part of me says, TH: “Well that’s not me.” EB: But if the outside world 276

SE: is a reflection of what’s going on inside, UE: then yeah, UN: it kind of is me. UM: I’m seeing a reflection CB: of the wealthy person inside of me. UB: There is no one on this planet UA: who is more magnificent than I am. TH: When I see someone EB: who I think is fantastic SE: because of the wealth that they’re enjoying UE: or the service they’re providing UN: or the gifts that they’re sharing, UM: that’s a reflection of my own. CB: My own gifts and my own wealth UB: that I may or may not have shared with the world yet, UA: that I may or may not have manifested yet. TH: But the potential is inside me. EB: The potential for great wealth is inside of me. SE: Because I am connected to all that is. UE: The more I recognize myself UN: as connected to all that is, UM: a unique expression CB: of universal love and light, UB: the more I allow myself UA: the benefits this world has to offer. TH: And as I allow myself to love myself, EB: how great is it SE: to be able to share that with more and more people? UE: So I can let go of them judging me UN: and open myself to the possibility UM: that they’ll be appreciating me. CB: Not that I need that, UB: but it’s kind of nice, UA: having more and more people TH: saying thank you for being you. EB: Releasing all these reasons SE: why I can’t acknowledge myself UE: as wealthy and wonderful. UN: Releasing these at a cellular level. UM: Clearing them out from my history CB: so that I can truly acknowledge myself UB: as the magnificent person I am, UA: and I set myself free TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

277

I Don’t Have Much To Offer Side of the Hand: Even though I don’t have much to offer, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I don’t have much to offer, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I don’t have much to offer, or at least I’ve been convinced of that... wrongly so. But even though I think I don’t have much to offer, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who felt so badly about themselves that they taught me to think worse of myself. EB: I have so little to offer. SE: I have so little to offer. UE: I have so little to offer. UN: If I think about the creation of human beings UM: as some kind of production line, CB: like imagining bottles UB: being filled with liquid, UA: or one of those teddy bear factories TH: where the teddy bear gets filled with fluff, EB: and this is God’s assembly line. SE: I somehow imagine myself UE: as having been short changed. UN: The bottle is only filled half way. UM: The teddy bear only got half the fluff. CB: I didn’t get as many gifts as other people, UB: and God just let me go. UA: Somehow I slipped through quality assurance. TH: Inspector #9 didn’t do their job carefully. EB: So here I am SE: with so much less to offer other people. UE: I’m letting this idea go now. UN: That’s such nonsense, UM: but it felt very safe to believe it. CB: If my life is less than others, UB: at least there’s a good reason for it. UA: Of course I don’t have as much money as others, TH: who’s going to pay full price for a half empty bottle? EB: Who’s going to pay full price for a teddy bear that’s not fully stuffed? SE: So I can justify my lack UE: just like people before me, UN: because that’s what was happening UM: when people told me I didn’t have much to offer. CB: The people who told me that UB: thought that they were half empty bottles, UA: and in order to justify themselves, TH: wanted to convince me EB: that I was even less full than they were, 278

SE: to try to make themselves feel better. UE: What fools these mortals be. UN: And I choose to feel sorry for them UM: because they didn’t realize CB: that there was nothing lacking about them UB: except in their own opinion. UA: Maybe I come from a long line of people TH: who thought they slipped through quality assurance. EB: No one slips through quality assurance. SE: We’re each individually inspected by God. UE: And if I’m good enough for God, UN: then I am good enough. UM: And I was put here CB: because I have something to offer. UB: A lot more than I even know. UA: Allowing myself to love myself. TH: Allowing myself to appreciate myself. EB: Whatever that good stuff is that’s poured into the bottle, SE: I’m full of it. UE: When I thought that I was less than, UN: I was full of something else. UM: The people that told me that I was less than, CB: they were full of that too. UB: And I’m releasing that now. UA: I am plenty good enough, TH: and I have a lot offer. Take a deep breath.

279

I’m Afraid of Having More Side of the Hand: Even though I’m afraid of having more, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m afraid of having more, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m afraid of having more, and I may not be sure what exactly I’m afraid of... there’s a fear that something bad might happen, but I’m not sure what it is. But I do know I’m feeling fear. And even though I have this fear of having more, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who taught me to be so afraid. Eyebrow Point: All this fear. Side of the Eye: All this fear of having more. Under the Eye: All this fear of having more. Under the Nose: All this fear in my chest. Under the Mouth: All this fear in my stomach. Collarbone: All this fear in between. Under the Breast: I choose to release it. Under the Arm: I choose to release it. Top of the Head: Part of me says EB: when good things are happening, SE: I should feel good. UE: If I’m building my dream house UN: or allowing any kind of abundance, UM: shouldn’t I feel good about that? CB: And I’m feeling fear. UB: And I choose to clear that fear. UA: Letting it go. TH: Letting it go. EB: Releasing it at a cellular level. SE: What should I do? UE: Should I let that fear control me? UN: Should I tell them to stop construction? UM: Should I give all the money back? CB: What is this fear telling me to do? UB: All abundance comes from God. UA: Should I say no to God? TH: “Sorry God, I’m feeling afraid. EB: You better take this abundance back, SE: the fear is too uncomfortable.” UE: I’m letting go of the fear. UN: And what am I so afraid of? UM: When did I first become afraid? CB: Where is this fear coming from? UB: Who told me to be afraid of abundance? UA: Who told me that bad things would happen 280

TH: if I had good things in my life. EB: The only safe way to be SE: is to not have what you really want. UE: It may not be fun. UN: It may not be enjoyable, UM: but darn it it’s safe. CB: When I have good things, UB: they can be taken away from me. UA: If I deprive myself of good things, TH: they can’t be taken away. EB: Ha! That’ll show the universe. SE: You can’t take anything away from me UE: because I’m not going to allow myself to have it in the first place. UN: I am too clever for the universe. UM: I need to be less clever. CB: I choose to allow abundance, UB: and I choose to know UA: that no matter how much I allow, TH: there’s always plenty more where that came from. EB: There’s plenty for others. SE: There is plenty. UE: It’s safe to allow abundance. UN: Releasing this fear UM: of getting what I want. CB: Releasing this fear UB: of having what I desire. UA: There are plenty of stories TH: of people who have a lot of abundance EB: and then SE: they get even more abundance. UE: Why not me? UN: And yeah there are stories UM: of people who get abundance CB: and then lose it. UB: And are they worse off UA: than people who never allow themselves to have abundance? TH: And I don’t have to go that route. EB: I can allow abundance SE: and keep allowing abundance UE: for the highest good of all concerned. UN: Releasing this remaining fear UM: from my torso, CB: from every fiber of my being. UB: Allowing myself to feel good about abundance UA: as I set myself free TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

281

It’s Not Socially Acceptable To Have More Side of the Hand: Even though it’s not socially acceptable to have more, I choose to love and accept myself anyway. Even though it’s not acceptable to have more, I choose to love and forgive myself anyway. Even though it’s not okay to have more... It wouldn’t be okay with society. It wouldn’t be okay with my family. It wouldn’t be okay with my friends. And the mere fact that I believe that goes to suggest that it wouldn’t be okay inside of me because I don’t accept people who have more. That’s why I have that prejudice and why I expect it from other people. And it’s about time to let that go. And even though I think it’s not acceptable to have more, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all these people who I accuse of being prejudiced against wealth. EB: It’s not acceptable to have more. SE: It’s not acceptable to have more. UE: People won’t accept me. UN: People will shun me. UM: People will reject me. CB: There are people right now UB: who only care for me UA: because I have what I have. TH: If I had more, EB: they would stop loving me. SE: My family wouldn’t love me. UE: My friends wouldn’t love me. UN: Society would reject me UM: the way we reject Bill Gates. CB: Making him live all by himself outside of Seattle. UB: We’ve imprisoned him. UA: He’s a social outcast. TH: And I can see it EB: when I’m walking down the street. SE: The way people look at each other, UE: and they’re sizing people up. UN: That person’s got more money than I do, UM: they are not acceptable. CB: Whereas people look at homeless people UB: and go and shake their hands. UA: You are acceptable by society. TH: You have so much less than anyone else. EB: You are truly the ideal. SE: In fact, UE: when I see people walk by a homeless person UN: and not even look at them, 282

UM: it’s because they feel ashamed. CB: “I have more than that homeless person. UB: They won’t find me acceptable. UA: I hope they don’t notice me TH: because I’m so much less acceptable.” EB: Just the way I shun others SE: who have so much more than I do. UE: And why do I do that? UN: All these old beliefs UM: about how much is acceptable. CB: And how much is acceptable? UB: It’s like the question UA: they’ve put to the candidates TH: “How much money does the middle class family make?” EB: And is that the defining line SE: for what is acceptable? UE: As long as I’m middle class or poorer, UN: I’m acceptable. UM: I’m the one the candidates are fighting for. CB: I’m the one that people care about, UB: not the rich. UA: Everything is against them. TH: Let’s not take care of those jerks, EB: they’re socially unacceptable. SE: We want to distance ourselves from them. UE: All this need UN: to decide if someone is acceptable UM: based on how much money they have. CB: I choose to release this prejudice. UB: I choose to release this prejudice. UA: Releasing all of my wealthism. TH: I’m no longer going to be a wealthist. EB: Clearing that out of my system. SE: It’s been said, UE: “If you spot it you got it.” UN: so if I’m thinking other people are wealthists, UM: it probably means that I am. CB: If I’m afraid that I’ll be shunned, UB: maybe I’m shunning others. UA: I’m afraid my family won’t care for me. TH: How would I feel EB: if someone else in my family SE: struck it rich? UE: Would I shun them? UN: And how would I feel about that? UM: Releasing this wealthism. CB: Releasing it from my body. UB: I’m a magnificent Child of God UA: no matter how much money I have. TH: Same with everybody else. EB: What makes them worthy of respect 283

SE: or not UE: has nothing to do with how much money they have. UN: It’s not about what they have, UM: it’s about what they’re doing CB: and who they’re being. UB: Is someone without money who robs and steals UA:more acceptable than a good person who has a lot of money? TH: Of course not! EB: I choose to allow myself SE: to judge people UE: by their character UN: and not their bank account. UM: Better yet CB: I choose not to judge people UB: on any basis. UA: And as I release judgement, TH: I release the expectation of it. EB: If I’m okay with wealth, SE: it’s safe to be wealthy. UE: I choose to expect UN: unconditional love. UM: Especially from my family. CB: I choose to believe UB: that they will celebrate my success. UA: That if they love me TH: they’ll be happy for me EB: if I’m happy. SE: And I choose to be happy. UE: Allowing myself to be happy. UN: Allowing myself UM: to connect to abundance. CB: Because Source is abundant. UB: And the more connected I am to Source, UA: the more abundance I allow. TH: And that seems pretty darn acceptable. Take a deep breath.

284

I’m Feeling Hopeless Side of the Hand: Even though I’m feeling hopeless, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m feeling helpless, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m feeling really scared... Because I feel like I have no control. Because I’ve done all the things I’m supposed to do, and it’s a pain in the butt. And it doesn’t seem to be working. And I’m sick and tired of doing it. I’m sick and tired of pretending that I have some control, that I can make things happen in my life. Because things are showing up that suggest that I have no control. And there’s just not enough. And even though I’m learning things from this I’m really sick of it. And even though I feel so helpless I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributes to this. EB: All this fear. SE: All this discouragement. UE: I just feel so discouraged. UN: I feel so discouraged. UM: And people might say, CB: “Oh just keep going, UB: just give it one more try.” UA: And I’m so sick of trying. TH: I’m so sick and tired of this. EB: I’m tired of feeling lack. SE: I’m tired of trying so hard UE: and still coming up empty handed. UN: My experience of abundance UM: is in the hands of other people. CB: I have no control over that. UB: And sometimes UA: pretending that I have control TH: is even more frustrating. EB: It’s even more painful. SE: If I have to visualize wealth one more time UE: I am going to pull my hair out. UN: It’s just so frustrating, UM: and it’s not paying the bills. CB: I can’t buy groceries UB: with visualized money. UA: Who am I kidding? TH: It’s all down to these clients EB: or family 285

SE: or whoever else it is who has money. UE: There’s only just so much money in the world. UN: It’s in the hands of other people, UM: and if I get some I’ll be lucky. CB: But I have no control over that. UB: Moving through this doubt. UA: Moving through this fear. TH: Because even if that were the case, EB: feeling miserable stinks. SE: If I go hungry, UE: having fear on top of the hunger doesn’t help. UN: So I’m releasing the fear. UM: And as I release the fear CB: I allow myself UB: to be in harmony with what I desire. UA: Visualizing abundance right now TH: when I’m feeling lack EB: just doesn’t seem to help, SE: because the point of visualizing UE: is to get myself to a feeling. UN: I choose to feel abundant. UM: And sometimes if I’m not feeling that, CB: visualizing seems like a waste of time. UB: I’m just visualizing what I don’t have. UA: And so I’m feeling that I don’t have it. TH: And I choose to move through that. EB: There is plenty of money around. SE: There are many people who have money. UE: It is coming to me. UN: I haven’t died of starvation yet. UM: I’ve been scared before, CB: and the money has shown up. UB: I have been taken care of. UA: And there are many ways TH: in which it can show up. EB: There is abundance. SE: It comes from Source. UE: Whether I call that Source God or The Universe or whatever, UN: any abundance I experience UM: is what I allow from Source. CB: Sometimes it comes from clients. UB: Sometimes it comes from family and friends. UA: Sometimes I just find money on the ground. TH: It’s all coming from Source. EB: And I’m opening myself up to it. SE: It’s there. UE: I choose to allow it. UN: Abundance is there. UM: I choose to allow it. CB: Allowing myself UB: to release the fear. UA: It’s just energy in my body. 286

TH: It’s not a required emotion. EB: It’s normal. SE: I don’t need to judge myself for feeling it. UE: Most people would expect that, UN: and I have a choice. UM: Giving myself permission CB: to let go of the fear. UB: I’m a pretty resourceful person. UA: I’m going to find what I need, TH: and I choose to allow even more. Take a deep breath.

287

I Need This Drama In My Life Side of the Hand: Even though I need this drama in my life, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I need this drama in my life, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I need this drama in my life... because it keeps me safe, because as long as my life is messed up, as long as I have tangible challenges that people can empathize with, then people will leave me alone and I’ll have fewer responsibilities. There will be fewer expectations on me. And sure I pay a price, I miss out on the abundance that could be mine. But at least I miss out on the expectations too. And even though I need this drama in my life, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else, especially my family and friends, who keep me in this place of need. Eyebrow Point: All this need for drama. Side of the Eye: All this need for chaos. Under the Eye: All this need for drama. Under the Nose: All this need for chaos. Under the Mouth: All this need for suffering. Collarbone: All this need for pain. Under the Breast: Because if people can see my pain, Under the Arm: they’ll feel sorry for me. Top of the Head: They might even help me, EB: or at least they’ll leave me alone. SE: Otherwise people might come to me UE: with all of their needs. UN: So I need to look like I’m suffering UM: so that they say, CB: “Never mind, UB: we can see that you have troubles of your own.” UA: If I was really allowing myself TH: to live the life I desire EB: with an abundance of health wealth and happiness, SE: that’s when people show up with their hand out. UE: They’re looking for money. UN: They’re looking for help. UM: They say, “You’ve got it going on. CB: You can help me now.” UB: And I’m afraid I can’t. UA: What if I could? TH: Would I be able to say no? EB: Would I be able to set boundaries. SE: Apparently I don’t think so. UE: I’m so afraid UN: that I can’t set boundaries, 288

UM: that I’ll just be a sucker CB: for every sob story, UB: and I’ll have to help everyone in need. UA: And there’s going to be tons of them. TH: So I figure, EB: if you can’t help them join them. SE: Better to suffer more than anybody else UE: so I’m the last person they’d come to for help. UN: It’s so much easier UM: when people call me from charities CB: to say, “I can’t even pay my own bills.” UB: It’s so much easier to say, UA: “I can’t help you because I can’t even help myself.” TH: But that is in such denial of who I really am. EB: I’m so tired of dishonoring myself. SE: I’m so tired of dishonoring myself. UE: I can be a source of peace. UN: But in the past, UM: to be a source of peace for others, CB: I thought I had to sacrifice my own. UB: In order to feed other people, UA: I thought I had to to give away the food from my own plate. TH: That’s my old lack mentality. EB: Before I go out and feed everyone, SE: it’s okay to make sure that I’m fed first UE: so I don’t pass out on the way. UN: It’s okay to be fed. UM: I deserve to be fed. CB: I deserve to find peace UB: inside first, UA: and when I create peace inside, TH: I have plenty of peace to share. EB: As I create abundance for myself SE: in any area of life, UE: I have more than enough to share. UN: And at the same time, UM: I know how to take care of myself. CB: I don’t have need to be helping 24/7 UB: Because I deserve to rest. UA: I deserve to take time. TH: I’m allowed to have a break EB: to strengthen myself. SE: To make an even more positive difference, UE: I’m allowed to say no. UN: I’m allowed to have abundance. UM: In health wealth and happiness. CB: And I am allowed to say no. UB: I can go talk to any wealthy person, UA: even the most philanthropic ones, TH: and they don’t say yes to every charity that comes to them. EB: They know when to say no, 289

SE: and they give a lot. UE: And they allow themselves to have a lot. UN: Clearing any belief UM: that there’s something wrong with that. CB: That it’s wrong to have when others have not. UB: It’s wrong to feel peace UA: when others have drama. TH: I’m clearing that out. EB: Releasing this need to have drama. SE: Releasing this need for chaos. UE: It doesn’t serve anyone. UN: It doesn’t make anyone’s life any better UM: for them to feel okay CB: with me not helping them UB: because my life is more messed up. UA: I’m just depriving myself TH: and in a very selfish way. EB: I’m protecting my feelings SE: by giving up abundance. UE: Silly me, UN: I don’t need that kind of protection. UM: Clearing this need to take care of myself in that way. CB: Allowing myself to be stronger. UB: Allowing myself to be the magnificent Child of God that I am. UA: As I set myself free TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

290

I Need To Hold Myself Back Side of the Hand: Even though I need to hold myself back, I choose to love and except myself. Even though I need to hold myself back, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I need to hold myself back… because some part of me is really afraid of moving forward. And I can sometimes talk a big game about what I would do if I could. If only it weren’t for all these distractions all these things that keep coming up that keep me safely in my comfort zone. And I’m manifesting those, not because I’m stupid, there’s just a part of me that’s afraid. And even though I need to hold myself back I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who is involved in this. EB: This need to hold myself back. SE: This need to hold myself back. UE: All this need to hold myself back. UN: Sometimes UM: I allow myself to dream big. CB: I allow myself to imagine UB: the kind of life I’d like create UA: But things keep coming up. TH: Problems I have to deal with, EB: clients I have to help, SE: fires I have to put out. UE: If only I didn’t have all these distractions, UN: what a life I could create. UM: But I create my reality. CB: I am responsible for what shows up. UB: So if these distractions are showing up, TH: I’ve invited them. EB: Because some part of me SE: looks at the life I want to create UE: and gets scared. UN: I couldn’t do that. UM: I shouldn’t do that. CB: It’s too unfamiliar. UB: It’s too much for me. UA: I don’t have what it takes. TH: I don’t deserve it. EB: I’ll make a fool of myself. SE: I’ll fail. UE: People will laugh at me, UN: or they’ll be angry at me. UM: A lot of people would be really upset 291

CB: if I tried to achieve these things. UB: They’ll be upset if I fail. UA: They’ll be upset if I succeed. TH: The only safe place to be is where I am. EB: So I cleverly manifest SE: situations that keep me stuck. UE: Part of me makes sure UN: that I don’t have the time to create a bigger life. UM: Part of me won’t even let me find the time CB: to think about the life I’d like to create. UB: Because if I really had time to think about it UA: I might actually create it. TH: All this need to hold myself back. EB: All this fear SE: that it’s not safe to leave my comfort zone. UE: All this belief UN: that I am who I am. UM: I’ve achieved the success I’m supposed to achieve, CB: and I have no business trying to move forward. UB: And that’s such nonsense! UA: I keep getting another year older each year. TH: Things keep changing. EB: I didn’t get stuck in the second grade. SE: I didn’t get stuck crawling without learning to walk. UE: All through my life UN: things have changed. UM: I’ve learned more. CB: I’ve done things I’ve never done before. UB: I’ve been to places I’ve never been before. UA: I’ve had things I’ve never had before. TH: Where did I get this idea EB: that it’s time to stop? SE: No more new things in my life. UE: No more changes. UN: No more growth. UM: I better not turn on the TV, CB: I might see something I haven’t seen before. UB: And I’m not allowed to have any new experiences now. UA: I’m supposed to freeze right where I am, TH: and that’s impossible. EB: Change is inevitable. SE: I might as well create the change I desire. UE: I can’t possibly stay still. UN: So it makes no sense to hold myself back. UM: Releasing this need to hold myself back. CB: Releasing all this fear. UB: Releasing it at a cellular level. UA: Releasing it from every fiber of my being TH: and setting myself joyfully free. Take a deep breath.

292

I’m Inclined To Be Held Down Side of the Hand: Even though I’m inclined to be held down, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m inclined to be held down, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m inclined to be held down... physically and financially. I see so many other people doing it, and who am I to be different? If everyone else is going to the recession, I suppose I should too. The minute I think about dragging myself out, I conveniently hurt myself, take the wind out of my sails. That wind that might have blown me to a better place. And even though I’m afraid of going to that better place, especially when we consider what they mean when they say she’s gone to a better place. And even though I’m avoiding that, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributes to this. Eyebrow Point: All this need to be held down. Side of the Eye: All this need to be stuck. Under the Eye: All this need to be stuck flat on my back, Under the Nose: physically and financially. Under the Mouth: What am I so darn afraid of? Collarbone: What am I so afraid of? Under the Breast: Why am I afraid to have abundance? Under the Arm: Why am I afraid to be able to walk? Top of the Head: Picking up my grandson EB: should be a joyful thing, SE: but conveniently knocked me out. UE: So why do I think that’s so convenient? UN: How does that help me? UM: How is it serving me CB: to be laid flat UB: physically or financially? UA: What’s going on inside of me? TH: All these beliefs. EB: These beliefs that I shouldn’t be okay financially. SE: These beliefs that I shouldn’t be okay physically. UN: All these beliefs UM: keeping me conveniently in my comfort zone. UM: All this anger at myself for that. CB: I get an idea about how it works, UB: but I keep playing the same old games, UA: and that really pisses me off! TH: I know I don’t have to join the recession party, EB: but I followed the crowd. 293

SE: I’m so angry at myself. UE: All this anger at myself. UN: And I feel foolish about hurting myself. UM: I should have known better. CB: All this anger at myself. UB: All this anger at myself. UA: If people always did better TH: when they know better, EB: the world would be a much different place than it is. SE: But we’re human beings. UE: We make mistakes. UN: We have fears, UM: and I’m clearing my fears now. CB: And at the same time, UB: I forgive myself for having them. UA: I can’t set myself free TH: by hating myself for who I’ve been. EB: Releasing this hatred. SE: Releasing this scorn. UE: Releasing this anger. UN: Releasing it at a cellular level. UM: Releasing it from every fiber of my being. CB: And as I clear it out, UB: all that’s there is love. UA: I choose to love myself TH: right where I am. EB: Recovering financially and physically. SE: I’m not going to wait to love myself. UE: I’m going to love myself right now. UN: And I deserve that darn it! UM: And it benefits everyone. CB: I can’t beat myself up enough UB: to benefit anyone. UA: I can’t ridicule myself enough TH: to make my back feel better EB: or to improve my financial status. SE: I’m loving myself into shape. UE: I’m loving myself into health. UN: Physically and financially. UM: I deserve the best. CB: I deserve the best. UB: I’m loving myself enough to allow it. UA: As I set myself lovingly free TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

294

I’m Lacking The Things I Need Side of the Hand: Even though I’m lacking things I need, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m lacking something I need, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m lacking something I need, something I need to move forward, something I need in order to take action, something I need in order to be happy, as though I was put on this earth with some components missing. And even though I’m lacking something I need, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributes to this issue. Eyebrow Point: All this lack of things I need. Side of the Eye: All this feeling of lack. Under the Eye: All this belief Under the Nose: that in order to have the life I want, Under the Mouth: in order to do the things I want to do, Collarbone: in order to be happy and successful, Under the Breast: there are people or things Under the Arm: outside of myself Top of the Head: that I am in need of, EB: and without them SE: I am incomplete. UE: All this feeling UN: that if I don’t have all these people and things, UM: I am incomplete. CB: And I choose to clear this feeling. UB: I choose to know UA: that I am whole and complete, TH: lacking nothing EB: in and of myself. SE: I came out of the factory fully loaded UE: with everything I need. UN: Part of me might not want to say that. UM: I may have people in my life CB: that are so important to me UB: that I feel obligated UA: to say that I need them TH: and that I would be suffering without them. EB: How does it add to anyone else’s life SE: to tell them I would suffer without them? UE: Seems to put a lot of pressure on people, UN: as though they can’t go anywhere UM: for fear of harming me. CB: I am whole and complete on my own. UB: And that doesn’t mean to say UA: that these other people don’t enhance me. 295

TH: They can be a source of great joy, EB: a source of great comfort, SE: a source of great love. UE: I love having these people in my life, UN: but I choose to know UM: that I am whole and complete on my own, CB: so that I can enjoy them while I am around, UB: but I don’t need to suffer when they’re not. UA: What good does my suffering do anyone? TH: Not a whole lot. EB: Letting go of this need to suffer. SE: I choose to break all these rules UE: about when I am supposed to suffer UN: and how I’m supposed to be miserable UM: if certain people or things are missing. CB: Maybe there are conditions that I’m lacking, UB: like I can’t make a lot of money UA: because I don’t already have a lot of money. TH: And everybody knows EB: it takes money to make money, SE: so I’m in a lot of trouble here. UE: I don’t have enough money now UN: to make the money that I want. UM: Clearing this belief. CB: All the resources I need UB: are available. UA: I’m all the resources I need. TH: It’s all inside. EB: It’s like the salsa commercial, SE: “It’s in all in there.” UE: And I might say that I don’t have enough time, UN: but I have the same 24 hours as everyone else. UM: I might have other responsibilities, CB: but other people with those same responsibilities UB: are still moving forward. UA: It’s not a matter of what I don’t have, TH: I’m not lacking anything I need. EB: I have the potential for everything, SE: so it’s not a matter of what I’m lacking, UE: it’s what I have that’s not working. UN: These old beliefs UM: about what I need, CB: and maybe these old fears UB: about being successful. UA: All these fears about having more. TH: All these fears about being more. EB: And when I start to move forward SE: and that fear kicks in, UE: it starts telling me, UN: “We’ve got to slow down.” UM: And it makes up excuses 296

CB: like, “we can’t move forward because we don’t have what we need.” UB: It’s like if I was going to drive across town to go grocery shopping UA: and I had some fear of actually getting those groceries, TH: I might come up with all kinds of crazy excuses, EB: “But I don’ t have my accordion.” SE: Now why I would need that UE: to go grocery shopping? UN: I have no idea. UM: That’s how desperate the fear is sometimes, CB: trying to convince me UB: I don’t have something I need, UA: and I’m releasing that fear. TH: Releasing this fear of success. EB: Releasing this fear of abundance. SE: Releasing this fear UE: of proving UN: that I have everything I need. UM: What if I had success CB: and a certain loved one wasn’t involved? UB: Would they feel badly? UA: Would they feel like I just don’t need them? TH: And do I really want to block success EB: because of an old fear like that? SE: I’d rather have them feel strong UE: than support a weak belief. UN: Because they are wonderful, UM: and they don’t need me, CB: and they don’t need me to fail UB: to prove their importance. UA: They don’t need me to suffer TH: to prove their importance. EB: And if they do, SE: they’ve got some tapping to do. UE: Releasing these old fears, UN: these fears that I’m lacking things that I need. UM: The fears of success that create that belief. CB: Releasing them at a cellular level, UB: remembering that I am whole and complete. UA: I have all that I need TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

297

I’m Afraid of Messing Up Side of the Hand: Even though I’m afraid of messing up, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m afraid of messing up, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m afraid of messing up, Whatever messing up might look like. It might mean not reaching my goal by desired deadline. It might mean that the finished result isn’t what I was looking for or upsets other people, so part of me doesn’t want to do anything unless I have a guarantee that it’ll be done by the right time to the satisfaction of everybody on the planet. And even though I’m afraid of messing up, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributes to this fear. Eyebrow Point: All this fear of messing up. Side of the Eye: All this fear of messing up. Under the Eye: And it’s an old fear, Under the Nose: so I wonder... Under the Mouth: How old was I Collarbone: when I was first made afraid Under the Breast: of messing up? Under the Arm: What did I do as a child Top of the Head: that was disapproved of? EB: And maybe I was punished for it. SE: Maybe I was even slapped, UE: maybe worse. UN: Or maybe I was just yelled at, UM: which can be pretty bad in itself. CB: What happened to me UB: that I got the idea UA: that I should never mess up? TH: And also EB: that I was likely to mess up if I tried something? SE: I really got stuck. UE: My hands were tied. UN: I couldn’t risk messing up. UM: How many things CB: have I missed out on in life UB: for fear of being punished? UA: All this fear of punishment. TH: Even if that means EB: just somebody I know SE: giving me a dirty look UE: or saying they don’t like what I did. UN: So I shouldn’t do anything. 298

UM: The only way to make sure CB: that I never do anything UB: that upsets anybody UA: is to simply never do anything. TH: Except, that’s going to upset people too. EB: Probably won’t please God too much either. SE: If God wanted me to be an inanimate object, UE: that’s how God would have created me. UN: I’m here to do something, UM: and it is entirely likely CB: that not everyone will love what I do. UB: And isn’t that true UA: of everyone who’s out there doing things? TH: Is there any artist EB: who is loved by everyone? SE: Is there musician UE: who’s albums are owned by everybody? UN: Is there any politician UM: that no one has any disagreements with? CB: We’ve just got to keep putting ourselves out there. UB: that’s how the world goes round. UA: It’s safe to take action, TH: and there will be consequences. EB: I choose SE: to have mostly positive consequences. UE: In fact, while I’m at it, UN: I choose to have entirely positive consequences, UM: and I also choose to clear the fear CB: that I can’t handle any not positive consequences. UB: All this fear that I can’t handle it. UA: The disapproving look, TH: the critical comment, EB: the slings and arrows of outrageous fortune. SE: And what if I set a deadline UE: and I don’t meet it? UN: Will the earth stop spinning on its axis UM: or will I just keep moving on? CB: Knowing that I’m further along than I would have been UB: if I spent all my time UA: worrying about not getting it done. TH: All this worry is slowing me down. EB: All this fear is slowing me down. SE: I’ve got great things to do. UE: I don’t have time for all this fear, UN: so I’m clearing it out. UM: Releasing it at a cellular level. CB: Releasing it from every fiber of my being. UB: All this old fear. UA: Maybe allowing myself TH: to remember past times EB: where I thought I screwed up, 299

SE: where I was accused of screwing up. UE: All these old mess ups, UN: and all the consequences. UM: I’m releasing them now. CB: All the times I was criticized. UB: All the times I was punished. UA: Clearing those out of my system. TH: There are certain things that I have learned EB: to help me be more careful, SE: to try to do the best I can, UE: and that’s what those lessons are for, UN: to help me learn UM: how to do things better, CB: not to not do anything at all. UB: Clearing out my misguided learnings. UA: Clearing out my misguided understandings. TH: I was doing the best I could, EB: I’ve always done the best I could. SE: I’m setting myself free UE: to do even better UN: for my highest good UM: and the highest good of all concerned, CB: because I have gifts and talents, UB: and it’s for the highest good that I take action, UA: so I’m setting myself free to do so TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

300

I’m Still Not Good Enough Yet Side of the Hand: Even though I’m still not good enough yet, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m still not ready yet, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m still not complete enough. I’m not ready to come out of the oven yet. I’m not ready to be seen yet. I’m not ready to try anything yet. Maybe someday I will, I’m not sure how I’m going to know. Maybe the clouds will part, and God will say, “Now you’re ready. Now you can go do something. Now you can contribute.” But until I have an act of God, an engraved invitation from God other than the one I got when I was born, and even though I still think I’m incomplete, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributes to this fear. Eyebrow Point: This fear that I’m not ready yet. Side of the Eye: This fear that I’m not good enough yet. Under the Eye: This fear that I’m still incomplete. Under the Nose: This fear that I have too much stuff still. Under the Mouth: I came into this world Collarbone: as pure light, Under the Breast: and stuff got stuck on there Under the Arm: to cover up that light. Top of the Head: And I need to spend a whole bunch more years EB: trying to create this light SE: that’s already there. UE: Even through the cracks and the dirt, UN: that light is shining UM: and can benefit people. CB: Who am I to deprive the world UB: until I get some sort of sign UA: that I don’t even know what it is yet? TH: I’m just pretty sure I haven’t gotten it yet. EB: All this conviction SE: that I will somehow know UE: when I’m good and ready. UN: And until I’m sure of that, UM: I need to stay in my comfort zone. CB: I need to hide my light under a bushel. UB: I need to doubt myself. UA: I’m letting go of this doubt. TH: Letting go of this belief EB: that I need to be perfect SE: before I can do anything, UE: before I move forward, 301

UN: because that’s just ridiculous. UM: Because every day CB: I’m doing things imperfectly, UB: because if I didn’t UA: I would cease to exist. TH: I’m constantly breathing, EB: but not every breath is perfect. SE: I’m eating food, UE: but it’s not always the perfect meal. UN: I communicate with people in my family, UM: but not every word I speak is perfect. CB: When was the last time I said to my family, UB: “I’m going to take a vow of silence UA: until I’m sure I’ll say everything perfectly.” TH: And maybe I say some things that are not perfect, EB: but I also say a lot of great things. SE: If I’m willing to take that chance for the benefit of my family, UE: why can’t I do that for the world too? UN: I’m done depriving the world. UM: Clearing this belief CB: that there’s anything I need UB: and anything else I need to get rid of UA: to start moving forward. TH: Otherwise I might totally paralyze myself. EB: I can’t even start clearing stuff SE: until I’ve cleared enough stuff to do so. UE: I’m done crippling myself. UN: I’m setting myself free UM: because I have so much good to do. CB: Why wait? UB: Clearing this belief that I need to wait, UA: and clearing all this fear TH: of being successful. EB: Clearing the fear of being criticized. SE: Clearing the fear of being punished. UE: Clearing the fear of being ridiculed. UN: Clearing all these fears UM: that try to tell me I’m not ready yet. CB: That part of me that says I’m not ready UB: is an act of self-preservation. UA: It has good intentions, TH: it just isn’t needed. EB: It’s not like I’m about to jump out of a plane SE: before I’ve put a parachute on. UE: I already have everything I need, UN: and I’m discovering it along the way. UM: I’m being watched over. CB: I’m being taken care of. UB: I have what I need, UA: and I’m moving forward TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath. 302

I Have These Blocks Side of the Hand: Even though I have these blocks, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I have these blocks, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I have these blocks that keep me from doing things I should do... And I’m not sure why. It may be a fear of failure. It may be a fear of success. It may be a fear of looking bad. There’s some kind of fear going on that stops me from doing things that could move me forward, and even though I have all these fears, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributes to these fears. Eyebrow Point: All these fears. Side of the Eye: All these blocks. Under the Eye: Some are behavioral. Under the Nose: Some are physical. Under the Mouth: Part of my body Collarbone: shuts down sometimes Under the Breast: to keep me from moving forward. Under the Arm: All this energy that I’m holding on to Top of the Head: that may be genetic. EB: It may come from a past life. SE: Who knows where it comes from? UE: But in this moment now, UN: it’s slowing me down. UM: Why do I need to slow down? CB: What am I so afraid of? UB: Why can’t I ask for help? UA: Who says I have to do it on my own? TH: Because when I insist on doing it on my own, EB: that can really slow me down. SE: It slows down the money coming into me. UE: It also slows down the service going out. UN: I have a lot to offer. UM: There are people out there CB: who can help me offer it, UB: but no, UA: I’m going to deprive people out there TH: of the best of what I have to offer EB: because I insist on doing it on my own. SE: What am I so afraid of? UE: Am I afraid that people won’t say yes? UN: Am I afraid they’ll criticize me UM: Am I afraid I’ll upset people CB: Am I afraid I’ll look back? 303

UB: Am I afraid that I’ll look bad? UA: All these fears. TH: I choose to release them. EB: Releasing them at the very root. SE: Releasing the roots of all these fears. UE: Releasing all these fears at the very core. UN: And as I release these fears, UM: maybe they’re all smoke screens. CB: Maybe the physical issues I have UB: are just smoke screens UA: for a fear of success, TH: because no one’s going to suspect a fear of success. EB: Why would anyone fear success? SE: All this fear, UE: and all this need to cover it up. UN: All this need to cover it up UM: and make it look like other fears, CB: make it look like other issues, UB: emotional or physical. UA: Whether it’s part of my body not working right TH: or an inability to ask for help, EB: these are just different ways SE: of keeping myself from success. UE: And why do I need to do that? UN: What am I afraid of? UM: Am I afraid of being seen? CB: Am I afraid of being heard? UB: Am I afraid of being criticized? UA: Am I afraid of looking bad? TH: What am I afraid of? EB: All this fear of expectations. SE: When I start being successful, UE: people will expect even more success. UN: And maybe I just want to say, UM: “I did it all on my own. CB: I didn’t need help.” UB: “Helpers? UA: I don’t need no stinking helpers TH: I don’t got to have no stinking helpers EB: I’m going to do it all on my own.” SE: Yeah right. UE: Nothing gets done on our own, UN: because somebody out there UM: is providing the internet CB: and the phone service UB: and the clothing that I wear. UA: I’m getting help all over the place, TH: so I’m letting go of this delusion EB: that I’m doing it all on my own, SE: and looking at how I can get other help UE: so as to be of maximum service 304

UN: and allow maximum abundance. UM: Clearing these blocks. CB: Clearing these fears, UB: both emotional and physical. UA: Releasing them at a cellular level TH: and setting myself free. Take a deep breath.

305

Successful People Suffer So Much Side of the Hand: Even though successful people suffer so much, I choose to do some healing for them. Even though successful people suffer so much, I choose to do some healing for them. Even though successful people suffer so much… And it just seems wrong that people should have to suffer. And I want to put an end to suffering. And there are things that I do for less fortunate people, and I choose to do some right now, because those successful people are so unfortunate, because mama said they were suffering. And I’m going to relieve some of their suffering now. And even though success means suffering, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and all these poor, suffering successful people, and anyone who told me that it meant suffering. Because they were just passing on what they were told, even though it’s a lie. Eyebrow Point: Success means suffering. Side of the Eye: Success means suffering. Under the Eye: Success means suffering. Under the Nose: It’s hard work being successful, Under the Mouth: much harder than what I’m doing right now. Collarbone: To have any more success Under the Breast: would mean to work harder Under the Arm: and suffer more. Top of the Head: I don’t want to suffer more than I am, EB: so I don’t want to take on anymore success, SE: because that’s what I was taught... UE: Even though it doesn’t really seem to make sense. UN: But it’s stuck in my energy UM: because I heard it so often, CB: and I’m letting it go now. UB: There are lots of things that I’ve been told in my life UA: that I now know are nonsense. TH: I choose to do the same here. EB: It doesn’t mean that mom was bad, SE: or anyone else who told me lies, UE: because they didn’t know they were lies. UN: They were trying to take care of me. UM: They were trying to teach me things CB: that they thought would help me, UB: but I’m missing out UA: on what I could have. TH: Letting go of this suffering. EB: Letting go of the fear of suffering. SE: Releasing the negativity. UE: Releasing fear. UN: All this fear of hard work. 306

UM: Because there are people out there CB: enjoying greater financial success UB: who aren’t working any harder than I am. UA: Some of them might not be working as hard. TH: And all this belief EB: that as I become more successful SE: I have to work even harder UE: to keep it going... UN: But the fact is UM: success is my natural state of being. CB: As I clear out the negativity, UB: as I clear out the blocks, UA: I connect to source, TH: and success becomes easier. EB: It’s like being in a river SE: and going with the flow. UE: It’s much harder to fight the flow. UN: It’s much easier to go with the flow. UM: The more I open myself up to success, CB: the easier it becomes. UB: Success becomes natural. UA: And maybe I doubt my worthiness, TH: and maybe I’m afraid EB: that success has to mean suffering. SE: Because no one’s really worthy of success, UE: and so they have to suffer. UN: All these feelings of unworthiness. UM: All these feelings of unworthiness. CB: And who told me I was unworthy? UB: And where did they get that notion? UA: And no matter how many times I was told TH: that I’m not good enough, EB: that I’m not worthy, SE: it’s nonsense. UE: It’s like the shape of the earth, UN: for thousands of years UM: they said the earth was flat. CB: They said it over and over. UB: They made sure that people new it, UA: but they were wrong. TH: The earth has never been flat, EB: and I have never been unworthy. SE: The world has always been round, UE: and I have always been worthy. UN: I am worthy of help. UM: I am worthy of success. CB: I am worthy and deserving UB: of love and respect. UA: And I’m allowing that TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath. 307

I’m So Frustrated With Myself Side of the Hand: Even though I’m so frustrated with myself, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m so frustrated with myself, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m so frustrated with myself… Because I’d like to see myself as a magnificent child of God, but I can’t be that kind to myself. I can’t seem to love myself that much. And even though I’m so frustrated with myself, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself exactly as I am, as I get better and better. Eyebrow Point: All this frustration. Side of the Eye: All this frustration. Under the Eye: I choose to release it. Under the Nose: I choose to let it go. Under the Mouth: I choose to move through it. Collarbone: Releasing it at a cellular level. Under the Breast: All this lack of peace. Under the Arm: All this lack of love. Top of the Head: So why do I feel this way? EB: Why am I so frustrated with myself? SE: Why can’t I love myself more? UE: What is so wrong with me? UN: What am I doing UM: or what am I not doing CB: that I have to be so frustrated with myself? UB: That I can’t be at peace with myself? UA: What is so wrong with me? TH: Why can’t I see myself EB: as a magnificent child of The Universe? SE: Why can’t I acknowledge UE: how fantastic I am? UN: And there certainly are things UM: that I could do better. CB: That’s always the way it is, UB: but I’m tired of waiting so long. UA: I want to be perfect now. TH: There may be perfect timing out there, EB: but it doesn’t feel perfect to me. SE: I want to be ready now. UE: I want to be perfect yesterday. UN: It’s taking too long to be perfect. UM: And I don’t know anybody CB: who I can say is perfect, UB: but I can forgive them. UA: I can understand their limitations, TH: and I can trust that God 308

EB: is fixing them SE: in divine timing. UE: I’m not so forgiving of myself. UN: There are circumstances in my life UM: that should be different now. CB: There are circumstances in my life UB: that may have happened years ago UA: that I still haven’t forgiven myself for. TH: How can I forgive the mistakes I made yesterday EB: when I still haven’t forgiven myself SE: for mistakes that I made years ago? UE: I have a real serious back load UN: of unforgiven mistakes. UM: It’s going to take the rest of my life CB: to clear up my past. UB: How could I possibly love myself UA: with all the things that I’ve done wrong? TH: How could I not be frustrated with myself? EB: I mean, look at me. SE: Look at all the things that are wrong with me. UE: Look at all these imperfections. UN: If everything were perfect, UM: I would look like a movie star CB: and have a movie star lifestyle, UB: doing what I love UA: and making lots of money at it, TH: and everybody would love me. EB: But that’s not how it is for me, SE: And that’s unforgivable. UE: I can’t forgive myself UN: for not having everything be perfect. UM: And things might be getting better, CB: but not fast enough. UB: And maybe it’s all happening UA: in divine timing. TH: Maybe if it happened faster, EB: I wouldn’t have the experience SE: that I came here for. UE: If I go to see a movie, UN: I don’t want to just see the last scene. UM: I want to see the whole movie. CB: It takes as long as it takes. UB: That’s how it’s supposed to be. UA: Can I forgive the director TH: for not making the movie ten minutes? EB: Would I expect the director to do that, SE: to give me everything I want in only ten minutes? UE: So why do I ask that of myself? UN: Everything I’ve done UM: is getting me where I’m going. CB: When I learn from mistakes, 309

UB: I become better than I was. UA: My mistakes have helped me, TH: and I’m getting better and better. EB: I choose to love myself SE: right where I am UE: in my current stage of evolution. UN: Because the more I love myself right here, UM: the easier it is CB: to move forward. UB: If I don’t love myself, UA: I hold myself back. TH: I’m tired of doing that. EB: It’s time to forgive myself SE: for all these things UE: that I think are so wrong with me, UN: all these things that are so wrong with me. UM: Clearing out the belief CB: that I’m so terrible. UB: All this belief UA: that there is something really wrong with me. TH: All these beliefs EB: that I’m not good enough, SE: that somehow UE: in creating me, UN: God really screwed up. UM: I can forgive God’s mistakes with other people, CB: but not with me. UB: What a botch job. UA: God really messed up creating me. TH: There are so many things wrong with me. EB: I can’t believe I made it to this planet. SE: How did I get through quality inspection? UE: It just doesn’t make any sense. UN: All these beliefs UM: that there’s something wrong with me. CB: I’m releasing them. UB: Releasing them at a cellular level. UA: Clearing them out TH: from every fiber of my being. EB: I am a divine creation. SE: I am a unique expression UE: of divine love. UN: I am pure light UM: I choose to forgive myself CB: for the illusion of something wrong. UB: I choose to love myself. UA: I choose to really love myself TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

310

It’s Not Okay For Me to Be Where I’m At Side of the Hand: Even though it’s not okay for me to be where I’m at, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though it’s not okay for me to be where I’m at, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though it’s not okay for me to be where I’m at... Because there are expectations of me. Expectations I have of myself, expectations that others definitely have of me, and maybe expectations that I think that God has of me. Because I have all these gifts and talents, and maybe I should be doing more of them. Maybe I’m not living up to the expectations, and I can’t possibly feel good until I am. And even though I can’t feel good where I am, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who contributes to this belief. Eyebrow Point: I can’t feel okay where I am. Side of the Eye: I can’t feel okay where I am. Under the Eye: I can’t feel okay where I am. Under the Nose: There are too many expectations of me. Under the Mouth: I should be doing more. Collarbone: I should be achieving more. Under the Breast: I should be more, Under the Arm: but something’s holding me back. Top of the Head: And maybe what I should be more of EB: is happy. SE: But I’m telling myself, UE: “You can’t be happy UN: where you’re at. UM: You can’t rest there. CB: You can’t be at peace. UB: There are more things to do. UA: You’re not living up to your potential. TH: You’re not living up to expectations.” EB: All this fear SE: that I should be doing something else. UE: And maybe I’m afraid of doing more, UN: or maybe I’m just afraid UM: that I can’t possibly feel good CB: right where I am. UB: So I don’t allow myself to feel good. UA: There are all these rules TH: about when I can feel good. EB: All these rules that I have SE: about when I can feel good... UE: when I finished everything on my plate, UN: I’ve got my room all cleaned up, 311

UM: I’ve finished all my homework, CB: I’ve said my “pleases” and “thank yous,” UB: when I’ve got everything done UA: that I could possibly do TH: to meet other people’s expectations, EB: then maybe I can feel good. SE: Then maybe I can treat myself with love UE: and feel that love inside. UN: But I’m nowhere near done UM: so there are no good feelings in sight. CB: So I just feel tired. UB: I just feel drained, UA: and as I’m feeling drained, TH: that might manifest EB: in all kind of physical issues, SE: chronic pain, UE: illness, UN: excess weight. UM: I just don’t feel vibrantly healthy. CB: And the irony is, UB: the less healthy I feel, UA: the less energy I have, TH: the harder it is to do all the things I’m supposed to do. EB: So I get more and more behind SE: which means I have to feel even worse. UE: These rules suck. UN: These rules about my health and well-being suck. UM: I choose to have a new rule. CB: I get to feel good right now, UB: right where I am. UA: Because I can’t be anywhere else but where I am right now. TH: Being sick EB: to punish myself SE: for what I did last week UE: or last year UN: or five minutes ago, UM: or being sick for what I didn’t do CB: just doesn’t help anything. UB: And maybe I’m afraid of what I could do. UA: Maybe I’m afraid of who I could really be. TH: And maybe whatever illness I’m experiencing EB: in body, mind, or spirit, SE: is just keeping me safe. UE: Not happy, UN: but safe. UM: And I may even tell myself, CB: “I’m happy in my comfort zone.” UB: But if I was truly happy, UA: I wouldn’t be doing this tapping. TH: Because when I told myself EB: that I should be doing this tapping, 312

SE: there was some part of me UE: that made me uncomfortable. UN: Maybe the reason I got this book UM: is extremely different CB: than why I thought I got this book. UB: Maybe I’m here to find something UA: that isn’t under the rocks I’ve been looking under. TH: Allowing myself to heal. EB: Allowing myself to release expectations. SE: All these expectations of other people. UE: All this belief UN: that people said to me, UM: “You should be doing x, y, and z, CB: or you better be sick. UB: If you don’t show up to school, UA: you had better have a note from the doctor.” TH: And so I allow myself to experience illness EB: and fatigue SE: and all kinds of physical stuff UE: that just doesn’t feel good. UN: That doesn’t feel like self love, UM: and I choose to release these expectations CB: and these judgments. UB: And a lot of these judgments UA: are coming from me. TH: I judge myself a lot. EB: And some of those I may have come up with on my own, SE: and some I got from well-meaning people, UE: misinformed people, UN: but at some level, well meaning. UM: But I choose to release anything CB: that doesn’t support me in feeling good. UB: I choose to feel good. UA: If I choose to rest right where I’m at, TH: I choose to feel good while I’m resting. EB: If there is somewhere else I want to be getting to, SE: not feeling good UE: is not getting me there. UN: And it’s safe for me to get there. UM: Wherever I feel drawn to be, CB: I choose to feel it’s my higher self UB: that’s guiding me. UA: And wherever it takes me will be safe. TH: It may take a period of adjustment. EB: I might experience a little discomfort. SE: When I first learned to walk, UE: I experienced some discomfort. UN: But I was meant to do that UM: and I got comfortable there. CB: And where I’m comfortable at right now, UB: may not be the farthest I can get. UA: But I’ll find that out even better 313

TH: the more I allow myself to feel good. EB: As I let go of these expectations, SE: as I let go of these judgments, UE: as I stop “shoulding” on myself, UN: and don’t let other people “should” on me, UM: I’m able to be present CB: and I’m able to be aware UB: of what I really want, UA: of where I really want to be. TH: Whether it’s here or somewhere else. Take a deep breath.

314

I Hate To Upset Other People Side of the Hand: Even though I hate to upset other people, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I hate to upset other people, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I hate to upset other people... Because I’ve been told all my life, “Don’t rock the boat. Don’t stand out. Don’t upset other people. You’re being rude. You’re being too loud. You’re disturbing other people. Don’t make other people uncomfortable.” I’ve been taught that to play small, that to be seen and not heard, and preferably not even seen, is the right way to live. And sometimes I feel really rebellious and I really want to upset people. And I wonder what my motives for that are. Am I just being rebellious? Or do I really just want to wake people up because I choose to be awake? And as Ghandi says, “You must first be the change you wish to see in the world.” So I choose to be awake first, and if that upsets other people, screw them. And even though it’s hard to make other people uncomfortable, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who doesn’t want me to make them uncomfortable because of their own fears. Eyebrow Point: I hate to make people uncomfortable. Side of the Eye: I hate to make people uncomfortable, Under the Eye: because then I feel like I’m bad. Under the Nose: Because I’ve been told that makes me bad. Under the Mouth: Because I’m not supposed to upset anyone. Collarbone: I’m not supposed to upset anyone. Under the Breast: I’m not supposed to upset anyone. Under the Arm: Jesus upset people. Top of the Head: Martin Luther King, Jr. upset people. EB: Mahatma Ghandi upset people. SE: John Lennon really upset some people. UE: “Those kids and their crazy rock and roll music.” UN: And I don’t want to be shot. UM: It’s not safe to make people uncomfortable. CB: There’s a price to be paid UB: for making people uncomfortable. UA: And I don’t want to say, 315

TH: “Well I’m just scared.” EB: It’s much easier to say, SE: “I’m just not feeling well.” UE: I’d like to show up in life UN: as the real me, UM: as the magnificent child of God that I am. CB: But I can’t today (cough), UB: I’ve got a note from my doctor (cough). UA: Maybe I’ll be magnificent tomorrow. TH: Today I’m sick. EB: Today I’m tired. SE: Today I’m fat. UE: Whatever my excuse of the day is UN: as to why I’m not a Magnificent Child of God, UM: it’s so much safer CB: to just not show up. UB: And it’s always acceptable UA: as long as there’s a note from the doctor. TH: No wonder I get sick. EB: If someone invites me out for something SE: and I don’t want to go, UE: that might hurt their feelings. UN: But if I say, UM: “(cough) That sounds great, CB: but I can’t, I’m sick (cough)” UB: then it’s very comfortable for them. UA: They can understand that. TH: Illness makes things so acceptable. EB: I don’t have to make anyone uncomfortable. SE: I can stay in my comfort zone UE: with a valid excuse. UN: I choose to heal. UM: I choose to heal. CB: I choose to heal. UB: And I’ve got to wonder, UA: how long is life supposed to be? TH: If the average life span EB: is 85, SE: does an 83 year old die too young? UE: Did John Lennon die too young? UN: He did a whole lot more living UM: in his thirty-some-odd years CB: than a lot of people do in 85 years. UB: And I don’t want to shorten my life. UA: But who says I have to? TH: Who says I have to? EB: There are a lot of people out there SE: rattling cages UE: and living full lives UN: and making a difference. UM: And they’re getting older, 316

CB: and they haven’t been shot. UB: I can do that too. UA: It’s safe to be me. TH: It’s safe to be me. EB: It is safe to be me. SE: It is safe to be me. UE: I choose to feel good right now. UN: I choose to heal UM: in body, mind, and spirit. CB: I choose to heal UB: at a cellular level. UA: I choose to heal TH: at a spiritual level, EB: because we are all connected. SE: We are all one. UE: And if we’re all one, UN: who can I be afraid of? UM: Because they’re all me. CB: And as I treat myself with love, UB: I treat others with love. UA: As I heal myself, TH: I heal the planet. EB: And as I help others heal, SE: I heal myself. UE: I choose to love myself. UN: When I was younger UM: and I was told not to make anyone uncomfortable, CB: I may have made the decision UB: that there was something wrong with me, UA: that I was unlovable, TH: and I should have some reason EB: to not be seen or heard. SE: And that came from other people’s fears, UE: other people trying to justify their limitations. UN: And it’s funny UM: because these same people CB: might have told me about Martin Luther King, Jr. UB: or any other great person UA: who made a difference in the world TH: and made people uncomfortable. EB: And these people told me that these other people were great SE: but that I shouldn’t do that. UE: It’s just crazy. UN: And maybe it’s because UM: they were afraid of their own greatness. CB: And rather than copping to that, UB: they justified it UA: by saying it was the right way to be. TH: “Greatness is for other people. EB: You should play small SE: because I played small, 317

UE: and if you be great, UN: I might feel bad about myself.” UM: What they’re really saying is, CB: “Please don’t make me feel bad about myself. UB: Please don’t make me feel UA: That I’ve missed out, TH: That I’ve denied myself. EB: Don’t show me how small my comfort zone is, SE: I want you to come into my comfort zone UE: And say, ‘Hey, nice place you’ve got.’ UN: Please validate my comfort zone.” UM: And I don’t think that’s what I’m here to do. CB: I can’t go to somebody, UB: even if it’s my own family member, UA: and if they’re living in a cardboard box, TH: I can’t say to them, EB: “Wow that’s a palatial mansion you’ve got. SE: That’s surely the best you could do.” UE: Because it’s not. UN: And why should I live in a cardboard box UM: to try to shield them CB: from what’s possible? UB: I choose to heal. UA: It’s not about where I live. TH: It’s ultimately not about the kind of car I drive. EB: It’s about how good I feel. SE: Feeling good is feeling God. UE: And I choose to feel connected to Source, UN: And that’s a good feeling. UM: I’m allowing myself to heal CB: at a cellular level. UB: Allowing myself to heal UA: and setting myself free TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

318

Today I Choose To Be Me Side of the Hand: Today I choose to be me, and I deeply and completely love and accept myself. Today I choose to be me, and I deeply and completely love and forgive myself. Today I choose to be me, not what anyone else thinks I should be, but who I know that I’m truly meant to be. And I know that the real me manifests vibrant health in body, mind, and spirit. When I experience less than that, I’m separating myself from myself. And I’m going to knock that off. And I choose to be me today. And I deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who tried to hold me back because of their own fears and insecurities. Eyebrow Point: I choose to be me today. Side of the Eye: And I know, Under the Eye: if only in the deepest part of me, Under the Nose: that who I really am Under the Mouth: is a magnificent Child of God, Collarbone: however I experience God. Under the Breast: Whatever I want to call that, Under the Arm: this creative force Top of the Head: made me who I am. EB: So who am I going to believe SE: about who I should be? UE: This internal life force, UN: or somebody who’s dealing with their own fears and insecurities? UM: Hm, tough question. CB: I don’t need to improve on what was created. UB: I just choose to reveal it. UA: And who knows TH: what heights I’ll reach? EB: What a difference I’ll make? SE: What greatness I’ll achieve, UE: perhaps in very small ways? UN: And yet, I can still acknowledge it’s greatness. UM: There are no expectations of me. CB: I don’t have to be a celebrity. UB: I don’t have to be a household name. UA: I choose to be me, TH: and I am open to internal guidance EB: as to who that is. SE: And I know UE: that being the real me UN: is going to be the best darn feeling in the world. 319

UM: And I’m going to make the most of this life, CB: moving powerfully forward, UB: doing extraordinary things, UA: as subtle and simple as they may be. TH: Because just being me EB: is extraordinary. SE: I am a unique expression UE: of divine energy. UN: I was created as I came, UM: and if that’s good enough for Source, CB: who can’t that be good enough for? UB: And if it’s not good enough for someone else, that’s their problem. UA: Today I’m joyfully being the magnificent me TH: and loving that in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

320

I’m Holding Myself Back Side of the Hand: Even though I’m holding myself back, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I’m holding myself back, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though I’m holding myself back... and a lot of the stuff that holds me back is right there in my back or in my backside. There’s all this stuff holding back the stardust, and I choose to release those barriers, those barriers to the real me. And even though I’ve been holding myself back, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive and accept myself and anyone else who’s helped give me reasons to hold myself back. Eyebrow Point: All this need to hold myself back. Side of the Eye: All this need to hold myself back. Under the Eye: There’s something inside of me Under the Nose: that feels the need Under the Mouth: to hold myself back, Collarbone: when the truth is Under the Breast: I am stardust. Under the Arm: I am pure energy. Top of the Head: I am pure light. EB: Pure light doesn’t carry extra weight. SE: Pure light doesn’t experience burning pain. UE: Pure light is radiant well-being. UN: And if that’s the truth of who I am, UM: and it is, CB: why am I holding on to the blocks? UB: Why am I stuffing that stardust down? UA: Why am I stuffing myself TH: with either food or pain? EB: What is this need to feel burning pain? SE: What’s going on UE: with that part of me UN: that is forsaking well-being UM: in favor of burning pain? CB: All this burning pain. UB: Sometimes physical, sometimes emotional, sometimes spiritual. UA: I don’t like any of that. TH: I don’t want this pain. EB: I choose to release it, SE: and part of me UE: isn’t so willing to do so. UN: If I’m experiencing pain of any kind, UM: which is not in resonance with my true self, CB: there must be some part of me UB: that’s choosing to experience this, 321

UA: choosing to manufacture this. TH: Manufacturing the burning pain, EB: manufacturing the extra weight, SE: manufacturing any of this stuff UE: that pushes down the stardust, UN: that blocks my access to that energy, UM: that blocks my experience of well-being. CB: Allowing myself to heal. UB: Healing all those negative feelings UA: that feel the need to experience pain. TH: Allowing myself to heal EB: at a cellular level. SE: Clearing this stuff out, UE: maybe coughing it out. UN: Just releasing it. UM: There’s stuff to be released, CB: and as I release it, UB: I free up my energy, UA: all that wonderful energy TH: that I’ve been denying myself for so long. EB: I choose to knock that off. SE: I have deprived myself UE: of this wonderful energy, UN: this stardust, UM: this vibrant well-being CB: for so long. UB: I have distracted myself UA: with weight issues, TH: with fiery pain EB: and all kinds of things SE: that tell me that things are not good. UE: All these problems. UN: All this need for problems. UM: And why do I have that need? CB: Who told me I should have that? UB: Was I told UA: that I come from a long line of people TH: who have fire in their back? EB: “That’s just the way it is with our family, SE: and you get to be part of the family UE: as long as you experience this pain. UN: The moment you feel better, UM: you’re out on your butt.” CB: I need to feel this UB: in order to belong, UA: because so many people are suffering. TH: Who am I to feel good? EB: Who am I to experience health? SE: Who am I to experience vibrant health? UE: Nope, that wouldn’t be right. UN: I should feel pain. 322

UM: I should be overweight, CB: struggling with my weight like so many other people, UB: and otherwise blocking my energy. UA: Because if I didn’t block it... TH: Oh my goodness! EB: What would be possible? SE: What wouldn’t be possible? UE: And that scares little old me, UN: especially when I don’t want to be seen. UM: Much better to hide. CB: All this need to hide. UB: And I choose to heal that. UA: I choose to heal that. TH: It’s safe to be seen. EB: It’s safe to be seen. SE: And that doesn’t mean UE: that I’m automatically UN: going to be spread across the newspapers. UM: I may not become a household name. CB: I don’t need to, UB: but I’m expending a lot of energy UA: trying not to be seen. TH: And I have better uses for that energy. EB: Allowing myself to heal. SE: Allowing my energy to flow freely. UE: I don’t need to have problems UN: to keep me safe. UM: I don’t need problems CB: to keep me safe. UB: Releasing the fear that I do. UA: Releasing it at a cellular level. TH: Releasing any lessons I was taught about that. EB: All these lessons of fear. SE: People telling me I should be afraid, UE: that I should be worried. UN: I’m releasing that. UM: Releasing it from every fiber of my being. CB: It’s safe to feel really good. UB: Releasing those things that block that good feeling. UA: Setting myself free TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

323

It’s Not Safe To Be Magnificent Side of the Hand: Even though it’s not safe to be magnificent, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though it’s not right to be magnificent, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though I shouldn’t be magnificent... I’m a little ticked off at the creator for giving me such magnificent qualities so that I have to struggle to hold myself back. And even though it’s not right to be magnificent, I choose to deeply and completely love and forgive myself and anyone else who has taught me that this is the right thing to do. Eyebrow Point: It’s not right to be magnificent. Side of the Eye: It’s not right to be great. Under the Eye: You pay a price for being great. Under the Nose: That’s why people love tabloids. Under the Mouth: We love to see the mighty fall. Collarbone: “Oh, you tried to be great. Under the Breast: You tried to excel. Under the Arm: You were saying that you were better than the rest of us, Top of the Head: so now we’re all going to laugh at you EB: and rejoice in your misery, SE: because it gives us a good alibi UE: for not being magnificent ourselves.” UN: It’s like MaryAnne Williamson said, UM: “Our deepest fear is that we are powerful beyond measure.” CB: She also said, UB: “You’re playing small does not serve the world. UA: There’s nothing enlightened TH: about shrinking EB: so that other people won’t feel insecure around you.” SE: How does it serve other people UE: to hide our magnificence, UN: to not use our gifts? UM: Think of all the great things we have in this world CB: because people used their greatness. UB: What if they had decided UA: that it was wrong to do so? TH: What if Thomas Edison had said, EB: “It would be wrong to my brothers SE: to create the electric light bulb. UE: They should stay in the dark.” UN: Whenever we block our own light, UM: we are keeping others in the dark. CB: The funny thing is UB: we assume we’re being good people UA: because we don’t want others to feel less than. TH: But that’s their problem, EB: because they aren’t less than. 324

SE: If I were running a race UE: and some other people were running more slowly, UN: should I slow down UM: or should I challenge them CB: because they’re not running as fast as they could? UB: Should I lose the race UA: because they don’t really want to run? TH: And if everybody ran that way, EB: would anybody watch the olympics SE: or any other kind of sporting event? UE: Imagine the Indianapolis 500, UN: and everybody slowing down UM: to make sure they don’t get in front of anybody else. CB: Yeah, that would be exciting. UB: Imagine football games UA: where people don’t want to gain any yardage TH: so they don’t make the other team feel bad. EB: There’s a name for that. SE: It’s codependence. UE: It’s not a healthy thing. UN: I have gifts and talents. UM: They are God-given. CB: Was God stupid UB: giving me gifts and talents? UA: Was it an accident? TH: Oops, I wasn’t supposed to make you so wonderful. EB: Don’t make anyone else feel bad. SE: Don’t let anyone know what you’ve got. UE: And by doing so, I shall serve humanity. UN: The greatest thing I can do for this world UM: is deny my gifts and talents. CB: Yeah, that makes a lot of sense. UB: It’s like having a Ferrari UA: and only driving 5 miles per hour. TH: You can just imagine EB: the owner of the Ferrari company SE: saying to me, UE: “What are youa doin witha mah caah? UN: Youah canna go faster.” UM: Yeah, but I don’t want to make anyone else feel slow. CB: But other people can go faster too. UB: Just imagine UA: if we all released the brakes, TH: if we all stopped trying to take care of each other’s egos EB: and tried to take care of each other SE: in the best ways possible UE: by using our magnificence. UN: I choose to release the blocks. UM: Releasing this fear CB: that it’s wrong to be great. UB: And the truth is, UA: this greatness is in everyone. 325

TH: As I’m sitting there slowing my car down EB: for fear of making anyone else feel bad, SE: they’re all doing the same. UE: And we all have plenty of horsepower. UN: So we’re stuck in a traffic jam, UM: inching along the road of life, CB: when we could be feeling the wind in our hair. UB: I choose to let the throttle out. UA: I choose to get moving TH: And say to other people, EB: “Yes, SE: as a matter of fact, UE: I am spectacular. UN: And I don’t say that to make you feel small, UM: because you are spectacular too. CB: If I say that I’m not spectacular UB: to make you feel better, UA: that comes from a belief TH: that you aren’t spectacular. EB: But I think better of you. SE: Let’s ride. UE: Let’s go. UN: Let’s stop skipping along UM: at a much slower pace than we are capable of. CB: Let’s be magnificent.” UB: And if people see that, UA: that’s okay. TH: I choose to feel great about it Take a deep breath.

326

It’s Right To Think I’m No Good Side of the Hand: Even though it’s right to think I’m no good, I choose to love and accept myself. Even though it’s right to think I’m no good, I choose to love and forgive myself. Even though it’s right to think I’m no good... Because that’s what God really wants. He’s creating a bunch of people on the planet and wants to see them running around saying that he did a really rotten job of creating. He, She, It, Whatever God is. I choose to believe that God is proud of what He created in me and wants me to shine. Eyebrow Point: It’s not right to feel good. Side of the Eye: It’s not right to feel good. Under the Eye: It’s not right to feel good about myself. Under the Nose: It’s not right to say to God, Under the Mouth: “Wow, you did a really nice job with me.” Collarbone: It’s much more honoring of God Under the Breast: To say that I’m a piece of crap. Under the Arm: “You really screwed up with me. Top of the Head: Just look at me.” EB: And I’ve been taught that that’s the right way to think, SE: so I come up with all kinds of ways UE: to justify that. UN: All this burning pain in my back. UM: All this excess weight. CB: All these physical evidences UB: that I’m not good enough. UA: And that makes me a better person. TH: I become greater by being lesser. EB: And I choose to know SE: that it just doesn’t seem to make a whole lot of sense. UE: I choose to feel good about myself. UN: I am a magnificent child of God. UM: I am created by God. CB: I am 100% God stuff. UB: How could I not be magnificent? UA: Even with the extra weight, TH: even with pain, EB: I’m still magnificent. SE: I still choose to give thanks UE: for all the marvelous things about me. UN: And one of the best ways to give thanks UM: is to use what God created CB: to make the world a better place UB: in whatever way I choose to do that. UA: I don’t need to reach millions of people, TH: but it’s okay if I do.

327

EB: I’m here to be of service. SE: I’m here to be of service. UE: What if I were in a restaurant, UN: and I ordered my meal, UM: and it came really late, CB: and I said to the waiter, UB: “What’s the deal?” UA: Would it sound good TH: if the waiter said to me, EB: “Most of the wait staff here, SE: they’re not very competent. UE: And I don’t want to make them feel bad, UN: so I needed to slow things down.” UM: And then the food doesn’t taste good, CB: and the waiter explains, UB: “Yeah, well some of the chefs aren’t quite so good, UA: so the better chefs are making their food worse TH: because that’s the way to honor each other.” EB: Would I say, SE: “That is a restaurant full of God-loving people. UE: I’m going to eat all of my meals there?” UN: I don’t think so. UM: So is it any different CB: when I intentionally hold myself back? UB: When I intentionally negate my magnificence? UA: Could that possibly be what God wants? TH: Can I possibly honor the creator EB: by belittling His creation? SE: How could that ever work? UE: And I’ve got years of training in that. UN: And I’m clearing it off now. UM: Stripping away the misinformation. CB: Healing myself at a cellular level. UB: And as I strip away this misinformation, UA: away goes the burning pain. TH: Away goes the extra weight. EB: Away goes anything that’s blocking my stardust. SE: I am setting myself free. UE: I choose to honor The Creator UN: by being the magnificent creation UM: that I really am. CB: And I choose to know UB: that’s the greatest way to honor The Creator. UA: And I’m setting myself free to do so, TH: in body, mind, and spirit. Take a deep breath.

328